bKA:.Y 


V.iJV-iTY  Or 
iN  WEGO 


J 


^ 


vyw 


t 


SAMUEL  G.  MORTON 


PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

ITS  SCOPE  AND  AIMS;   ITS  HISTORY 

AND  PRESENT  STATUS  IN  THE 

UNITED  STATES 


BY 

ALES  HRDLICKA 
Curator,  Division  of  Physical  Anthropology,  T'.   S.   National  Museum 


PUBLISHED  BY 
THE  WISTAR  INSTITUTE  OF  ANATOMY  AXD  BIOLOGY 

PHILADELPHIA 

1919 


To 

my  deceased  wife, 

MARIE  HRDLI(!5kA 

who  stood  loyally  and  devotedly  behind  me 
in  all  my  work. 


PREFACE 

The  publication  in  a  book  form  of  the  articles  that  follow  and  which 
originally  appeared  in  the  American  Journal  of  Physical  Anthro- 
pology, is  to  provide  the  student  of  anthropology  in  this  country,  in  a 
handy  form,  with  something  that  will  assist  him  in  laying  the  needed 
foundations  for  his  chosen  work,  and  in  becoming  acquainted  with 
American  anthropological  bibliography. 

Organized  progress  in  any  branch  of  science  is  possible  only  when 
the  field  of  that  branch  becomes  well  defined.  But  a  definition  to  be 
of  value  must  in  a  large  measure  be  based  on  experience,  and  that  not 
on  individual  but  on  the  collective  experience  of  the  workers  in  that 
line.  The  history  of  a  given  branch  of  science  thus  becomes  one  of  the 
essentials  to  the  proper  comprehension  of  the  scope,  objects  and  de- 
marcations of  that  branch.  These  are  the  reasons  for  the  association 
of  the  chapters  on  The  Scope  and  Aims  of  Physical  Anthropology 
with  those  on  its  History. 

The  history  here  dealt  with  applies  essentially  to  the  United  States 
and  Canada.  To  extend  it  to  Anthropology  in  all  parts  of  the  American 
continent  and  eventually  all  parts  of  the  world  where  more  or  less  de- 
velopment of  the  science  has  been  realized,  would  be  a  most  desirable 
task,  but  it  is  a  task  that  can  only  be  carried  out  through  cooperation. 
Abroad  something  has  already  been  done  in  this  direction,  particularly 
in  France,  the  mother-country  of  physical  anthropology  (e.  g.,  by  Paul 
Topinard  in  his  Elem.  d'Anthrop.  gen.);  but  no  systematic  effort  ex- 
tending to  all  civilized  countries  has  as  yet  been  attempted.  Such  an 
effort  should  be  one  of  the  first  cares  of  the  international  Committee, 
Board,  or  Association  of  Anthropologists,  towards  the  realization  of 
which  we  are  progressing. 

The  text  as  now  printed  includes  a  number  of  corrections  on  matters 
called  to  the  attention  of  the  writer  by  correspondents.  It  is  provided 
with  a  new  detailed  index  to  facilitate  reference.  And  it  is  supple- 
mented by  the  portraits  of  the  men  to  whom  American  anthropology 
is  most  indebted. 

A.  H. 

Washington,  D.  C,  June  20,  1919. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY:  ITS   SCOPE   AND   AIMS;   ITS 
HISTORY  AND   PRESENT   STATUS   IN   AMERICA 

ALES  HRDLICKA 

A.  Physical  Anthropology,  Its  Scope  and  Aims^ 

I.  definitions 

An  understanding  of  whatsoever  exists,  formulated  and  preserved 
in  memory  or  in  writing,  is  knowledge;  and  systematic  search  for  knowl- 
edge, on  the  basis  of  existing  foundations  of  learning,  is  science.  Being 
of  the  utmost  utility,  science  constitutes  the  most  important  intel- 
lectual function  of  mankind. 

A  branch  of  science  may  be  defined  as  a  portion  of  systematized 
research  that  extends  to  closely  related  phenomena  and  has  become 
the  special  function  of  a  class  of  qualified  observers.  One  of  the  most 
interesting  and  far-reaching  of  such  branches  is  Anthropology.  This 
has  been  frequently  but  somewhat  vaguely  defined  as  "the  science 
of  man;"  perhaps  a  more  fitting  definition  would  be  "the  comparative 
science  of  man,"  for  its  main  characteristic,  the  criterium  in  fact, 
which  differentiates  it  from  many  closely  related  branches  of  science, 
is  that  of  comparison.  More  specifically  Anthropology  may  also  be 
defined  as  that  portion  of  systematic  research  which  deals  with  the 
differences,  and  causes  of  the  differences,  in  structure,  in  function, 
and  in  all  other  manifestations  of  mankind,  according  to  time,  variety, 
place,  and  condition. 

In  the  course  of  its  development,  or  since  the  beginning  of  the  last 
century.  Anthropology  has  become  differentiated  into  a  number  of  im- 
portant branches,  which  follow  correlated  yet  separate  aims,  and  which, 
while  often  cooperating,  are  developing  in  large  measure  independ- 
ently  and   through   distinct   personnel.     In   America   since   Powell's 

1  Published  in  preliminary  form  in  Science,  N.  S.,  XXVIII,  July  10,  1908, 
33-43;  and  The  Anatomical  Record,  II,  no.  5,  1908,  182-195. 


8  ALE§   HRDLICKA 

time  the  recognized  main  subdivisions  of  Anthropology  are:  Arche- 
ology, or  the  study  of  man's  products  and  material  accomplishments 
in  the  past;  Ethnology,  or  the  study  of  man's  intellectual,  Unguistic, 
and  present  material  activities;  and  Physical  Anthropology,  or  the 
study  of  racial  anatomy,  physiology,  and  pathology. 

It  is  the  last-named  branch,  or  Physical  Anthropology,  which  in- 
terests us  exclusively  in  this  place.  Foraierly  known  simply  as  "An- 
thropology," it  was  defined  by  its  principal  founder  and  promoter, 
Paul  Broca,  as  "the  natural  history  of  the  genus  homo,"  or,  more  in 
detail,  as  "that  science  which  has  for  its  object  the  study  of  mankind 
as  a  whole,  in  its  parts,  and  in  its  relation  with  the  rest  of  nature."* 
It  can  be  defined  to-day  in  the  briefest  form  as  the  study  of  man's 
variation.  It  is  that  part  of  Anthropology  which  occupies  itself  in  a 
comparative  way  with  the  study  of  the  human  body  and  its  inseparable 
functions.  It  deals  with  the  causes  and  ways  of  human  evolution, 
and  with  the  development,  transmission,  classification,  effects,  and 
tendencies  of  man's  bodily  and  functional  differences.  It  is,  briefly 
and  comprehensively,  the  research  into  man's  anatomical  and  physi- 
ological variation. 

The  comparative  element  shows  clearly  the  position  of  Physical 
Anthropology  in  relation  to  general  human  anatomy  and  physiology, 
and  general  biology.  The  objects  of  general  human  anatomy  and  phys- 
iology are  essentially  the  pursuit  of  knowledge  regarding  structure 
and  function  in  the  average  man  of  the  present  day;  while  the  chief 
aims  of  general  biology  are  to  trace  the  structural  and  functional 
relations  of  the  various  species  of  living  beings  to  one  another,  and  to 
seek  the  general  causes  and  processes  of  organic  variation  and  evolu- 
tion. Physical  Anthropology  is  a  continuation — and  extension — of 
all  these  to  the  chronological,  racial,  social,  and  even  pathological 
groupings  of  mankind,  and  it  reaches  with  its  investigations  beyond 
man  only  in  so  far  as  may  be  necessary  to  an  understanding  of  the 
phenomena  which  it  encounters.  If  it  had  not  its  present  designation 
it  could  well  be  called  "advanced  human  anatomy,  physiology,  and 
biology." 

^  Article  "Anthropologie"  in  Diet,  encycl.  d.  sci.  m6d.,  vol.  V,  p.  276,  Paris, 
1866;  also  in  Broca's  Memoires  d'Anthropologie,  Paris,  1871,  vol.  I,  p.  1.  Ref- 
erences to  numerous  definitions  in  R.  Martin,  System  d.  (physischen)  Anthro- 
pologic, etc.,  Korr.-Bl.  d.  d.  Anthr.  Ges.,  1907,  Nr.  9/12,  and  in  his  Lehrbuch  d. 
Anthr.,  Jena,  1914.  See  also  L.  Manouvrier,  Rev.  de  VGcole  d'Anthr.,  1904,  pp. 
397-410;  F.  Boas,  "Anthropology,"  pp.  1-28,  Columbia  University  Press,  N.  Y., 
1908;  and  F.  Frassetto,  Lezioni  di  Antropologia,  3  vol.,  Rome,  1909-13. 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY 


II.    HISTORICAL 


Physical  Anthropology  is  a  comparatively  recent  branch  of  science, 
though  its  roots  extend  far  back  in  the  development  of  human  reflection. 
It  is  interesting  to  know  that  one  of  its  main  incentives  was  the  dis- 
covery of  America,  with  its  new  race  of  people,  no  mention  of  which 
occurred  in  any  of  the  old  accounts  or  traditions.  This  most  sensa- 
tional event  was  followed  by  discoveries  of  other  lands  and  peoples  in 
the  Pacific,  and  this  was  succeeded  by  rapidly  increasing  knowledge  of 
organized  beings  in  general,  including  the  anthropoid  apes.  All  this 
led  irresistibly  to  new  lines  of  thought  by  scientific  men,  as  well  as  to 
a  general  doubt  as  to  the  correctness  of  the  old  theories  of  creation; 
and  the  mental  fermentation,  though  greatly  impeded  by  old  dogmas, 
lack  of  precise  data  and  collections,  and  the  backward  state  of  many 
collateral  branches  of  science,  progressed  until  it  finally  pierced  the 
clouds  of  the  past  and  manifested  itself  in  anthropological  publications. 
Peyrere's  "Preadamities"  appeared  in  1655,  and,  notwithstanding 
prohibitions  and  the  small  real  worth  of  the  book,  it  was  received  with 
eagerness  and  read  very  extensively.  In  1699  was  published  Tyson's 
classic  on  "Comparative  Anatomy  of  Man  and  Monkey."  And  in 
1735  one  of  the  actual  corner  stones  of  modern  anthropology  was 
laid  by  Linnaeus.  It  was  in  the  "Systema  Naturae"  of  this  great 
naturalist  that  man  for  the  first  time  was  placed  within  the  line  of  liv- 
ing beings  in  general,  and  that  his  close  organic  relations  with  the  rest 
of  the  primates  was  authoritatively  expressed.  Then  followed  Buffon, 
the  precursor  of  Lamarck,  with  whom  the  new  branch  of  the  natural 
science  of  man  took  more  definite  form,  and  thenceforward  the  progress 
toward  Anthropology,  as  differentiated  to-day,  has  been  continuous. 

Those  who  contributed  more  directly  toward  the  development  of 
Physical  Anthropology  are  too  numerous  to  mention:  they  really 
include  all  the  prominent  naturalists  and  anatomists  of  the  latter 
half  of  the  eighteenth  and  the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
such  as  Daubenton,  Camper,  Lamarck,  Blumenbach,  Soemmering, 
Lacepede,  Cuvier,  Retzius,  the  brothers  Geoffroy,  Lawrence,  Edwards, 
Serres,  Pritchard,  Morton,  and  many  others.^     Even  the  teachings 

3  For  details  concerning  the  history  of  anthropology,  see  T.  Benlyshe,  Mem. 
Anthr.  Soc,  London,  vol.  I,  1863-64,  pp.  335-458;  P.  Topinard's  Elements  d'An- 
thropologie  g(5n6rale,  Paris,  1885,  pp.  1-148;  L.  Niederle,  Atheriaeuin,  Prague, 
1889  (repr.  pp.  1-19);  F.  Boas,  Science,  October  21,  1904,  pp.  513-524;  references 
to  more  or  less  direct  contributions  to  the  subject  in  R.  Martin,  op.  cit.,  and  in 
"Recent  Progress  in  American  Anthropology,"  Amer.  Anthr.,  vdl.  VIII  no  3 
1906,  pp.  441-556. 


10  ALES   HRDLICKA 

of  Gall,  however  erroneous  in  application,  have  aided  its  growth,  for 
they  stimulated  research  into  the  variations  of  the  head,  skull,  and  brain, 
gave  rise  to  various  craniological  collections,  and  were  the  main  in- 
centive to  Morton's  ultimate  and  remarkable  work,  the  "Crania 
Americana."  The  discussions  of  the  monogenists  and  polygenists, 
particularly  those  of  the  nineteenth  century,  were  also  of  much  im- 
portance and  assistance. 

The  first  effort  toward  an  organization  of  forces  in  the  new  field 
was  made  as  early  as  1800,  when  a  small  body  of  scientific  men  formed 
themselves,  in  Paris,  into  a  Society  of  Students  of  Man  (Societe  des 
observateurs  de  V liomme) .  It  was  in  this  little  circle  that  the  term 
Anthropology  (used  previously  as  a  title  for  some  works  on  man  of 
philosophical  and  in  a  few  instances  of  simple  anatomical  nature) 
was  employed  in  something  Hke  its  present  significance.  This  at- 
tempt at  organization,  however,  was  premature  and  was  abandoned 
two  years  later  (1803),  after  little  had  been  accomplished. 

In  1832  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  Paris,  under  the  influ- 
ence of  Prof.  William  Edwards,  transformed  its  chair  of  Anatomy  into 
that  of  Natural  History  of  Man,  and  to  this  Serres,  in  1839,  added  An- 
thropology. These  were  in  many  respects  remarkable  steps  forward, 
but  the  time  was  not  yet  ripe  for  the  subject  to  assume  much  importance. 
There  were  no  large  collections,  no  material  evidence  of  man's  antiq- 
uity or  evolution,  and  the  pubhc  mind  was  still  to  a  considerable 
degree  medieval. 

From  1839  to  1848  Paris  had  a  Society  d'Ethnologie,  which  included 
Physical  Anthropology,  but  again  with  little  lasting  result.  In  1843 
the  Ethnological  Society  was  founded  in  England.^  It  included  men 
like  Prichard  and  Richard  Owen,  and  its  main  object  was  the  study  of 
primitive  races.  But  it  was  not  until  after  the  beginning  of  the  second 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  with  the  advent  of  Paul  Broca  and  his 
collaborators,  and  the  founding  of  the  Societe  d'Anthropologie  in  Paris 
(1859),^  that  the  actual  birth  of  the  new  branch  of  science  may  be 
said  to  have  taken  place.  This  is  less  than  sixty  years  ago;  and  how 
difficult  the  beginnings  were,  even  then,  will  be  appreciated  from  the 
fact  that  when  permission  to  establish  the  society  was  sought,  the 
Minister  of  Public  Instruction,  notwithstanding  the  rank  of  those 
who,  with  Broca,  applied  for  the  sanction,   refused  to  countenance 

*  See  Keith,  A.,  Presidential  Address  (Roy.  Anthr.  Inst.),  Jour.  Roy.  Anthr. 
Inst.,  XLVII,  191  ,  12-30. 

»L'Ecole  d'Anthropologie  de  Paris,  1876-1906,  Paris  (F.  Alcan),  1907. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  11 

the  matter.  Finally  the  petition  was  sent  to  the  Prefect  of  Police, 
but  that  official  was  equally  unwilling,  and  returned  the  document  to 
the  Ministry.  It  was  not  until  after  the  influential  intervention  of 
Ambroise  Tardieu  that  one  of  the  chiefs  of  the  pohce  department 
became  convinced  that  the  scientific  gentlemen  were  not  quite  so  dan- 
gerous to  the  welfare  of  the  empire  or  to  society  as  was  suspected,  and 
not  finding,  moreover,  any  law  that  forbade  the  gathering  of  fewer 
than  twenty  persons,  the  eighteen  future  anthropologists  were  finally 
informed  that  their  meetings  would  be  tolerated.  But  Broca  was  made 
personally  responsible  for  anything  that  might  be  said  at  the  meetings 
against  the  government  or  rehgion,  and  for  further  safety  every  meeting 
was  to  be  attended  by  an  officer  in  plain  clothes. 

From  the  establishment  of  the  Societe  d'Anthropologie  in  Paris, 
the  progress  of  the  new  branch  of  research  was  rapid.  Before  long 
similar  societies  came  into  existence  in  England  (1863),  in  Germany 
(1869),  and  other  countries,  some  of  the  leading  men  in  medical  circles 
taking  active  part;  the  pubhcation  of  anthropological  journals  was 
commenced;  an  efficient  system  of  anthropometry,  with  the  required 
instruments,  was  devised,  principally  by  Broca,  and  detailed  instruc- 
tions in  the  system  were  pubhshed  by  the  same  author;  collections 
were  begun  and  important  lines  of  investigation  undertaken  in  differ- 
ent parts  of  Europe  as  well  as  in  the  United  States;  and  in  1876  the 
Ecole  d'Anthropologie  was  founded  in  Paris  for  academic  instruction 
and  training  in  the  new  branch  of  research.  Finally,  in  1885,  appeared 
Paul  Topinard's  great  textbook,  the  "filaments  d'Anthropologie 
generale,"  which  to  this  day  is  a  respected  and  indispensable  volume 
in  our  laboratories.  Much  progress  was  also  made  during  this  period 
in  the  differentiation  of  Anthropology  as  a  whole  into  its  present  main 
subdivisions. 

But  this  quarter  century  of  the  history  of  Anthropology  as  a  separate 
branch  of  learning — a  period  of  the  greatest  and  most  hopeful  activity, 
the  detailed  and  still  unwritten  history  of  which  is  of  absorbing  in- 
terest— was  not  one  of  uninterrupted  progress.  Unexpectedly,  and  it 
now  seems  unjustifiably,  a  crisis  was  encountered  which  seriously  af- 
fected progress,  and  from  the  effects  of  which  Physical  Anthropology  is 
only  now  beginning  to  recover.  This  crisis  was  the  result  of  a  schism 
in  anthropometry,  begun  in  1874  by  von  Ihering  and  completed  by 
the  German  anthropologists  at  Frankfurt  in  1882.  This  is  not  a  suita- 
ble place  for  a  discussion  of  the  causes  or  the  details  of  the  case;  suffice 
it  to  say  that  the  division  resulted  in  great  loss  of  effort  and  had  a  gen- 


12  ALES   HRDLICKA 

erally  untoward  influence  on  the  progress  of  the  science.  It  is  only 
quite  recently  that  international  commissions,  composad  of  foremost 
anthropologists  of  all  countries,  have  endeavored  to  adjust  the  differ- 
ences and,  by  impartially  selecting  the  best  from  existing  methods  in 
anthropometry,  to  effect  a  much  needed  uniformity.  Two  conferences 
have  been  held,  one  in  1908  at  Monaco  and  the  other  in  1912  at  Geneva,® 
with  much  harmonj^  and  most  encouraging  results.  A  complete  agree- 
ment on  anthropometric  methods  will  be  of  the  greatest  importance 
to  the  branch  and  mark  an  epoch  in  Physical  Anthropology. 

This  chapter,  necessarily  condensed  and  inadequate,  may  be  appro- 
priately concluded  with  a  few  words  concerning  the  actual  status  of 
Physical  Anthropology.  The  subject,  like  the  entire  history  of  the 
science,  calls  for  thorough  presentation,  but  this  is  out  of  the  question 
at  the  present  time. 

Physical  Anthropology  to-day  numbers  distinguished  followers 
wherever  science  flourishes.  It  has  already  a  bibhography  that  reaches 
into  tens  of  thousands  of  titles.  It  maintains  a  number  of  well-equipped 
laboratories,  where  students  are  traiiied  or  may  conduct  investigations. 
It  possesses  most  important  collections  of  material,  which  from  year 
to  year  increase  in  numbers  and  value.  It  sustains  or  contributes  a 
large  body  of  original  material  to  anthropological  journals  of  high 
standing,  such  as  the  Bulletins  et  Memoires  de  la  Societe  d' Ant'iropolo- 
gie  de  Paris,  L'Anthropologie,  the  Journal  of  the  Royal  Anthropologi- 
cal Institute  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  Man,  the  Biometrica,  the 
Archivio  per  VAntr apologia,  the  Giornale  per  la  Morfologia  dell  'Uomo 
e  dei  Primati,  the  Archiv  fur  Ant'iropologie,  the  Zeitschrift  fur  Mor- 
phologie  und  Anthropologie,  etc.  Numerous  other  results  of  investiga- 
tions are  disseminated  through  periodicals  devoted  to  anatomy,  general 
biology,  and  other  subdivisions  of  anthropology.  Finally,  it  is  a 
subject  of  instruction  in  the  Ecole  d'Anthropologie  of  Paris,  in  the 
Anthropological  Institute  of  the  University  of  Ziirich,  in  various  large 
museums,  and  in  many  of  the  principal  universities  of  both  hemi- 
spheres.    It  is  still  struggHng  with  numerous  difficulties,  but  it  has 

*  See  F.  V.  Luschan,  Die  Konferenz  von  Monaco,  Korr-Bl.  d.  d.  Ges.  f.  Anthr. 
etc.,  Juli,  1906,  pp.  53  et  seq.,  in  Archiv.  f.  Anthr.,  1906,  H.  1-2,  and  "Entente 
Internationale  pour  I'unification  des  mesures  craniometriques  et  cephalom6- 
triques,"  L'Anthropologie,  1906,  559-572;  ibid.,  1912,  623-627;  also  "The  inter- 
national agreement  for  the  unification  of  anthropometric  measurements,"  etc., 
reported  by  W.  L.  H.  Duckworth,  Univ.  of  Cambridge,  1912,  pp.  1-11. 


PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY  13 

now  a  solid  foundation,  has  repeatedly  shown  itself  to  be  of  public 
and  national  utility,  and  has  surely  before  it  a  future  of  great  importance. 

III.    RESULTS   ACCOMPLISHED 

The  questions  are  often  asked  by  those  whose  preoccupation  has  not 
permitted  closer  insight  into  this  branch  of  research.  What  has  Physi- 
cal Anthropology  accomplished?  and  What  are  its  aims  for  the  future? 
These  are  legitimate  queries  and  deserve  to  be  answered  so  far  as  may 
be  possible.. 

The  amount  of  work  actually  done  in  this  branch  of  science  must  be 
considered  together  with  the  many  obstacles  that  stood,  and  to  a 
large  extent  still  stand,  in  the  way  of  its  development  and  of  fruitful 
investigation. 

The  most  influential  of  these  obstacles  was  and  still  is  the  imperfect 
state  of  anatomical  knowledge,  which  in  large  measure  is  the  starting 
point  of  Physical  Anthropology.  It  is  obvious  that  structural  com- 
parison, extending  to  various  groups  of  humanity,  can  properly  be 
carried  on  only  on  the  basis  of  a  thorough  knowledge  of  structure  in  some 
one  type  of  man,  to  us  preferably  the  white  race.  Had  Anatomy  been 
able  to  furnish  such  a  foundation  for  Physical  Anthropology,  the 
progress  of  the  latter  would  have  been  very  much  easier  and  more 
rapid.  As  it  was,  the  new  branch  commenced  to  be  diffei'entiated 
while  general  human  anatomy  was  itself  still  imperfectly  understood, 
and  in  consequence  it  was  confronted  with  the  tedious  task  of  estab- 
lishing or  of  improving  the  bases  for  its  future  comparisons.  Thus 
a  large  portion  of  the  work  of  anthropologists  was  hitherto  and  still 
is  almost  purely  anatomical. 

It  is  safe  to  say  that  fifty  years  ago,  when  the  Society  d'Anthropologie 
was  founded  in  Paris,  there  was  not  a  single  feature  of  the  human 
organism  that  was  thoroughly  well  known  and  understood.  Even  to 
this  day,  with  all  the  excellent  work  that  has  been  accomplished,  there 
is,  it  is  safe  to  say,  not  yet  a  single  bone  in  the  body,  and  no  other  organ, 
the  knowledge  of  which  and  of  its  total  range  of  variation  is  perfect, 
and  that  even  in  the  white  race,  which  has  been  most  studied.  The 
splendid  anatomical  textbooks  of  the  present  time  give  little  more 
than  generalities,  and  are  marked  by  many  omissions  and  imperfec- 
tions. In  special  treatises  and  periodicals  the  literature  is  much 
richer,  but  in  the  matter  of  details  there  are  innumerable  lacunae. 
Yet  details  are  the  essentials  of  all  knowledge,  ft,nd  they  are  indis- 


14  ALE§   HRDLICKA 

pensable  for  anthropological  comparisons.  It  would  almost  seem 
from  this  that  the  birth  of  Physical  Anthropology  had  been  premature; 
but  if  one  stops  to  consider  the  deep  interest  its  problems  have  for 
humanity,  it  will  be  seen  that  its  early  rise,  even  if  on  the  but  partly 
prepared  soil,  was  quite  natural. 

The  second  obstacle  to  the  progress  of  Physical  Anthropology  has 
been,  and  to  a  diminishing  extent  continues  to  be,  the  defective  state 
of  collections  of  requisite  material.  The  third  was  the  dearth  of 
properly  trained  men;  and  in  the  fourth  place  should  be  named  the 
difficulties,  based  on  prejudice  or  incomprehension,  attending  the  col- 
lection of  accurate  anthropological  data  in  many  parts  of  both  the 
uncivihzed  and  the  civihzed  world.  Still  further  impediments  that 
attended  this  branch  of  natural  science  more  than  others  were  those 
which  accompanied  the  elaboration  of  the  necessarily  extensive  series 
of  data,  and  especially  their  pubhcation. 

With  regard  to  material,  what  collections  of  value  to  Physical  Anthro- 
pology existed  even  as  late  as  half  a  century  ago?  Fair  beginnings,  it 
is  true,  had  been  made  before  that  time  in  a  number  of  European  cities, 
and  a  single  particularly  interesting  one  on  this  continent — the  col- 
lection gathered  by  Morton  in  Philadelphia;  but  all  this  material  was 
limited  to  crania,  and  was  useful  in  arousing  curiosity  and  false  expec- 
tations rather  than  in  leading  to  definite  progress  in  our  science.  It 
required  years  of  assiduous  excavation  and  collecting  before  scientific 
work  of  any  extent  could  anywhere  be  attempted.  Such  collecting,  for- 
tunately, has  been  carried  on  in  a  diligent  and  continued  way  to 
this  day,  until  there  are  in  this  country  alone  several  great  and  many 
lesser  gatherings  of  identified  skeletal  and  other  anthropological  ma- 
terial, led  by  that  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum.  Yet  even  now  we 
are  far  from  the  goal  in  this  direction;  that  is,  from  collections  com- 
prising adequate  series  of  bones  of  the  entire  skeleton,  besides  those  of 
other  noraial  important  parts  of  the  body;  collections  that  would  enable 
us  to  determine  the  complete  range  of  variation  in  these  parts  in  at 
least  the  most  significant  groups  of  mankind.  The  requirements  in 
this  direction  will  appear  more  clearly  when  it  is  appreciated  that, 
to  determine  the  total  range  of  variation  in  a  single  long-bone,  such  as 
the  humerus,  in  any  group  to  be  studied,  there  are  needed  the  remains 
of  hundreds  of  adult  individuals  of  each  sex  from  that  group.  As  it 
is,  even  the  greatest  collections  we  possess  still  fall  short  of  the  require- 
ments, consequently  our  investigations  can  be  seldom  perfect  or  final. 

The  dearth  of  properly  trained  men  has  been  and  is  still  a  great 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  15 

hindrance  in  Physical  Anthropology.  The  cause  of  this  deficiency  is 
simple  enough.  The  branch  demands  extensive,  preferably  medical, 
preparation  and  arduous  application,  for  which  only  moderate  pecuni- 
ary compensation  is  offered  at  best.  It  has  not  yet  reached  its  fuU 
ultimate  civic  utility  and  hence  receives  less  public  recognition  than 
the  applied  sciences.  Finally,  in  the  centers  of  anthropological  in- 
struction it  is  too  often  associated  with  archeology  and  ethnology, 
which  in  the  beginnings  are  more  attractive  and  capable  of  diverting 
the  average  student  in  their  direction.  Under  these  circumstances 
the  recruiting  of  regular  workers  of  the  right  kind  is  precarious;  a  new 
competent  physical  anthropologist  is  almost  an  accident,  and  the  sup- 
ply of  students  falls  far  short  of  the  needs. 

The  difficulties  in  gathering  the  requisite  material,  and  even  the 
crude  data  alone,  have  been  and  are  still  very  great;  in  fact  they  are 
sometimes  insurmountable.  Religious  beliefs,  sentimentality  and  su- 
perstition, as  well  as  love,  nearly  everywhere  invest  the  bodies  of  the 
dead  with  sacredness  or  awe  which  no  stranger  is  willingly  permitted  to 
disturb.  It  is  seldom  appreciated  that  the  remains  would  be  dealt 
with  and  guarded  with  the  utmost  care,  and  be  used  only  for  the  most 
worthy  ends,  including  the  benefit  of  the  living.  The  mind  of  the 
friends  sees  only  annoyance  and  sacrilege,  or  fears  to  offend  the  spirits 
of  the  departed.  This  may  not  apply  to  older  remains,  but  these 
in  turn  are  frequently  defective;  yet  even  old  remains  are  sometimes 
difficult  to  acquire.  Such  conditions,  with  occasional  exceptions, 
are  common  among  the  civilized  and  savage  alike,  hence  to  collect 
large  supplies  of  material  indispensable  to  Physical  Anthropology  is 
often  arduous  and  unsatisfactory.  The  impediment  to  the  advance 
of  the  science  that  these  sentimental  conditions  constitute  is  beyond 
computation.  And  the  difficulties  extend  even  to  data  that  can  be 
derived  only  from  the  living.  The  stumblingblocks  due  to  ignorance 
and  superstition  are  particularly  numerous  in  the  paths  of  measuring 
the  illiterate,  while  fears  of  detection  of  concealed  defects,  curiously, 
are  met  among  the  otherwise  enlightened.  Compare  with  this  the 
facilities  of  the  zoologist,  botanist,  and  biologist! 

Notwithstanding  these  and  other  obstacles,  including  those  placed 
in  the  way  by  the  ill-fitted  traveler,  the  incompetent  investigator, 
and  the  self-assumed  authority  extending  from  other  branches  of  sci- 
ence. Physical  Anthropology  has  already  accomphshed  considerable 
useful  work.  It  has  established  a  system  of  precise  measurements  of 
man  and  his  remains,  and  furnished  the  needed  instruments;  it  has 


16  ALES   HRDLICKA 

directly  advanced  general  anatomy,  particularly  that  of  the  skeletal 
system  and  the  brain  of  man  and  other  primates,  and  has  contributed 
to  zoology,  general  biology,  and  other  natural  sciences;  it  likewise 
has  established  the  physical  knowledge  of  the  races  and  many  of  their 
subdivisions.  Through  its  activities  it  has  also  accelerated  the  advance 
of  its  sister  branches,  ethnology  and  archeology.  It  has  given  a  marked 
impetus  to  search  for  the  remains  of  early  man  and  inspired  thorough 
critical  accounts  of  the  physical  characteristics  of  the  finds  made. 
It  has  actuated  and  to  a  large  extent  carried  out  the  study  of  the 
development  of  man  from  his  inception  onward;  it  has  brought  about 
physical  investigation  and  through  it  an  enhancement  of  our  knowledge 
of  school  children  as  well  as  of  advanced  pupils,  of  recruits,  and  of  the 
criminal  and  other  defective,  dehnquent,  or  dependent  classes;  and 
has  led  directly  to  practical  systems  of  identification  of  criminals.  It 
has  participated  in  and  promoted  studies  in  human  heredity,  degenera- 
tion, and  hybridity;  it  has  increased  our  knowledge  of  the  functions 
and  pathology  of  the  human  body,  and  especially  of  the  brain;  it  has 
furthered  the  gathering  of  vital  statistics;  and  it  has  already  taken 
steps  toward  aiding  other  branches  in  determining,  on  the  basis  of 
acquired  knowledge,  ways  toward  safeguarding  and  improving  the 
human  race.  This  outhne  is  necessarily  condensed,  yet  it  will  indicate 
in  a  measure  that  Physical  Anthropology,  notwithstanding  the  many 
and  serious  obstacles  in  its  path,  has  already  well  justified  its  separate 
existence  and  the  decrees  by  which  the  French  Government  pronounced 
it,  in  1864  and  again  in  1889,  a  science  of  public  utility. 

IV,    AIMS 

The  object  of  the  final  section  of  this  memoir  is  to  outline  briefly, 
yet  not  too  generally,  the  future  field  and  aims — in  a  word  the  future 
program — of  Physical  Anthropology,  as  it  now  looms  before  us.  Could 
such  a  program  be  perfected,  it  would  itself  mean  an  important  step 
forward.  It  would,  of  course,  differ  somewhat  from  country  to  country, 
but  it  would  nevertheless  possess  the  same  essentials. 

The  future  activities  of  Physical  Anthropology  must  be  directed  to 
the  improvement  of  its  own  organization  and  means,  as  well  as  in  the 
direction  of  further  research.  The  more  thoroughly  and  efficiently  the 
former  is  effected,  the  more  important  and  prompt  will  be  the  scientific 
results. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  17 

The  main  needs — which  logically  become  the  aims — of  the  anthro- 
pologists themselves  include  more  regular  and  extended  recruiting  of 
their  ranks,  and  a  closer  general  unity  and  cooperation.  The  most 
urgent  impersonal  needs  are:  definite  unification  and  perfection  of 
anthropometry  in  its  entire  range;  systematization  of  the  methods 
of  treating  and  recording  data;  preparation  of  modern  textbooks; 
improvement  and  advance  in  instruction;  advance  toward  strictly 
specialized  periodicals;  the  compilation  of  a  complete  bibliography 
relating  to  the  subject,  and  its  continuation;  the  generalization  of  in- 
formation concerning  collections  of  material  for  the  benefit  of  students; 
the  augmentation  and  improvement  of  collections;  the  establishment 
of  adequate  anthropological  exhibits;  and  the  general  diffusion  of 
anthropological  knowledge. 

Recruiting  of  the  right  kind  of  men  is  very  urgent.  It  conditions 
further  development  and  specialization  of  academic  instruction,  with 
ample  opportunities  at  laboratory  training;  it  makes  highly  desirable 
an  extension  of  lectures  on  Physical  Anthropology  to  medical  colleges; 
and,  above  all,  it  necessitates  pecuniary  resources  by  means  of  which 
scholarships  may  be  offered  to  enable  men  to  be  trained  in  the  labora- 
tory and  in  the  field,  with  an  improvement  in  the  prospects  of  their 
employment,  at  reasonable  compensation,  after  the  necessary  pro- 
longed preparation.  The  time  required  for  the  proper  training  of  a 
physical  anthropologist,  including  that  needed  for  acquiring  indis- 
pensable experience,  is  several  years  of  postgraduate  activity:  and  as 
the  men  who  are  best  fitted  for  such  training  and  most  likely  to  be 
recruited  are  those  who  have  completed  a  medical  course,  these  years  of 
specialized  training  and  labor  necessitate  a  pecuniary  loss,  which  should 
in  some  manner  be  ultimately  recouped.  Until  effective  provisions  are 
made  to  cover  these  points  it  cannot  be  expected  that  the  requisite 
numbers  of  students  will  be  attracted  by  what  Physical  Anthropology 
offers  in  the  way  of  a  life  work.  This  applies  particularly  to  the  United 
States,  where  the  prospects  of  the  graduate  in  medicine,  as  well  as  in 
other  sciences,  are  brighter  than  in  many  parts  of  the  Old  World. 
The  most  suitable  means  of  compensation  during  the  preparatory 
years  would  perhaps  be  through  scholarships,  continued  with  the  most 
promising  men  until  permanent  positions  were  secured.  The  oppor- 
tunities of  employment  of  well- trained  anthropologists  are  not  so 
few  as  might  seem,  and  they  are  bound  to  increase  in  the  future.  The 
principal  problem  at  present  is  to  secure  salaries  commensurate  with 
the  required  preparation  for  this  branch  of  research  and  service,  and 


18  ALES    HRDLICKA 

with  the  prospects  of  a  man  as  well  equipped  had  he  chosen  another 
vocation. 

Closer  unity  and  cooperation  among  physical  anthropologists  through- 
out the  world  is  one  of  our  foremost  and  cherished  aims.  The  time 
is  surely  ripe  for  closer  and  universal  union  of  workers  in  this  field. 
Local  and  national  organizations  have  their  uses,  but  as  the  sphere 
of  interest  of  Physical  Anthropology  embraces  the  whole  of  mankind, 
and  as  the  branch  in  its  broader  aspects  is  eminently  one  and  pan- 
human,  so  we  need  an  international  union  of  all  investigators  in  this 
line.  Important  steps  in  this  direction  were  actually  taken  before  the 
war,  and  there  exists  now,  though  for  the  time  being  necessarily  dormant, 
an  International  Committee  for  such  purpose.'^  After  the  bitterness 
of  the  war  shall  have  become  sufficiently  assuaged,  this  or  a  new  com- 
mittee will,  it  is  confidently  expected,  resmne  the  activities  and  pro- 
ceed toward  the  reaHzation  of  our  hopes  for  a  unit  world-wide 
organization. 

Another  and  even  more  important  aim  of  Physical  Anthropology  is 
the  further  standardization  and  perfection  of  anthropometric  methods 
and  instruments.  A  great  stride  in  this  direction  was  taken  by  each 
of  the  two  already  mentioned  international  anthropometric  confer- 
ences, at  Monaco  in  1906  and  at  Geneva  in  1912.  Much  however 
remains  to  be  done.  The  very  nature  of  future  conferences  for  this 
purpose  will  need  modification.  Their  membership  should  be  suffi- 
ciently inclusive,  and  constituted  months  if  not  years  ahead.  It  should, 
in  fact,  if  at  all  possible,  be  permanent.  Every  proposal  should  be 
communicated  to  all  members  and  ample  time  afforded  for  submitting 
it  to  proper  tests.  The  ideal  arrangement  would  be  a  permanent 
International  Anthropometric  Board,  constituted  as  a  part  of  the 
International  Organization  mentioned  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
the  personnel  to  consist  of  the  most  experienced  men  in  anthropome- 
try in  each  country.  To  such  a  board  would  be  referred  all  proposals 
relating  to  changes  or  innovations  in  instruments,  in  mea£«n-ing,  and 
in  methods  of  elaborating  and  presenting  anthropological  data.  Such 
a  body  would  naturally  progress  toward  the  publication  of  suitable 
bulletins,  and  could  usefully  extend  its  interest  to  the  supervision  if 
not  the  control  of  the  manufacture  of  standard  instruments  and  other 
indispensable  adjuncts  for  anthropological  obsarvations.     The   ulti- 

^  Established  at  the  occasion  of  the  XVIII  Intern.  Congr.  of  Americanists, 
at  London,  1912;  Dr.  R.  R.  Marett  of  the  Exeter  College,  Oxford,  England,  is 
the  secretary  of  the  committee. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  19 

mate  establishment  of  such  a  board  will  be  one  of  the  greatest  steps 
toward  placing  anthropometry  on  a  thoroughh-  definite,  modern,  and 
scientific  basis. 

In  this  connection  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  refer  briefly  to  the  present 
state  of  our  methods  in  deaUng  with  anthropometric  data.  To  a 
considerable  extent  om-  ways  in  this  respect  are  stiU  largely  individ- 
uahstic  and  empirical.  They  range  from  the  simplest  and  defective 
methods  of  the  pioneers  in  anthropology  to  the  mazes  of  the  lofty, 
disdainful  "  biometrician."  In  fact  it  has  proceeded  so  far  that  not 
a  few  workers  hesitate,  if  indeed  they  are  not  ashamed,  to  present  their 
data  without  the  use  of  mathematical  formulae;  and  often  such  formulse 
or  methods  are  used,  if  not  to  cover  defects,  at  least  without  due  ex- 
planation or  understanding  of  their  significance.  Some  degree  of 
regulation  in  these  matters  is  urgently  needed.  We  must  abolish 
what  is  imperfect  in  the  old  methods  and  be  shown  our  hmitations 
with  the  new.  Although  working  largely  with  measurements  and 
hence  with  mathematical  units,  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  in  an- 
thropology, as  a  rule  we  are  deahng  with  series  that  are  irregular, 
deficient  in  numbers,  more  or  less  impure,  and  hence  compUcated  in 
composition.  ^Mathematically  sufficient  and  racially  pure  series  are 
aknost  hopeless  to  expect,  even  when  we  deal  with  large  numbers  of 
living  people.  The  tasks  of  the  anthropologist  therefore  will  always 
be  essentially  analytic— and  analytic  in  the  physiological  rather  than 
in  the  purely  mathematical  way.  It  must  further  be  borne  in  mind 
that  in  Physical  Anthropology,  more  than  in  many  other  branches 
of  science,  a  high-class  j-et  simple  exposition  of  facts,  approachable 
by  every  educated  person,  is  of  so  great  an  advantage  that  the  matter 
of  extensive  use  of  algebraic  formulae  in  publication  cannot  be  passed 
over  Hghtly.  Yet  mathematical  regulation  of  the  cm-ves  of  distribu- 
tion, mathematical  treatment  of  data  bearing  on  variation,  etc.,  are 
urgently  called  for  and  will  necessarily  prove  of  great  utihty.  Thor- 
oughly practical,  sensible  regulations  of  such  nature  should  be  one  of 
the  main  objects  of  the  international  board  above  referred  to.  The 
whole  matter  demands  early  and  most  careful  attention. 

A  supply  of  modern  textbooks  fe  still  a  pressing  need.  It  is  more 
than  thirty  years  since  Topinard^  gave  us  his  gi-eat  handbook  which 
for  a  long  while  yet  nothing  will  wholly  replace.  It  is  four  years 
since  another  very  comprehensive  and  valuable  textbook   appeared, 

*  Elements  d'Anthropologie  generale,  Paris,  1865. 


20  ALES   HRDLICKA 

namely,  that  of  Martin.^  But  neither  of  these  nor  the  two  together 
are  sufficient;  and  in  Enghsh  we  have  nothing  of  such  a  nature,  not 
even  in  the  waj'  of  a  translation. ^^  The  most  urgent  present  need  is 
not  so  much  for  a  compilation  of  the  results  of  anthropological  work 
as  for  a  compact,  satisfactory  handbook  on  anthropometry  and  methods 
in  genei'al. 

An  advance  toward  strictly  speciahzed  periodicals,  to  be  devoted 
exclusively  to  Physical  Anthropology,  is  merely  an  aim  at  a  further 
step  in  differentiation,  such  as  is  manifested  in  all  branches  of  research 
after  having  reached  a  certain  stage  of  development.  So  far  as  Amer- 
ica is  concerned,  this  aim  has  now  reached  its  realization.  The  writer 
has  advocated  the  establishment  of  such  a  Journal  since  1908.  In 
1916  he  presented  the  proposal  in  definite  form  to  the  subcommittee 
on  Anthropology  of  the  Committee  of  One  Hundred  on  Research  of 
the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  and  it 
received  the  full  approval  of  both  the  subcommittee  and  the  committee. 
Late  in  1917  this  approval  was  seconded  unequivocally  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  Committee  on  Anthropology 
of  the  National  Research  Council,  and  the  American  Anthropological 
Association.  In  view  of  this  general  approbation  there  is  promise 
that  the  Journal  will  be  well  received  and  be  soon  on  a  permanent  and 
really  serviceable  basis. 

The  importance  of  complete  and  continued  bibliographical  records 
of  the  results  of  Physical  Anthropology  is  self-evident,  and  is  an  aim 
that  calls  for  the  earliest  possible  realization.  Beginnings  along  this 
fine  have  already  been  made,  particularly  in  the  matter  of  current 
literature,  but  the  movement  requires  definite  organization  and  ex- 
tension to  the  older  pubhcations.  Our  ideal  in  this  direction  is  a  com- 
petently annotated  bibliography,  universal  in  scope,  and  liberal  of 
inclusion. 

Improvement  in  and  generahzation  of  information  concerning  col- 
lections in  Physical  Anthropology  are  highly  desirable.  Such  informa- 
tion, furnished  through  periodically  supplemented  registers  of  newly 
acquired  material,  would  greatly  promote  collaboration  as  well  as  the 
extent  of  research.  An  additional  procedure  of  much  consequence 
would  be  the  deposit  of  smaller  collections  in  the  larger  centers  in  each 
country,  where  they  could  be  better  cared  for  and  become  more  easily 

^  Lehrbuch  der  Anthropologie,  Jena,  1914. 

loThe  English  "Anthropology"  by  Topinard,  London,  1879,  2d  ed.,  1890,  is 
not  equivalent  to  the  French  work. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  21 

available.  These  latter  desiderata,  while  universal,  apply  with  par- 
ticular force  to  the  United  States  and  the  New  World,  where  our 
material  is  more  homogeneous. 

Finally,  a  matter  of  vital  concern  to  Physical  Anthropology  is  the 
continued  augmentation  and  improvement  of  collections.  It  is  req- 
uisite, particularh'  in  this  country,  that  our  collections  be  supple- 
mented in  a  systematic  manner,  and  in  all  particulars.  There  are 
needed  much  additional  osseous  material,  including  all  parts  of  the 
skeleton,  for  racial  and  other  group  studies;  ample  developmental 
series,  on  which  may  be  determined  racial  and  other  peculiarities  in 
all  stages  of  growth;  the  largest  possible  acquisitions  of  skeletal  remains 
from  all  periods  of  peoples  known  the  longest  to  historj^,  such  as  the 
Egyptians,  Semites,  Chinese,  etc.,  for  ascertaining  the  physical  varia- 
tions in  different  localities  in  known  periods  of  time;  large  collections 
of  brains,  preserved  by  most  approved  and  uniform  methods,  for  th*^ 
study  of  gross,  minute,  and  chemical  differences  in  that  organ  in  defi 
nite  groups  of  humanity;  and  substantial  series  of  at  least  the  skeletal 
parts  and  brains  of  the  anthropoid  and  other  apes  for  purposes  of  com- 
parison. The  existing  material,  as  well  as  that  to  be  added,  should 
be  cared  for  in  the  best  possible  manner  with  respect  to  identification, 
cleaning,  repair,  cataloguing,  and  preservation.  A  proper  preserva- 
tion of  the  skeletal  remains  is  particularly  important,  as  much  of  the 
material  grows  in  value  as  time  advances  and  region  after  region  be- 
comes exhausted  of  such  remains.  All  these  are  necessities  on  the  ful- 
filment of  which  further  advance  in  Phj^sical  Anthropology  depends 
directly.  Other  desirable  objects,  at  least  in  our  great  museums, 
are  series  of  specimens  suitable  for  exhibition,  for  illustrating  to  the 
public  the  best  authenticated  evidences  of  man's  evolution,  at  least, 
and  the  most  generally  interesting  human  variations;  and  we  need 
also  larger  gatherings  of  photographs,  as  well  as  accurate  casts  and 
busts,  and  hair  collections. 

The  above  by  no  means  exhausts  what  may  be  termed  the  internal 
needs  and  therefore  aims  of  Physical  Anthropology.  There  still 
remain  the  very  important  objects  pertaining  to  the  virile  development 
and  advance  of  teaching;  the  foundation  of  separate  central  institutes 
of  Physical  Anthropology  for  different  countries,  such  as  the  Ecole 
d' Anthropologic  of  Paris;  the  conservation  of  original,  detailed  data 
where  they  may  be  available  for  future  use,  etc.  But  these  are  largely 
matters  of  ultimate  development  of  the  branch,  dependent  on  the 
progress  realized  along  the  lines  before  specified,  hence  their  discus- 
sion may  be  deferred  to  another  occasion. 


22  ALES  HRDLICKA 

This  leads  us  to  specific  scientific  aims  of  Physical  Anthropology, 
which  are  innumerable.  They  extend  from  questions  of  pure  science 
and  natural  philosophy  to  those  of  high  practical  utility,  and  from 
problems  of  local  interest  to  those  applying  to  all  humanity.  I  shall 
pass  briefly  over  the  questions  of  a  more  general  nature  and  conclude 
with  those  that  are  more  especially  American, 

The  paramount  scientific  object  of  Physical  Anthropology  is  the 
gradual  completion,  in  collaboration  with  the  anatomist,  the  physiolo- 
gist, and  the  chemist,  of  the  study  of  the  normal  white  man  living 
under  ordinary  conditions.  And  our  knowledge  must  not  extend  to 
the  averages  or  mean  conditions  alone,  but  to  the  complete  range  of 
normal  variation  of  every  important  feature  of  the  human  body, 
and  to  the  laws  governing  their  correlation.  Such  knowledge  of  the 
white  race  is  eventually  indispensable  for  anthropological  comparisons. 
The  goal,  however,  is  still  very  distant,  notwithstanding  the  results 
abeady  accomplished.  It  is  necessary  to  renew  and  to  extend  the 
investigations  to  every  feature,  every  organ,  every  function  of  the 
white  man,  until  these  are  known  in  every  detail.  The  facility  and 
value  of  all  comparative  work  will  increase  in  direct  proportion  to  the 
degree  of  consummation  of  efforts  in  this  direction.  The  choice  of 
the  white  man  for  the  standard  is  only  a  matter  of  most  direct  concern 
and  convenience;  the  yellow-brown  or  the  black  man  would  serve 
equally  well,  if  not  better,  were  we  of  his  blood  and  were  he  as  readily 
available. 

Another  quite  fundamental  task  of  Physical  Anthropology  is  to  per- 
fect, or  aid  in  perfecting,  the  detailed  knowledge  of  the  structure, 
function,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  chemical  composition  of  the  pri- 
mates, both  living  and  fossil.  This  field  of  investigation  is  like  the 
vestibule  to  the  hall  of  man's  natural  history  and  is  essential  to  the 
understanding  of  man's  past  and  even  present  evolution.  The  remains 
of  the  fossil  forms  of  the  primates  are  unfortunately  still  few  in  number 
and  very  defective;  nevertheless  they  are  being  gradually  augmented, 
and  the  hope  seems  justified  that  in  the  not  far  distant  future  forms  will 
be  recovered  that  will  be  of  as  acute  interest  to  the  student  of  man's 
origin  as  the  known  remains  of  some  of  his  earlier  representatives. 
An  intensive  systematic  search  for  such  remains  in  Africa,  Asia,  and 
Malaysia  is  one  of  the  most  urgent  scientific  necessities. 

The  third  great  aim  of  our  science  is  the  perfection  of  knowledge  of 
human  phylogeny  proper:  knowledge,  in  other  words,  of  the  evolu- 
tionary changes  and  the  variations  in  man's  structure  with  respect  to 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  23 

time.  This  calls  for  a  delicate,  most  thorough,  and,  so  far  as  may  be 
possible,  an  unbiased  study  of  every  human  osteological  specimen  of 
geological  antiquity,  as  well  as  that  of  ample  series  of  the  old  remains 
of  man  of  definitely  known  age;  and  of  all  the  causes  that  may  have 
been  instrumental  in  the  changes  that  led  to  and  governed  man's" 
evolution.  Research  in  connection  with  the  bones  of  geological  early 
man  has  been  painstaking,  but  the  specimens  themselves  are  still 
relatively  few  in  number  and  mostly  very  imperfect;  while  the  study 
of  man's  variations  and  differentiation  during  the  earlier  parts  of 
the  period  of  which  there  is  chronological  knowledge  and  which  is 
comprised  within  the  last  8,000  years,  is  still  almost  in  its  infancy. 
When  world  conditions  again  become  normal,  the  search  for  skeletal 
remains  of  early  man  will,  it  is  strongly  hoped,  proceed  with  increasing 
vigor  into  new  and  promising  areas,  such  as  southeastern  Asia,  Asia 
Minor  with  the  Arabian  peninsula,  and  Africa.  And  it  is  hoped  also 
that  our  archeological  friends  will  no  longer  stand  aloof,  as  so  often 
in  the  past,  but  will  collaborate  with  us  to  rescue  not  alone  the  evi- 
dences of  man's  activities  but  the  precious  skeletal  remains  encoun- 
tered in  their  excavations  of  ancient  historic  sites.  Such  remains 
are  capable  of  lending  testimony  for  the  solution  of  the  most  important 
problems  of  archeology,  and,  when  properly  correlated  in  point  of  time, 
as  they  can  be  in  Egypt,  Chaldea,  and  perhaps  in  Greece  and  other 
localities,  they  constitute  material  of  the  highest  value  to  Physical 
Anthropology. 

The  next  important  object  of  Physical  Anthropology  is  the  continu- 
ous advance  in  the  study  of  the  more  primitive  human  races  and  their 
subdivisions.  What  has  already  been  accomphshed  in  this  field  have 
been  in  large  measure  only  the  primary,  the  easiest  steps;  in  fact  we 
have  not  yet  emerged  here  far  above  the  stage  of  amateurism.  In 
not  a  single  instance  can  we  say  that  we  possess  even  a  fairly  complete 
record  of  any  of  the  colored  peoples.  There  are  great  territories  in  Asia, 
Africa,  Oceania,  and  America,  of  whose  populations  our  knowledge  is 
hardly  more  than  rudimentary;  and  there  are  many  subdivisions  of  the 
white  race  itself  which  demand  much  more  thorough  investigation. 
We  have  more  or  less  knowledge  of  the  general  features,  and  perhaps 
of  the  skulls,  of  many  peoples,  but  we  know  little  of  their  other  physical 
characteristics,  of  the  full,  exact  range  of  the  normal  oscillation  of 
these  characteristics,  of  parts  of  the  skeleton  other  than  the  skull,  of 
the  brain  and  other  internal  organs,  of  the  periods  of  development 
and  decline,  and  of  their  normal  functions  generally,  although  all  sucli 


24  ALES  hrdli6ka 

knowledge  is  indispensable  to  our  progress.  It  may  not  be  of  special 
benefit  to  the  more  primitive  groups  themselves,  but  we  must  have  it 
not  alone  for  descriptive  and  statistical  purposes,  but  for  a  proper 
understanding  of  the  fundamental  problems  of  our  own  race  and  of 
"humanity  in  general.  The  more  primitive  groups  of  people  are  less 
mixed,  less  abnormal,  less  pathological,  perhaps  less  aberrant  than 
those  of  more  civilized  communities,  hence  observations  thereon  may 
reasonably  be  expected  to  reveal  more  readily  and  clearly  the  workings 
of  natural  laws  that  control  man's  cj^cle  of  life,  his  adaptations,  his 
changes,  and  his  evolution. 

Associated  with  racial  studies,  but  of  more  direct  and  serious  con- 
cern to  many  nations,  particularly  the  American,  are  investigations 
into  the  physical,  physiological,  and  intellectual  effects  of  racial  mix- 
tures on  progeny.  Mixture  of  colored  races  with  the  white  are  largely 
controllable  by  law  and  general  enhghtenment,  and  if  found  detri- 
mental could  be  reduced  to  a  minimum.  In  the  United  States  we 
are  confronted  on  the  one  side  with  the  grave  problem  of  mixture  of 
white  and  negro,  and  on  the  other  with  that  of  white  and  Indian. 
We  know  something  of  the  general  results  of  such  miscegenations, 
but  in  both  cases  the  subject  calls  urgently  for  more  thorough  investi- 
gation. A  question  of  perhaps  even  greater  concern  is  that  of  the 
immigration  of  whites  of  every  extraction.  What  do  these  diverse 
strains  bring  in  the  way  of  physical  and  intellectual  endowments,  and 
what  in  these  respects  are  the  results  of  their  mixture  with  the  native 
population?  These  questions  can  be  answered  only  by  adequate 
medical,  psychological,  and  anthropometric  studies  of  sufficiently  large 
groups  of  the  immigrants  of  each  class,  and  by  similar  investigations  on 
their  progeny,  both  pure  and  where  they  have  mixed  with  Americans 
of  other  extraction. 

The  anthropological  study  of  the  child  and  the  adolescent  is  also 
far  from  finished,  even  in  this  country  and  in  Europe,  where  it  has 
received  most  attention.  Among  primitive  peoples  this  field,  as  al- 
ready mentioned,  is  not  only  of  great  importance  but  is  still  almost 
virginal.  The  white  child  in  future  must  be  studied  not  only  individ- 
ually and  separately  as  hitherto,  but  also  in  connection  with  its  brothers 
and  sisters  and  together  with  its  progenitors.  It  must  be  studied 
even  before  birth,  in  which  direction  fortunately  substantial  progress 
has  lately  been  made  in  this  country.'^     The  earlier  and  the  liter 

"  Under  Dr.  Frank  P.  Mall,  whose  recent  untimely  death  is  a  severe  loss  to 
American  anatomy  and  anthropology. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  25 

children  of  the  same  parents  will  probably  repay  special  attention, 
and  the  subject  of  both  hereditarj^  and  acquired  pathological  influ- 
ences on  the  development  of  individual  children  must  receive  careful 
consideration. 

Next  in  sequence  are  studies  concerning  the  numerous  environmental 
groups  of  humanity — groups  developed  and  continuing  under  extremes 
of  elevations,  climate  and  nourishment;  or  under  the  greatest  speciali- 
zation in  clothing,  food,  occupation,  or  habits,  that  are  liable  to  perma- 
nently affect  the  body  or  its  functions.  All  such  conditions  are  followed 
by  functional  and  structural  reactions  and  accommodations  of  the  sys- 
tem, and  it  is  to  be  determined  how  these  ultimately  affect  the  progeny. 
Learning  the  exact  facts  here  is  beset  with  many  difficulties,  yet  is 
feasible  and  the  results  are  bound  to  be  of  much  practical  and  scientific 
utility. 

A  still  further  extension  of  anthropological  studies  includes  the 
pathological  groups  of  mankind — the  alcoholics,  epileptics,  insane, 
idiots,  perverts,  and  other  defectives  or  degenerates,  and  also  criminals. 
This  part  of  anthropological  research  is  already  fairly  well  advanced, 
and  with  the  help  of  medical  men  has  accompfished  much  of  benefit 
to  society.  But  the  aims  of  science,  which  are  a  complete  knowledge 
of  these  classes,  are  still  far  from  having  been  attained.  Their  realiza- 
tion depends  to  a  large  extent  on  a  perfect  understanding  of  the  normal 
contingent  of  the  human  and  particularly  the  white  family. 

Finally,  the  ultimate  aim  of  Physical  Anthropology  is  that  it  may, 
on  the  basis  of  accumulated  knowledge  and  together  with  other  branches 
of  research,  show  the  tendencies  of  the  actual  and  future  evolution  of 
man,  and  aid  in  its  possible  regulation  or  improvement. 

The  growing  science  of  eugenics  will  essentially  become  applied 
anthropologJ^  Progress  in  this  direction  stipulates,  besides  our  other 
work,  intensive  studies  in  human  heredity  and  of  the  principles  gov- 
erning its  modifications.  It  also  stipulates  the  necessity  of  perceiving 
and  formulating  the  true  goals  of  mankind,  physical  and  intellectual, 
for  the  two  are  inseparable,  and  then  working  toward  their  realization. 

A  few  words  in  conclusion  regarding  some  of  the  more  special  duties 
of  Physical  Anthropology  in  this  country  and  in  the  western  continent 
in  general. 

American  students,  so  far  as  it  may  lie  in  their  power,  should  con- 
tribute to  knowledge  concerning  the  white  race  at  large  and  of  other 
peoples  outside  of  this  continent.  They  have  already  contributed  in 
no  small  way  to  the  study  of  child  growth  and  should  not  stop  in  this 


26  ALES   HRDLICKA 

direction.  Close  attention  and  cooperation  should  also  be  given  in  all 
investigations  concerning  special,  environmental,  and  pathological 
groups  of  humanity.  There  are  a  number  of  problems,  however, 
which  to  American  anthropologists  will  alwaj^s  be  of  special  interest. 
These  are  the  appearance  and  antiquity  of  man  in  America;  the  com- 
position and  detailed  characteristics,  with  their  normal  range  of  varia- 
tion, of  the  indigenous  race,  including  the  Eskimo;  the  development 
of  the  negro  element;  and  the  results  of  admixture  of  whites  with  the 
negro  and  the  Indian.  Alongside  these  range  themselves  parallel 
problems  affecting  the  insular  possessions  of  the  United  States. 

Many  of  the  above  propositions  are  of  course  largely  for  the  future. 
They  may  be  presented  now  in  a  more  or  less  general  form,  but  we  of 
this  generation  hope  at  best  to  advance  the  work  of  preparation. 
While  this  is  in  progress  our  efforts  in  the  direction  of  eugenics,  though 
by  no  means  useless,  must  remain  more  or  less  empirical  and  impo- 
tent; therefore  care  should  be  taken  not  to  create  premature  and  un- 
warranted expectations. 

The  writer  can  not  conclude  without  calling  attention  to  a  particu- 
larly important  phase  of  anthropological  preparation.  This  refers  to 
national  anthropometric  surveys.  The  very  existence  of  nations  de- 
pends on  the  conservation  of  the  physical  standards  and  soundness 
of  their  people,  and  to  gauge  these  standards  nothing  could  be  so  ef- 
fective as  proper,  sufficiently  comprehensive,  anthropometric  surveys, 
made  at  definite,  say  fifty-year,  periods.  The  need  of  undertakings  of 
this  nature  has  been  steadily  growing  in  the  minds  of  both  scientific 
and  public  consciousness  for  many  years,  and  has  led  to  more  or  less 
extensive  attempts,  preparations,  or  proposals  in  that  direction  in 
France,  Italy,  Germany,  India,  England,  Denmark,  Scandinavia, 
and  during  the  Civil  War  even  in  our  own  country.  Had  not 
the  war  intervened,  we  would  possibly  have  had  in  operation  be- 
fore now  in  England  and  Germany  national  surveys  on  a  compre- 
hensive scale;  and  the  time  can  not  be  far  distant  when  a  national 
anthropometric  (and  perhaps  psychometric)  survey,  as  regular  and 
useful  as  that  of  a  national  census,  will  be  one  of  the  permanent  estab- 
lishments of  each  civilized  country.  Such  a  survey  would  show  what 
each  nation  represents  biologically  and  what  its  tendencies  are  in 
this  respect;  and  it  would  show  what  grade  in  the  nation,  from  the 
physical  point  of  view,  the  various  social,  environmental,  and  occupa- 
tional groups  represent,  and  where  they  are  tending.  The  data  gath- 
ered by  successive  surveys  of  this  kind  would  then  serve  as  an  index 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  27 

of  progress,  stagnation,  or  deterioration  of  and  within  the  nations 
and  thus  afford  indications  of  vital  importance  to  agencies  for  eugenics, 
and  for  legislation.  In  the  United  States  and  in  other  parts  of  this 
continent  such  surveys  will  also  indicate,  as  nothing  else  could,  the 
results  of  the  various  racial  mixtures.  May  the  estabHshment  of 
such  a  survey  in  this  country  not  be  too  long  delayed,  for  we  should 
lead  in  this  as  in  other  directions. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY:  ITS   SCOPE   AND   AIMS;   ITS 
HISTORY    AND    PRESENT    STATUS    IN    AMERICA^ 

ALES  HRDLICKA 

B,  History 

INTRODUCTION 

A  historical  account  dealing  with  the  development  of  Phj^sical  An- 
thropology in  the  western  hemisphere,  must  of  necessity,  for  the  pres- 
ent, be  limited  geographically  to  the  northern  half  of  the  continent  and 
especially  to  that  part  of  it  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States, 
while  chronologicall}^  it  may  conveniently  stop  before  the  actual  era  of 
the  science  and  the  work  of  its  living  representatives. 

No  special  and  comprehensive  effort  has  hitherto  been  made  in  this 
direction,  though  as  early  as  1855,  in  his  "Archaeology  of  the  United 
States,"^  Samuel  F.  Haven  gave  an  extended  and  very  creditable  ac- 
count of  the  general  opinions  advanced  to  that  time  respecting  the  ori- 
gin of  population  in  the  New  World,  and  of  the  progress  to  that  date  of 
archeological  and  anthropological  investigations  in  the  United  States. 
In  1898  Dr.  George  A.  Dorsey  wrote  the  "History  of  the  Study  of 
Anthropology  at  Harvard  University,"^  but  he  used  the  term  "anthro- 
pology" in  "its  broadest,  most  general  sense,"  and  "somatology"  re- 
ceived but  slight  mention;  and  in  1902  Dr.  George  G.  MacCurdy  wrote 
on  the  "Teaching  of  Anthropology  in  the  United  States."^  There  are 
no  other  publications  on  the  subject,  and  the  task  before  the  writer  was 
thus  the  more  gratifying  though  also  the  more  difficult  one  of  research 
rather  than  of  compilation. 

The  history  of  physical  anthropology  on  this  continent  is  relatively 
brief,  dating  back  less  than  a  century,  yet  preceding  the  beginnings  of 
the  same  branch  of  science  in  most  other  countries,  and  antedating  the 

1  Rewritten  on  the  basis  of  writer's  earlier  communication  on  the  subject, 
published  in  the  American  Anthropologist,  (N.S.),  xvi,  Oct.-Dec.  1914. 

2  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge,  Phila.,  1855,  168. 

3  Denison  Quarterly,  Granville,  O.,  1898,  iv,  No.  2,  77-97. 

*  Science,  1902,  xv,  211-216.  A  more  recent  communication  on  the  subject  of 
Professor  MacCurdy  will  be  referred  to  in  the  final  section. 

28 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  29 

very  use,  in  its  modern  sense,  of  the  term  anthropology.  Also,  though 
largely  disconnected  and  individualistic,  that  is,  represented  by  workers 
who  arose  quite  incidentally,  sometimes  far  apart  and  more  or  less  inde- 
pendently of  each  other,  it  nevertheless  presents  a  total  record  that  is 
highly  creditable  and  should  be  better  known  outside  of  this  country. 

It  is  almost  wholly  a  history  of  anthropologists  who  were  originally 
or  at  the  same  time  medical  men  and  especiall}"  anatomists  or  physi- 
ologists, and  whose  field  of  research  was  in  a  very  large  measure,  though 
not  exclusively,  American;  and  it  is  further  distinguished  by  the  fact 
that  its  beginnings,  as  to  both  time  and  mode,  can  be  almost  exactly 
determined. 

FORERUNNERS    OF   AMERICAN   ANTHROPOLOGY 

In  a  given  country  the  history  of  any  new  branch  of  science  would 
probably  show,  if  it  could  be  traced,  a  shorter  or  a  longer  prodromal 
period,  occupied  with  the  growth  of  interest  in  a  new  direction;  then 
the  beginnings  of  collections  or  assembling  of  data;  and  following  that 
the  first  efforts  at  lectures,  writing,  and  association  in  the  new  field. 
Back  of  this,  however,  there  is,  as  a  rule,  a  long,  unconsciously  cumula- 
tive epoch,  the  slow  getting  readj'  of  the  ground.  The  actual  birth  of 
a  new  science  may  be  counted  from  the  commencement  of  substantial 
research  work  in  the  new  field,  which  in  due  time  is  followed  by  differ- 
entiation of  concepts,  advanced  organization  of  forces  and  plans,  stand- 
ardization of  procedures,  and  a  gradual  development  of  regular  in- 
struction and  means  of  publication.  Such  was  the  course  of  physical 
anthropology  in  the  United  States  and  the  rest  of  North  America. 

For  the  fertilization  of  the  ground  in  this  country  nothing  could  have 
been  more  effective  than  the  presence  on  the  American  continent  of  a 
race  whose  identity,  composition,  and  origin  were  problems  that  from 
the  date  of  its  discovery  interested  the  whole  thinking  world.  To 
this  toward  the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century  was  added  the 
fact  that  the  white  man's  contact  with  the  Indian  in  North  America 
was  becoming  extensive,  and  the  need  of  knowing  the  race  better  physi- 
cally as  well  as  otherwise,  was  felt  with  growing  intensity.  Good  evi- 
dence of  this  feeling  can  be  seen  in  the  excellent  instruction  given  in 
1804  by  President  Jefferson  to  Lewis  and  Clark,  for  their  memorable 
expedition  to  the  sources  of  the  Missouri.  Besides  other  things  they 
were  to  look  into  the  "moral  and  physical  circumstances  which  dis- 
tinguish the  Indians  encountered  from  the  tribes  we  know""  and  the 

*  See  History  of  the  Expedition  under  the  Comtnand  of  Leu-is  and  Clark,  etc.,  by 
Elliott  Coues,  4  vols.,  X.  Y.  1893. 


30  ALES   HRDLICKA 

results  of  this  expedition  helped  greatly  to  further  stimulate  the  uni- 
versal interest  in  the  Indian.  An  equally  marked  influence  in  this 
direction  was  due  to  a  growing  acquaintance  with  the  multitude  of 
mounds  in  the  Ohio  Valley  and  adjoining  regions  on  one  hand,  and 
with  the  striking  Peruvian,  Mexican,  and  Central  American  Indian 
remains  on  the  other. 

Added  to  the  above  factors  at  home,  came  potent  influences  from 
abroad.  Contributions  to  the  natural  historj'-,  races,  and  variation  of 
man  were  published  by  Linnaeus,  Buffon,  and  Cuvier,  and  especially 
by  Blumenbach**  and  Prichard.^  In  1789  there  was  organized  at 
Paris,  the  Musee  d'Histoire  naturelle,  which  eventually  in  its  scope  com- 
prised also  man;  in  1800  there  came  into  existence  in  Paris,  the  Society 
of  Students  of  Man  (Societe  des  ohservateiirs  de  Vhomme),  which,  although 
short-lived,  pointed  to  a  new  sphere  of  investigations  of  great  interest; 
and  before  many  years  had  passed  the  early,  phj'siological,  highly  stimu- 
lating ''phrenology"  began  to  call  attention  to  the  importance  of  the 
study  of  the  brain  and  skull. 

As  the  first  more  tangible  result  of  these  influences  in  North  America 
we  see  the  incorporation,  in  1812,  at  Worcester,  Mass.,  of  The  American 
Antiquarian  Society,  with  the  chief  object  of  "collecting  and  preserving 
the  material  for  a  study  of  American  history  and  antiquities."^  We 
learn  that,  "in  the  early  days  of  the  Society  one  of  the  prominent 
features  of  its  work  was  the  collection  of  anthropological  specimens;" 
and  we  find  that  the  first  two  volumes  of  the  Transactions  of  this  Soci- 
ety are  devoted  to  the  American  Indian  and  his  remains.^ 

The  year  1814  marks  the  beginning  in  Boston  of  The  Linnean  Society, 
the  predecessor  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History  (1830-); 
but  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  study  of  man  derived  any  special 
stimulus  through  the  activities  of  this  organization.  Shortly  there- 
after, however,  a  small  nucleus  for  anthropologic  research  takes  form 
through  the  labors  of  Prof.  John  C.  Warren,  the  eminent  anatomist 
and  surgeon  and  future  founder  of  the  present  Warren  Anatomical 

•  Decades  craniorum,  1790-1828  (1873);  De  generis  humani,  etc.,  1795  (3d  ed.). 
^  Researches  into  the  Physical  History  of  Mankind,  1813  (1st  ed.). 

*  Transactions  American  Antiquarian   Society,  Worcester,  Mass.,  1909,  32  pp. 
^  The  first  volume,  published  in  1820,  contains  Atwater's  "Description  of  the 

antiquities  of  the  Ohio  and  other  historical  states;"  Hennepin's  "Discovery  of 
the  Mississippi;"  Johnston's  "Indian  tribes  of  Ohio;"  and  Sheldon's  "Account of 
the  Caribs  of  the  Antilles."  Vol.  ii,  1836,  contains  Gallatin's  "Indian  tribes  of 
North  America,"  and  Daniel  Gookin's  "Historical  Account  of  the  Christian 
Indians  of  New  England." 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  31 

Museum  of  Harvard  University.  Inspired  evidently  by  Blumen- 
bach's  works,  Professor  Warren  began  to  collect  and  examine  skulls  of 
different  races,  and  in  1822  he  published  an  Account  of  the  Crania  of 
some  of  the  Aborigines  of  the  United  Sfates,^^  the  first  publication  in  this 
field  on  the  continent.  This  publication,  while  of  no  permanent  value 
scientifically,  and  while  subscribing  to  the  early  error  that  the  "mound- 
builders"  were  "a  different  people  from  the  aborigines  found  here  by 
our  ancestors,"  is  nevertheless  remarkable  for  the  sj'stematic,  techni- 
cal descriptions  of  the  specimens.  In  this  respect  it  might  well  have 
served  as  a  good  example  to  some  later  writers  on  the  subject. 

A  year  before  the  appearance  of  his  paper  on  American  crania,  Pro- 
fessor Warren  published  A  Descriftion  of  an  Egyptian  Mummy, ^^  and  an 
address  by  him  on  American  crania,  given  before  the  British  Association, 
is  quoted  in  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal  (xvii,  1838,  249- 
253),  but  evidently  his  preoccupations  were  such  that  he  could  not 
give  the  new  field  of  research  sufficient  attention.  That  he  did  not 
lose  interest  in  the  study  of  human  crania  is  evident  from  the  fact 
that  in  1837  he  engaged  no  less  a  student  than  Henry  R.  Schoolcraft  to 
collect  for  him  Indian  skulls.  Owing  to  various  difficulties,  however, 
the  gathering  of  the  desired  material  was  interfered  with,  so  that  the 
resulting  collection  was  not  very  important.  The  material  was  even- 
tually transferred  to  the  Warren  ^Museum. 

In  the  thirties,  collection  and  study  of  human  skulls  received  great 
impetus  in  this  country  through  the  establishment  at  Boston  and 
Washington  of  phrenological  societies,  in  which  became  interested  at 
that  time  many  phj'sicians  and  other  men  of  science.  In  1835  the 
Boston  Phrenological  Society  published  a  catalogue  of  specimens  be- 
longing to  the  Societj'  and  derived  mainh^  from  the  collections  "of  the 
late  Dr.  Spurzheim  and  J.  D.  Holm,"  embracing  four  hundred  and  six- 
teen entries,  among  which  more  than  a  hundred  racial  skulls  or  casts  of 
skulls. 

Such  was,  in  very  brief,  the  preparatory  period  of  physical  anthro- 
pology in  t*his  country,  and  we  can  now  approach  the  more  effective 
beginnings  of  this  branch  of  research. 

^°  Published  as  part  H  of  the  Appendix  to  his  Comparative  View  of  the  Sensorial 
and  A'ervous  Systems  in  Man  and  Animals,  Boston,  1822,  129-144,  pis.  v-viii. 

"  Pamphlet,  1821 ;  later  he  gave  also  "An  Account  of  the  Siamese  Twin  Broth- 
ers," Amer.  Med.  Jour.,  Med.  Sciences,  v,  253. 


32  ALES   HRDLICKA 

THE  BEGINNINGS  OF  AMERICAN  ANTHROPOLOGY — SAMUEL  G.    MORTON 

Physical  Anthropology  in  the  United  States,  speaking  strictly,  begins 
with  Samuel  G.  Morton,  in  Philadelphia,  in  1830. 

Morton,  who  was  born  in  Philadelphia,  January  26,  1799,  received 
the  degree  of  M.D.  at  the  Medical  College  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania in  1820  and  from  the  Medical  School  of  the  University  of 
Edinburgh  three  years  later.^^  In  1826  he  began  to  practice  medicine 
in  Philadelphia  and  soon  after  engaged  in  private  instruction  in  medi- 
cine and  anatomy.  Even  before  this,  however,  he  became  a  member  of 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  took  active  interest 
in  its  collections,  which  he  helped  to  classify  and  arrange,  and  became 
active  in  several  branches  of  natural  science,  particularly  paleontology. 
During  these  years,  as  anatomist,  he  also  became  interested,  through 
the  writings  of  Lawrence,  Virey,  Bory  de  St.  Vincent,  Gall,  and  Combe, 
on  the  one  hand,  and  through  reading  the  publications  of  such  American 
authors  as  Dr.  Barton,  Professor  Caldwell,  Dr.  J.  C.  Warren,  Professor 
Gibson,  Dr.  B.  H.  Coates,  and  Dr.  M'Culloh,i^  on  the  other,  in  com- 
parative human  anatomy,  in  phrenology  (which  doubtless  seemed  at 
that  time  to  open  a  most  promising  line  of  research),  and  in  questions 
relating  to  the  origin,  types  and  racial  affiliations  of  the  American  Indians. 

According  to  J.  Aitken  Meigs,  "  craniographic"  researches  were 
begun  by  Morton  two  years  after  the  completion  of  Blumenbach's 
Decades  craniorum.  According  to  Morton  himself,  however,  the  begin- 
ning of  his  actual  work  in  anthropology  is  related  to  have  occurred  as 
foUows.^^  "Having  had  occasion,  in  the  summer  of  1830,  to  deliver 
an  introductory  lecture  to  a  course  in  Anatomy,  I  chose  for  my  subject: 
The  different  forms  of  the  skull,  as  exhibited  in  the  Five  Races  of  Men. 
Strange  to  say,  I  could  neither  buy  nor  borrow  a  cranium  of  each  of 
these  races;  and  I  finished  my  discourse  without  showing  either  the 
Mongolian  or  the  Malay.  Forcibly  impressed  with  this  great  defi- 
ciency in  a  most  important  branch  of  science,  I  at  once  resolved  to  make 
a  collection  for  myself."     The  results  of  this  resolution  were  that  be- 

'^  Grant,  Wm.  R.,  Lecture  introductory  to  a  course  on  Anatomy  and  Physiology  in 
the  Med.  Dept.  of  Pennsylvania  College,  delivered  October  13,  1851;  8°,  Phila.,  1852, 
1-16.  Meigs,  Charles  D.,  M.D.,  A  memoir  of  Samuel  G.  Morton,  M.D.,  read  A^ov. 
6,  1851,  published  Phila.,  1851,  8°,  1-48. 

''  Crania  Americana,  preface,  et  seq. 

^*  Morton,  S.  G.,  Account  of  a  Craniological  Collection,  Trans.  Amer.  Ethnolog. 
Sac,  N.  Y.,  1848,  ii,  217-218. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  33 

tween  1830  and  1851,  the  latter  the  j^ear  of  his  death,  Morton  gath- 
ered no  less  than  968  racial  crania,  which,  with  67  additional  speci- 
mens that  came  soon  after  his  death,  constituted  by  far  the  largest 
and  most  valuable  collection  of  anthropological  materials  then  in 
existence. 

With  the  augmentation  of  his  collection  grew  evidently  also  Morton's 
interest  in  craniologieal  research  and  in  anthropology  in  general,  lead- 
ing eventually,  with  such  additional  stimuli  as  were  furnished  by  the 
writings  of  Prichard,  Lawrence,  Humboldt,  and  possibly  Anders  Retzius, 
to  active  personal  investigations  in  these  lines.  Finding  an  efficient 
helping  hand  in  John  S.  PhiUips,  Esq.,  a  much  interested  and  ingeni- 
ous member  of  the  Academ}^  Morton  undertook  the  large  task  of  meas- 
uring and  describing  his  material,  and  the  American  collections  received 
first  attention.  A  very  sensible  schedule  of  measurements  w^as  formu- 
lated on  the  imperfect  basis  then  extant;  instruments  where  insufficient 
or  lacking  were  improved  or  invented,  and  after  "some  years  of  toil 
and  anxiety"  sufficient  data  were  gathered  and  excellent  illustrations 
provided  for  an  important  publication. 

In  1839  Morton  was  appointed  Professor  of  Anatomy  in  Pennsyl- 
vania Medical  College,  and  in  the  same  j^ear  his  truly  monumental  work 
for  that  time.  Crania  Americana,  appeared,  a  volume  not  financed  by 
any  publisher  or  institution,  but  undertaken  by  the  author  with  the 
assured  support  of  only  fifteen  subscribers ! 

This  first  and  largest  w^ork  of  Morton  makes  manifest  some  of  the 
defects  of  the  early  period  in  anthropology;  it  includes  a  chapter  on 
phrenology,  though  it  is  the  physiological  phrenology  of  Morton's  time 
and  has  no  trace  of  the  charlatanism  later  associated  with  the  name; 
but  these  defects  are  slight  when  contrasted  with  the  large  bulk  of  as- 
tonishingly good  work  and  the  number  of  sound  conclusions.  One 
wonders  at  the  nearness  with  which  the  measurements  employed  by 
Morton  correspond  with  later  and  even  present-day  measurements  in 
that  line,  and  at  the  soberness  and  clear-sightedness  of  his  deductions. 
Concerning  phrenology,  it  is  evident  that  Morton's  interest  in  that 
branch  was  not  that  of  a  believer  or  promoter,  but  rather  that  of  a 
friendly  and  hopeful  investigator.^^  As  to  the  lithographic  illustra- 
tions of  the  work,  they  have  not  been  excelled  since  in  beauty  and 
accuracy. 

Morton's  principal  aims  in  preparing  and  publishing  the  Crania 
Americana  were,  in  his  own  words,  "to  give  accurate  delineations  of 

'*  See  prologue  by  John  S.  Phillips,  Esq.,  in  Crania  Americana. 


34  ALES   HRDLICKA 

the  skulls"  representing  as  many  Indian  nations,  from  all  parts  of  the 
American  continent,  as  he  could  bring  together  in  his  collection;  to  show 
the  position  of  the  American  crania  with  reference  to  those  of  other 
races;  and  to  determine  "by  the  evidence  of  osteological  facts,  whether 
the  American  aborigines  of  all  epochs  have  belonged  to  one  race  or  to  a 
plurality  of  races."  But  thus  early  Morton  gave  attention  also  to  the 
artificial  deformation  of  skulls,  and  especially  to  the  determination  of 
the  internal  cranial  capacity  in  various  races,  taking  cognizance  not 
only  of  the  entire  skull  cavity  but  of  its  main  subdivisions  as  well. 
Moreover  he  presented,  in  62  pages  of  his  work,  an  excellent  review  of 
the  contemporary  anthropological  knowledge  of  peoples  in  all  parts 
of  the  world,  a  summary  which  shows  good  discrimination  and  much 
erudition. 

The  craniometric  methods  of  Morton  (and  Phillips)  call  for  special 
note.  Not  counting  the  more  complex  determinations  of  the  facial 
angle  and  internal  capacity,  Morton  took  on  each  skull  ten  measure- 
ments, and  of  these  the  most  important  six  were  measured  from  pre- 
cisely^ the  same  landmarks  and  in  the  same  way  as  they  are  taken  today 
under  the  recent  Monaco  agreement,  though  ]\Iorton  was  not  remem- 
bered at  that  convention.  These  measurements  and  the  manner  in 
which  they  were  made  are,  in  the  words  of  Morton^^  himself,  as  follows: 

"The  longitudinal  diameter,  measured  from  the  most  prominent  part  of  the 
OS  frontis,  between  the  superciliary  ridges,  to  the  extreme  end  of  the  occiput. 

"The  -parietal  diameter,  measured  between  the  most  distant  points  of  the 
parietal  bones.     . 

"The  vertical  diameter,  vae&snv&d  from  the  fossa  between  the  condyles  of  the 
occiput  bone,^^  to  the  top  of  the  skull. 

"The  occipito-frontal  arch,  measured  by  a  tape  over  the  surface  of  the  cranium, 
from  the  posterior  margin  of  the  foramen  magnum  to  the  suture  which  connects 
the  OS  frontis  with  the  bones  of  the  nose. 

"The  horizontal  periphery,  measured  by  passing  a  tape  around  the  cranium  so  as 
to  touch  the  os  frontis  immediately  above  the  superciliary  ridges,  and  the  most 
prominent  part  of  the  occipital  bone. 

"The  zygomatic  diameter  is  the  distance,  in  a  right  line,  between  the  most 
prominent  points  of  the  zygoma?." 

The  terms  used  in  describing  the  measurements  are  perhaps  not 
always  quite  as  specific  as  those  which  would  be  employed  today,  eight 
decades  later,  but  the  meaning  is  unmistakably  identical.     The  four 

"  Crania  Americana,  249-250. 
'^  The  present  basion. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  35 

Other  measurements,  which  now  are  no  more  or  but  seldom  employed, 
were  the  frontal  diameter,  taken  between  the  anterior-inferior  angles  of 
the  parietal  bones,  the  inter-mastoid  arc  and  line,  and  the  joint  length 
of  the  face  and  vault. 

The  facial  angle  was  measured  directly  by  an  improved  facial  goni- 
ometer, while  for  obtaining  the  internal  capacity  of  the  skull  a  method 
was  invented  which,  though  seldom  if  ever  duly  credited,  served  and 
still  serves  as  the  basis  of  all  subsequent  procedures  for  obtaining  this 
important  determination  with  dry  substances.  Morton's  description 
of  the  method,  which  well  deserves  to  be  quoted  in  full,  is  as  follows i^^ 

^  "Internal  Capacity. —An  ingenious  mode  of  taking  this  measurement  was  de- 
vised by  Mr.  Phillips,  viz:  a  tin  cylinder  was  provided  about  two  inches  and 
three-fourths  in  diameter,  and  two  feet  two  inches  high,  standing  on  a  foot,  and 
banded  with  swelled  hoops  about  two  inches  apart,  and  firmly  soldered,  to  prevent 
accidental  flattening.— A  glass  tube  hermetically  sealed  at  one  end,  was  cut  off 
so  as  to  hold  exactly  five  cubic  inches  of  water  by  weight,  at  60°  Fahrenheit. 
A  fioat  of  light  wood,  well  varnished,  two  and  a  quarter  inches  in  diameter,  with 
a  slender  rod  of  the  same  material  fixed  in  its  centre,  was  dropped  into  the  tin 
cylinder;  then  five  cubic  inches  of  water,  measured  in  the  glass  tube,  were  poured 
into  the  cylinder,  and  the  point  at  which  the  rod  on  the  float  stood  above  the  top 
of  the  cylinder,  was  marked  with  the  edge  of  a  file  laid  across  its  top;  and  the 
successive  graduations  on  the  float-rod,  indicating  five  cubic  inches  each,  were 
obtained  by  pouring  five  cubic  inches  from  the  glass  tube  gradatim  and  marking 
each  rise  on  the  float-rod.  The  gradations  thus  ascertained,  were  transferred 
to  a  mahogany  rod  fitted  with  a  flat  foot,  and  then  subdivided,  with  compasses, 
for  the  cubic  inches  and  parts.  In  order  to  measure  the  capacity  of  a  cranium, 
the  foramina  were  first  stopped  with  cotton,  and  the  cavity  was  then  filled  with 
white  pepper  seed  poured  into  the  foramen  magnum  until  it  reached  the  surface, 
and  pressed  down  with  the  finger  until  the  skull  would  receive  no  more.  The 
contents  were  then  transferred  to  the  tin  cylinder,  which  was  well  shaken  in  order 
to  pack  the  seed.  The  mahogany  rod  being  then  dropped  down  with  its  foot 
resting  on  the  seed,  the  capacity  of  the  cranium  in  cubic  inches  is  at  once  read 
off  on  it." 

The  most  important  scientific  conclusions  arrived  at  by  Morton  in 
his  studies  of  American  crania  and  their  comparison  with  similar  mate- 
rial from  other  parts  of  the  world,  conclusions  which  he  held  strongly 
to  the  end  of  his  life,  were  that:  (1)  ''The  American  nations,  excepting 
the  Polar  tribes  (Eskimo) ,  were  of  one  Race  and  one  Species,  but  of  two 
great  Families  (Toltecan  and  Barbarous),  which  resemble  each  other 
in  physical,  but  differ  in  intellectual  character;"  and   that:  (2)  "The 

^'  Crania  Americana,  253. 


36  ALES   HRDLICKA 

cranial  remains  discovered  in  the  Mounds,  from  Peru  to  Wisconsin,  be- 
long to  the  same  race  (the  Indian),  and  probably  to  the  Toltecan  fam- 
ily."^^  These  conclusions  subverted  the  numerous  loosely  formed  but 
commonly  held  theories  respecting  the  racial  complexity  of  the  Ameri- 
can natives,  as  well  as  those  of  a  racial  separateness  of  the  "Mound- 
builders"  from  the  rest  of  the  American  Indians. 

Besides  this,  Morton's  work  must  have  proved  highly  useful  as  a 
contemporary  compendium  of  anthropological  knowledge;  it  established 
the  main  proportions  of  the  skulls  of  many  American  tribes;  it  gave  com- 
parisons of  skull  capacity  in  series  of  skulls  representing  the  five  human 
races  of  Blumenbach's  classification;  it  shed  considerable  light  on  the 
subject  of  artificial  deformation  of  the  head  among  the  American  na- 
tives; and  it  gave  for  the  first  time  excellent  illustrations,  both  plates 
and  figures,  of  many  American  crania,  which  could  safely  be  used  in 
comparative  work  by  investigators  to  whom  original  American  skulls 
were  not  accessible. 

The  few  erroneous  statements  and  conclusion  included  were  due  en- 
tirely either  to  imperfect  contemporaneous  knowledge  in  anthropology, 
or  to  inadequate  material.  The  latter  deficiency,  for  example,  was  di- 
rectly responsible  for  Morton's  opinion,  supported  by  ten  skulls  which 
he  called  "Mongolian"  but  which  were  in  reality  only  those  of  Chinese 
and  Eskimo,  that  the  American  race  differed  essentially  from  all 
others,  not  excepting  the  Mongolian.-^  The  terms  "Toltecan"  and 
"Barbarous"  were  also,  we  now  know,  misnomers,  and  the  classifica- 
tion of  all  the  Indians  into  these  two  families  was  erroneous,  though 
when  it  was  made  it  served  a  good  purpose  as  a  basis  for  further 
investigation. 

Morton  intended  to  follow  the  Crania  Americana  with  a  "supple- 
mentary volume,"  in  which  to  "extend  and  revise  both  the  Anatomi- 
cal and  Phrenological  tables,  and  to  give  basal  views  of  at  least  a  part 
of  the  crania  delineated;"  also  to  "measure  the  anterior  and  posterior 
chambers  of  the  skull  in  the  four  exotic  races  of  man,  in  order  to  insti- 
tute a  comparison  between  them  respectively,  and  between  these  and 
those  of  the  American  Kace."-^  This  was  never  accomplished.  Never- 
theless the  remainder  of  Morton's  life  was  largely  devoted  to  anthro- 
pology, the  result  being  the  publication  of  more  than  twenty  anthro- 
pological papers  on  subjects  relating  in  the  main,  but  by  no  means 

19  Crania  Americana,  260;  also  62  et  seq. 

20  Ibid..  260. 

^1  Crania  Americana,  preface  V. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  37 

exclusively,  to  America.  The  most  important  of  these  pubhcations,  and 
one  that  compares  favorabl}'  in  clearness  of  presentation,  and  the 
validity  and  advanced  nature  of  its  conclusions,  with  the  Crania  Amer- 
icana, was  his  Crania  ^Egijptiaca,  published  in  1844  and  dealing  with 
one  hundred  old  and  thirtj^-seven  modern  Egyptian  skulls,  procured  for 
Morton  b}^  a  United  States  consul  at  Cairo  and  subsequently  himself 
an  anthropological  author  of  note — George  R.  Gliddon.  Without  en- 
tering into  details  about  the  work,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  say  that  Mor- 
ton recognized  definitely  that  "the  valley  of  the  Nile,  both  in  Egypt 
and  in  Nubia,  was  originally  peopled  by  a  branch  of  the  Caucasian 
race;"  and  that  "the  present  Fellahs  are  the  lineal  and  least  mentioned 
descendants  of  the  ancient  Eyptians;  the  latter  being  collaterally  rep- 
resented by  the  Tuaregs,  Kabyles,  Siwahs,  and  other  remains  of  the 
Lybian  family  of  nations." 

Of  his  remaining  papers  the  more  noteworthy  were  those  on  a 
"Method  of  Measuring  Cranial  Capacity;"  "On  Hybridity  of  Animals;" 
on  "The  Size  of  the  Brain  in  Various  Races  and  Families  of  Man;"  and 
on  the  "Physical  Type  of  the  American  Indians." 

Following  is  Morton's  complete  anthropologic  bibliograph}^;  be- 
sides these  works,  however,  he  published  an  excellent  textbook  on 
Human  Anatomy. 

Crania  Americana.     4°.     Phila.,  1839. 

Method  of  measuring  cranial  capacity.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1841,  i, 

7-8. 
Mexican   Crania   (Otomi,   Chechemec,   Tlascalan,   Aztec).      Proc.    Acad.   Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.,  1841,  i,  50-51. 
Cranial  sutures.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1841,  i,  68-69. 
Pigmy  "race"  of  Mississippi  valley.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1841,  i,  215- 

216. 
Negro  skulls,  capacity.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1841,  i,  135. 
Yucatan  (Ticul)  skeleton.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1842,  i,  203-204. 
Observations  on   Egyptian  ethnography,  deiived   from   anatomy,  history,  and 

the  monuments.     Trans.  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila.,  1843,  ix,  93-159. 
Crania  yEgyptiaca.    4°,  Phila.,  1844. 
Observations  on  a  second  series  of  ancient  Egyptian  crania.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Phila.,  1814,  ri,  122-126. 
Observations  on  the  measurements  of  the  internal  capacity  of  the  crania  depos- 
ited [by  Morton]  this  evening.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1844,  ii,  168. 
The  skull  of  a  Hottentot.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1844,  ii,  64-65. 
T^vo  ancient  Peruvian  heads  from  Atacama,  deformed.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.,  1845,  ii,  274. 
Skull  of  a  Congo  negro.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1845,  ii,  232-233. 


38  ALES    HRDLICKA 

Skulls  of  New  Hollanders   (Australians).     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sei.  Pliila.,   1845, 

II,  292-293. 
Remarks  on  an  Indian  cranium  found  near  Richmond,  on  the  Delaware,  and  on  a 

Chenook  mummy.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1847,  in,  330. 
On  an  aboriginal  cranium  obtained  by  Dr.  Davis  and  Mr.  Squier  from  a  mound 

near  Chillicothe,  Ohio.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1847,  ui,  212-213. 
Skeletal  remains  from  Arica,  Peru.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1848,  in,  39-40. 
On  hj'bridity  of  animals,  considered  in  reference  to  the  question  of  the  unity  of 

the  human  species.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1848,  iii,  118-121. 
On  the  position  of  the  ear  in  the  ancient  Egyptians.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.,  1848,  in,  70. 
The  catalogue  of  skulls  of  man  and  the  inferior  animals,  in  the  collection  of  Samuel 

G.  Morton,  M.D.,  Phila.,  1849  (with  two  subsequent  editions). 
Observations  on  the  size  of  the  brain  in  various  races  and  families  of  man.  Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1850,  iv,  221-224. 
Four  skulls  of  Shoshonee  Indians.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1850,  iv,  75-76. 
Ancient  Peruvian  crania  from  Pisco.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1850,  iv,  39. 
Observations  of  a  Hottentot  boy.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1850,  iv,  5-6. 
Physical  type  of  the  American  Indians.     In  Schoolcraft,  Indian  Tribes,  Phila., 

1852,  II,  316-330.     Unity  of  the  human  race,  ibid,  in,  374-375. 

EFFECTS   OF   MORTOn's    WORK 

Under  Morton's  stimulus  and  with  his  cooperation,  physical  anthro- 
pology of  the  American  Indian  received  attention  in  a  number  of  im- 
portant ethnological  and  archeological  works  published  before  or  soon 
after  his  decease.  Thus  the  first  scientific  memoir  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  the  highly  creditable  Squier  and  Davis's  "An- 
cient Monuments  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,"-  included  five  pages  of 
text  and  two  excellent  plates  on  the  "Crania  from  the  Mounds." 
The  main  part  of  this  report  was  by  Morton  himself.  One  skull  only 
is  described,  but  it  was  a  very  good,  undeformed  or  but  very  slightly 
deformed  specimen,  derived  from  an  ancient  mound  in  Scioto  valley, 
Ohio.  For  comparison  there  are  given  measurements  of  308  mounds, 
"tumuli,"  and  Indian  crania-^  of  different  ages  and  from  different  parts 
of  the  North  American  continent  and  Peru.  Curiously,  and  against  the 
previouslj^  expressed  conclusion  of  JNIorton,  Squier  and  Davis  assumed 
in  this  connection  that  there  had  existed  a  special  "race  of  the  mounds," 
the  skull  described  "belonging  incontestabty  to  an  individual  of  that 
race."     Regarding  skeletal  remains  from  the  mounds  in  general,  how- 

"  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge,  N.  Y.,  1848,  i,  288-292,  pi.  xlvii- 

XLVIII. 

2'  Mainly  from  Morton's  Crania  Americana. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  39 

ever,  the  authors  well  recognized  that  these  were  "of  different  eras," 
the  superficial  burials  being  comparatively  late  and  to  be  ascribed 
to  the  Indian  tribes  in  occupancy  of  the  countrj^  at  the  period  of  its 
discovery. 

In  the  same  year  (1848),  appeared  the  second  volume  of  the  Trans- 
actions of  the  American  Ethnological  Society,  which  contains  important 
ethnological  contributions  and  maps  by  Hale  and  Gallatin,  in  an  ar-' 
tide  on  the  "Indians  of  North  America."  Neither  of  these  contribu- 
tions added  directly  to  physical  anthropology,  but  both  contained  valu- 
able data  on  the  early  distribution  of  the  North  American  Indians, 
on  the  population  of  some  of  the  tribes,  and  on  their  environment. 
There  are  notes  on  the  physical  appearance  of  the  Indians  of  various 
types,^^  but  these  are  quite  imperfect.  In  the  same  volume  also  appears 
Morton's  "Account  of  a  craniological  collection,  with  remarks  on  the 
classification  of  some  families  of  the  human  race."-^  This  brief  con- 
tribution is  interesting  partly  because  in  it  Morton  shows  in  a  few 
words  how  he  was  led  to  the  collection  and  study  of  American  crania, 
and  partly  because  he  reiterates  his  conviction  as  to  the  racial  unity  of 
all  the  American  nations,  barring  the  Eskimo.-'' 

Even  more  important  than  both  of  the  works  heretofore  mentioned 
in  this  section,  was  the  great  encyclopedia  of  knowledge  concerning  the 
American  Indian,  prepared  by  a  special  provision  of  the  United  States 
Congress  under  the  auspices  of  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs,  by  Henry 
R.  Schoolcraft,  in  collaboration  with  a  number  of  other  authors,  and 
published  between  1851  and  ISST."  This  work  gave  much  reliable  in- 
formation on  the  geograpliic  distribution  of  the  Indian  tribes  in  North 
America;  on  their  migration;  on  family  conditions  of  the  Indian,  in- 
cluding birth  and  death;  on  the  intellectual  capacity  of  the  Indian;  and 
on  the  statistics  and  population  of  the  tribes.     Besides  this,  it  included 

^■*  Particularly  in  Hale,  chapter  Ethnology,  5-8. 

25  Pp.  217-222. 

2^  P.  218:  "The  anatomical  facts  considered  in  conjunction  with  every  other 
species  of  evidence  to  which  I  have  had  access,  lead  me  to  regard  all  the  American 
nations,  except  the  Esquimaux,  as  people  of  one  great  race  or  group.  From  Cape 
Horn  to  Canada,  from  ocean  to  ocean,  they  present  a  common  type  of  physical 
organization,  and  a  not  less  remarkable  similarity  of  moral  and  mental 
endowments." 

^^  Complete  title :  Historical  and  Statistical  Information  respecting  the  History, 
Condition  and  Prospects  of  the  Indian  Tribes  of  the  United  States,  collected  and  pre- 
pared under  the  direction  of  the  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs:  per  act  of  Congress  of 
March  Sd,  1847,  by  Henry  R.  Schoolcraft,  LL.D.     6  vols.,  4°,  Phila.,  1851-1857. 


40  ALES   HRDLICKA 

a  series  of  articles  dealing  direetlj^  with  the  physical  anthropology  of  the 
native.  These  comprised  the  "Essay  on  the  physical  characteristics  of 
the  Indian/'  by  Samuel  G.  Morton  (ii,  315-330);  "Adm-:>asurements  of 
the  crania  of  the  principal  groups  of  Indians  of  the  United  States,"  by  J. 
S.  Phillips  (ii,  331-335);  "Examination  and  distribution  of  the  hair  of 
the  head  of  the  North  American  Indian,"  by  Peter  A.  Browne,  LL.D. 
"  (hi,  375-393);  "Considerations  on  the  distinctive  characteristics  of  the 
American  aboriginal  tribes,"  by  Dr.  Samuel  Forrey  (iv,  354-365);  to- 
gether with  "Unity  of  the  human  race"  (373-375),  "Remarks  on  the 
means  of  obtaining  information  to  advance  the  inquiry  into  the  physi- 
cal type  of  the  Indian"  (iv,  345-353),  and  "The  aboriginal  features  and 
physiognomy"  (v,  287-292),  by  Schoolcraft  himself. 

Meanwhile  also  a  number  of  pubhcations  appeared  in  the  United 
States  bearing  on  physical  anthropology,  which  were  incited  not  so 
much  by  Morton  as  by  Lawrence  {Lectures  on  the  Natural  History  of 
Man)  and  especially  Prichard  (Natural  History  of  Mankind),  in  England. 
Three  volumes  belonging  to  this  category  were  The  Races  of  Man,  by 
Dr.  Charles  Pickering  {Publications  of  the  United  States  Exploring 
Expedition,  4°,  Boston,  1848) ;  the  Natural  History  of  Man,  by  Wm. 
N.  F.  Van  Amringe  (8°,  New  York,  1848);  and  The  Natural  His- 
tory of  the  Human  Species,  by  Lieutenant  Colonel  Charles  Hamilton 
Smith  (8°,  Boston,  1851). 

These  volumes,  as  seen  in  part  from  their  titles,  deal  comprehensively 
and  more  or  less  philosophically  with  mankind  as  a  whole.  The  two 
more  valuable  ones  were  those  of  Smith  and  Pickering,  both  presenting 
good  summaries  of  contemporaneous  knowledge  of  the  subjects  with 
which  they  deal.  Van  Amringe  wrote  on  the  basis  of  biblical  data; 
nevertheless  his  book  also  contained  many  a  good  thought.  The  works 
of  both  Smith  and  Pickering  were  published  later  in  new  editions,  the 
former  in  1859  (Boston),  with  additions  by  Dr.  S.  Kneeland;  and  the 
latter  in  1854  (London),  with  An  Anatomical  Synopsis  of  the  Natural 
History  of  Man,  by  Dr.  John  Charles  Hall. 

The  influence  of  these  pubhcations  was  more  of  a  general  nature. 
They  were  largely  read,  educating  and  influencing  the  pubhc  mind 
on  a  subject  which  was  then  claiming  a  large  share  of  the  attention  of 
all  thoughtful  minds,  without  actually  adding  much  to  existing  knowl- 
edge or  stimulating  intensive  research. 

During  the  latter  part  of  the  first  and  the  early  part  of  the  second 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  there  were  several  other  important 
occurrences  the  results  of  which  served  to  enhance  interest  in  anthro- 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  41 

pology  in  this  country,  particularly  in  that  of  the  American  aborigines. 
These  were  the  numerous  Government  exploring  expeditions  to  the  far 
Northwest,  West,  and  Southwest,  under  Wilkes  (1838-42),  Fremont 
(1842-'44),  Emory  (1846-'47),  Stansbury  (1849),  and  others;  and  the 
extensive  Pacific  Railroad  Surveys  of  1853-54,  comprising  the  explora- 
tions of  Parke,  Whipple,  Pope,  Stephens,  Williamson,  and  their  com- 
panions. They  helped  in  preparing  the  ground  for  the  eventual 
establishment  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

Morton's  successors — joseph  leidy  and  j.  aitken  meigs 

From  what  precedes  it  is  plain  that  Morton  may  justly  and  with 
pride  be  termed  the  father  of  American  anthropology;  yet  it  must  be 
noted  with  regret  that,  like  others  later  on,  he  was  a  father  who  left 
many  friends  to  the  science  and  even  followers,  but  no  real  progeny,  no 
disciples  who  would  continue  his  work  as  their  special  or  life  vocation. 

The  collection  of  crania  which  Morton  assembled  was  purchased  from 
his  executdrs,  for  the  sum  of  $4,000,  by  forty-two  gentlemen  of  Phila- 
delphia and  presented  to  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  in  that  city, 
whe:e  it  rests  a  lonesome  relic  to  the  present  day;  the  Academy,  whether 
owing  to  lack  of  scholars  or  for  other  reasons,  failing  to  provide  for 
further  research  in  connection  with  the  precious  material,  or  for  system- 
atic accessions.  What  might  not  the  Academy  have  been  to  Ameri- 
can anthropology  had  circumstances  been  different!  However,  the 
time  was  doubtless  not  quite  ripe. 

As  it  was,  two  men  were  approached  with  a  view  to  continuing  Mor- 
ton's work,  either  of  whom  would  have  made  a  thorough  success  of  the 
undertaking  had  he  been  in  a  position  to  devote  himself  exclusively  to 
anthropology.  They  were  Joseph  Leidy  and  J.  Aitken  Meigs.  Ac- 
cording to  Leidy^^  "after  the  death  of  Dr.  Morton,  it  was  proposed  tome 
to  take  up  the  investigation  of  the  cranial  characteristics  of  the  human 
races,  where  he  had  left  it,  which  I  omitted,  not  from  a  want  of  interest 
in  ethnographic  science,  but  because  other  studies  occupied  my  time. 
Having,  as  Curator  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  the  charge  of 
Dr.  Morton's  extensive  cabinet  of  human  crania,  I  confided  the  un- 
dertaking to  Dr.  Meigs.     .      .      ." 

Dr.  J.  Aitken  Meigs,  eventually  professor  of  climatology,  physiol- 
ogy, and  the  institutes  of  medicine  in  several  colleges  of  Philadelphia 

"8  In  Nott  and  Gliddon's  Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth,  8°,  Phila.,  1857,  p.  xvi. 


42  ALES   HRDLICKA 

and  an  indefatigable  worker,-^  endeavored,  so  far  as  his  medical  preoc- 
cupations allowed,  to  pick  up  the  threads  where  broken  by  Morton's 
death,  and  in  the  course  of  sixteen  years  (1850-1866)  contributed  a 
number  of  good  papers  to  anthropology.  The  most  important  of  these 
were  "The  Cranial  Characteristics  of  the  Races  of  Men,"  in  Nott  and 
Gliddon  (1857),  with  extensive  bibliography;  the  Catalogue  of  Human 
Crania  in  the  Collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadel- 
phia (1857),  a  continuation  of  Morton's  Catalogue,  which  meanwhile 
had  reached  the  third  edition;  the  Observations  on  the  Occiput  in  Various 
Races  (1860);  the  Hints  to  Craniographers  (1858),  which  includes  the 
first  comprehensive  data  on  other  cranial  collections  then  in  existence, 
both  here  and  in  Europe;  and  the  Mensuration  of  the  Human  Skidl  (1861), 
which,  besides  referring  to  much  of  the  earlier  history  of  anthropometry, 
gives  clear  directions  for  48  cranial  measurements  and  determinations. 

In  appraising  Meigs'  anthropological  work  as  a  whole,  it  is  felt  with 
regret  that  he  was  not  all  to  the  science  that  he  could  and  should  have 
been.  His  writings  show  much  knowledge  of  the  field,  minute  applica- 
tion and  considerable  erudition,  but  they  do  not  go  far  enough;  they 
are  only  good  by-products  of  a  mind  preoccupied  in  other  though  more 
or  less  related  directions.     Meigs  also  like  Morton  left  no  disciples. 

The  bibliography  of  his  anthropological  contributions  follows: 

Description  of  a  deformed,  fragmentary  human  skull,  found  in  an  ancient  quarry- 
cave  at  Jerusalem ;  with  an  attempt  to  determine  by  its  configuration  alone 
the  ethnical  type  to  which  it  belongs.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1850,  xi, 
262-280. 

On  Dr.  Morton's  collection  of  human  crania.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
1855,  420. 

Catalogue  of  human  crania  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1856,  Suppl. 

The  cranial  characteristics  of  the  races  of  men.  In  Nott  and  Gliddon's 
Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth,  8°,  Phila.,  1857,  203-352. 

Hints  to  craniographers — upon  the  importance  and  feasibility  of  establishing 
some  uniform  system  by  which  the  collection  and  promulgation  of  craniologi- 
cal  statistics,  and  the  exchange  of  duplicate  crania,  may  be  provided.  8°, 
1-6,  Phila.  1858  (?),  with  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  for  1858,  and  separately. 

Observations  upon  the  form  of  the  occiput  in  the  various  races  of  men.  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1860,  xii,  397-415. 

The  mensuration  ot  the  numan  skull.  North-Amer.  Med.  Chirurg.  Review,  Sept., 
1861,  837-861. 

-^  Born  at  Philadelphia,  1829,  died  1879.  Biography  by  Geo.  Hamilton  in 
Trans.  Med.  Soc.  Pa.,  Phila.,  1880,  1-22.  For  other  biographic  notices  see  under 
Meigs  in  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon  General,  U.  S.  A. 


PHYSICAL   AXTHROPOLOGY  '  43 

Observations  upon  tne  cranial  forms  of  the  American  aborigines,  based  upon 
specimens  contained  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Phila.     Proc.  Acad.  Xat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1866,  197. 

Description  of  a  human  skull  in  the  collections  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
(from  Rock  Bluff,  111.),  Smithsonian  Report  for  1867,  412-414. 

Meanwhile  Dr.  Joseph  Leidy  (1823-'91),  later  Professor  of  Anatomy 
in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Curator  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences,  and  an  eminent  naturalist,  did  not  wholl}-  abandon  his  inter- 
est in  anthropology.  As  will  be  seen  from  the  appended  list  of  his 
writings  he  published  a  number  of  smaller  contributions  of  more  or  less 
direct  interest  to  the  science,  all  of  which  bear  the  mark  of  an  able  and 
conscientious  observer.  Among  other  things  those  of  us  who  are 
more  closely  interested  in  human  antiquity  owe  to  him  one  of  the  earli- 
est and  clearest  statements  regarding  the  unreliabihtj^  of  fossilization 
of  bones  as  a  criterion  of  antiquity.  His  words  on  this  point,  which 
might  well  be  borne  in  mind  by  some  of  our  present  paleontologists, 
are  as  follows:'^"  "Bones  of  recent  animals,  when  introduced  into  later 
deposits,  may  in  many  cases  verj^  soon  assume  the  condition  of  the 
fossils  belonging  to  those  deposits.  Fossilization,  petrification,  or 
lapidification  is  no  positive  indication  of  the  relative  age  of  the  organic 
remains.     .      .      ." 

As  well  known,  it  was  Professor  Leid}'  to  whom  the  fossil  pelvic 
bone  of  Natchez,  and  the  variously  petrified  human  bones  from  the 
west  coast  of  Florida,  were  submitted  for  examination,  which  resulted 
in  the  opinion  that  they  were  not  necessarily  of  any  great  antiquity, 
though  he  was  inclined  to  believe  that  the  native  American  had  "wit- 
nessed the  decUning  existence  of  the  ^Mastodon  and  IMegalonyx"  on 
this  continent,  and  that  man  may  have  been  a  companion  in  America 
of  the  latest  prehistoric  horse. 

Among  the  more  than  five  hundred  pubHshed  contributions  to  nat- 
ural science  by  Leidy,  the  following  are  of  interest  to  anthropology^: 

On  the  cranium  of  a  New  Hollander.     Journ.  &  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1847, 

217. 
On  the  hair  of  a  Hottentot  boy.     Jour.  &  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1848,  7. 
Observations  on  the  existence  of  the  intermaxillary  bone  in  the  embryo  of  the 

human  subject.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1848-1849,  iv,  145-147. 
On  a  so-called  fossil  man.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1855,  340. 

"  In  his  article  on  human  paleontology,  Nott  and  Gliddon's  Indigenous  Races 
of  the  Earth,  1867,  p.  xviii,  footnote. 


44  Ai.ES    HRDLICKA 

(On  human  paleontology.)     In   Nott  and  Gliddon's  Indigenous  Races  of  the 

Earth,  8°,  Phila.,  1857,  xvi-xix. 
On  an  acephalous  child.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  8. 
On  blood  crystals.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  Biol.  9. 
On  the  cause  of  monstrosities.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  Biol.  9. 
On  sections  of  the  human  cranium.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  Biol.  10. 
Exhibition  of  the  lower  jaw  of  an  aged  man.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1870, 

133. 
On  the  reversed  viscera  of  a  human  subject.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1870, 

134. 
Anomalies  of  the  human  skull.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1888,  273. 
Notice  of  some  fossil  human  bones.     Trans.  Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science, 

Phila.,  1889,  ii,  9-12. 

J.    C.    NOTT   AND    GEORGE   R.    GLIDDON 

Besides  J.  Aitken  Meigs  and  Joseph  Leidy,  there  were  two  other 
men  who  were  closely  associated  with  Morton  in  his  anthropological 
work  and  who  subsequently  endeavored  to  fill  at  least  a  part  of  the 
void  left  by  his  death.  They  were  Dr.  J.  C.  Nott,  of  Mobile,  Ala- 
bama, and  Mr.  George  R.  Gliddon  of  Philadelphia,  formerly  U.  S. 
Consul  at  Cairo  and  a  large  contributor  to  Morton's  cranial  collections. 

Aided  in  the  beginning  by  Morton  himself  and  supplementing  their 
work  by  contributions  from  Agassiz,  Leidy,  Meigs,  Usher,  Patterson, 
and  others,  Nott  and  Gliddon  published  in  1854  a  volume  on  the  Type 
of  Mankind,  which  by  1871  reached  the  tenth  edition;  and  in  1857 
this  was  followed  by  a  volume  on  the  Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth, 
which  also  had  a  large  circulation. 

The  scope  of  these  works,  which  exercised  considerable  influence  on 
the  public  mind  of  their  time,  can  best  be  appreciated  from  an  enu- 
meration of  their  main  sections,  which  were : 

"The  Types  of  Mankind" 

Memoir  of  Samuel  George  Morton. 

The  natural  provinces  of  the  animal  world  and  their  relation  to  the  different 

types  of  man,  by  Prof.  L.  Agassiz. 
Geographical  distribution  of  animals  and  the  races  of  man. 
Types  of  mankind. 
Excerpts  from  Morton's  unedited  manuscripts  on  "The  Size  of  the  Brain  in 

various  Races  and  Families  of  Man;"  and  on  "Origin  of  the  Human  Species." 
Geology  and  paleontology  in  connection  with  human  origins,  by  W.  Usher,  M.D. 
Hybridity  of  animals  viewed  in  connection  with  the  natural  history  of  mankind; 

and  comparative  anatomy  of  races,  by  J.  C.  Nott,  M.D; 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  45 

"Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth" 

Contribution  by  Leidy  on  "Human  Paleontology;"  with  a  letter  on  "Primitive 
Diversity  of  the  Races  of  Alan"  and  "The  Reliability  of  Philological  Evi- 
dence," by  L.  Agassiz. 

Distribution  and  classification  of  tongues,  by  Alfred  Maury. 

Iconographic  researches  on  human  races  and  their  art,  by  Francis  Pulszky. 

The  cranial  characteristics  of  the  races  of  man,  by  J.  Arthur  Meigs. 

Acclimation;  or  the  comparative  influence  of  climate  and  endemic  and  epidemic 
diseases  on  the  races  of  man,  by  J.  C.  Nott. 

The  Monogenist  and  the  Poligenist,  by  George  R.  Gliddon. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  these  publications,  and  particularly  the 
Types  of  Mankind,  were  strongly  attached  to  the  biblical  traditions, 
more  than  three  hundred  pages  of  the  later  volume  being  devoted  to 
efforts  at  harmonizing  the  results  of  the  rising  science  with  the  biblical 
Genesis. 

Another  serious  defect  of  the  two  works  was  a  dearth  of  data  based 
on  actual  field  or  laboratory  research.  They  bore  on  the  whole  the 
stamp  of  popular  science  rather  than  that  of  reports  on  scientific  inves- 
tigation. So  they  were  evidently  also  received,  and  on  that  basis 
reached  their  extensive  circulation.  They  have  not  advanced  or  bene- 
fited physical  anthropology  in  this  country  to  any  material  extent,  and 
are  now  but  seldom  referred  to. 

ANTHROPOLOGY   IN    BOSTON 

GEORGE    PEABODY;    JEFFRIES    WYAIAN 

It  now  becomes  necessary  to  leave  Philadelphia  for  a  while  and  re- 
turn to  Boston.  Here,  in  1866,  takes  place  an  event  which  from  the 
beginning  is  destined  to  have  a  marked  influence  on  the  development 
of  Phj-sical  Anthropology  in  this  country.  This  is  the  foundation  of 
the  Peabod}^  IMuseum  of  American  Archeology  and  Ethnology,  together 
with  the  Peabody  Professorship  in  the  same  subjects,  at  the  Harvard 
University ,^^  by  George  Peabody,  the  great  American  philanthropist 
of  that  time. 

'1  In  a  letter  transmitting  the  gift  to  the  future  Trustees  of  the  Museum  we 
read  as  follows:  "Accompanjdng  this  letter,  I  inclose  an  instrument  giving  to 
you  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  dollars  ($150,000),  in  trust  for  the  foundation 
and  maintenance  of  a  Museum  and  Professorship  of  American  Archaeology  and 
Ethnology  in  connection  with  Harvard  University  .  .  .  Aside  from  the  pro- 
visions of  the  instrument  of  gift,  I  leave  in  your  hands  the  details  and  management 


46  ALES    HRDLICKA 

Jeffries  Wyman  is  appointed  the  first  Curator  of  the  Museum,  and  the 
beginnings  of  its  collections  are  thus  described  in  his  first  report: 

"On  the  9th  of  November,  1866,  a  collection  of  various  objects  pertaining  to 
the  purposes  of  this  Museum  was  begun,  and  temporarily  deposited  in  one  of  the 
cases  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Anatomy,  in  Boylston  Hall.  The  collec- 
tion consisted  of  crania  and  bones  of  Xorth-American  Indians,  a  few  casts  of 
crania  of  other  races,  several  kinds  of  stone  implements,  and  a  few  articles  of 
potter}', — in  all,  about  fifty  specimens.  Of  these,  about  one-half  belonged  to 
Harvard  College,  and,  with  the  consent  of  the  President,  were  transferred  to  this 
Museum;  the  others  were  from  the  collections  of  the  Curator. "'^ 

To  this  was  soon  added  another  collection,  consisting  of  75  crania, 
chiefly  of  ancient  Peruvians,  with  a  Peruvian  mummy,  donated  by  E. 
George  Squire;  and  thenceforth,  as  seen  from  the  reports  of  the  Cura- 
tors, no  3'ear  elapses  without  important  additions  being  made  to  the 
Museum  collections  in  Physical  Anthropologj-. 

As  to  Jeffries  Wyman,  his  services  to  American  anthropology  deserve 
more  than  a  brief  notice. 

Wyman  was  born  at  Chelmsford,  Massachusetts,  August  11,  1814. 
He  studied  at  Harvard,  and  in  1837  graduated  in  medicine.  Finding 
difficulty  in  securing  a  favorable  opportunity  for  practice,  he  became 
Demonstrator  of  Anatomy  at  Harvard  College ;  but  his  earnings  were  so 
small  that  to  eke  out  his  subsistence  he  was  obliged  at  the  same  time 
to  become  a  member  of  the  Boston  fire  department.^^  In  1840,  how- 
ever, he  was  appointed  Curator  of  the  Lowell  Institute.  In  1840-1841 
he  dehvered  at  the  Institute  his  well-known  course  of  twelve  lectures  on 
comparative  anatomy  and  physiology,  and  with  the  money  thus  earned 
went  to  Europe  for  further  studies.  At  Paris,  he  devoted  himself  to 
comparative  anatomj^  and  physiology,  and  here  in  all  probability  he 
also  became  acquainted  more  directly  with  the  beginnings  of  physical 

of  the  trust;  only  suggesting,  that,  in  view  of  the  gradual  obliteration  or  destruc- 
tion of  the  works  and  remains  of  the  ancient  races  of  this  continent,  the  labor 
of  exploration  and  collection  be  commenced  at  as  early  a  day  as  practicable; 
and  also,  that,  in  the  event  of  the  discovery  in  America  of  human  remains  or  im- 
plements of  an  earlier  geological  period  than  the  present,  especial  attention  be 
given  to  their  stud}',  and  their  comparison  with  those  found  in  other  countries." 
(Signed)  George  Peabody.  See  First  Ann.  Report  Peabody  Musemn,  Boston, 
1868,  25-26. 

32  p-iTsi  Ann.  Report  Peabody  Museum,  Boston,  1868,  5. 

"  Asa  Gray:  Jeffries  Wyttian.  Memorial  Meeting  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Nat. 
History,  8°,  1874,  i,  1-37.  Also  Memoir  of  Jeffries  Wyman  by  A.  S.  Packard,  Nat. 
Acad.  Sci.,  pub.  1878,  75-126. 


JEFFRIES  WYMAN 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  47 

anthropology.  In  1843  he  accepted  the  chair  of  anatomy  and  physi- 
ology at  Hampden-Sidney  College,  Virginia;  and  in  1847  he  was  ap- 
pointed to  succeed  Doctor  Warren  as  Hersey  Professor  of  Anatomj'  at 
Harvard  College. 

In  1852  Jeffries  Wyman  began,  on  the  occasion  of  a  necessary-  trip 
to  the  South  for  his  health,  an  exploration  of  the  shell-mounds  in  Florida. 
In  1856  he  penetrated  deep  into  Surinam,  and  two  years  later  traveled 
extensivel}'  with  George  A.  Peabody,^^  through  Argentina,  across  the 
Andes  to  Chile,  and  back  by  waj"  of  Peru  and  Panama.  In  1866, 
when  "failing  strength  demanded  a  respite  from  oral  teaching,"  he 
was  named  by  George  Peabody  one  of  the  seven  trustees  of  the  newly 
founded  Peabody  Museum,  at  the  same  time  becoming  the  first  Pro- 
fessor of  American  Archeology  and  Ethnology  at  Harvard  University 
and  a  curator  of  the  museum. 

Long  before  his  connection  with  the  Peabody  Museum,  Wyman  be- 
gan to  assemble  collections  in  comparative  anatomy,  including  some 
human  material;  and  while  a  curator  of  the  museum  he  brought  to- 
gether an  important  collection  of  human  crania,  the  foundation  of  the 
present  large  somatological  collections  of  that  institution. 

Wyman  died  of  pulmonary  hemorrhage  September  4,  1874.  He  left 
no  great  published  works,  but  a  large  number  of  valuable  smaller  con- 
tributions, many  of  which  relate  to  or  deal  directly  with  phj^sical 
anthropology'.  He  gave  us  our  first  more  precise  osteological  knowl- 
edge of  the  gorilla;  he  investigated  conscientiously  the  human  crania 
at  the  Peabod}'  Museum,  and  extended  his  studies  to  the  bones  of  the 
limbs,  pointing  out  for  the  first  time  the  prevalence  of  platycnemj^  in 
the  Indian ;  he  gave  an  excellent  description  of  the  shell-heaps  of  Florida 
and  their  human  skeletal  remains;  and  he  was  at  the  time  of  his  death 
"undisputabl}'  the  leading  anthropologist  of  America"  (Packard). 

That  the  premature  demise  of  Jeffries  Wyman  was  a  great  loss  to  our 
branch  of  science  will  be  seen  from  the  following  list  of  pubHcations 
showing  his  anthropological  and  related  activities : 

Observations  on  the  external  characters,  habits,  and  organization  or  the  Troglo- 
dytes niger,  Geof.     Boston  Jour.  Nat.  Hist.,  1843-1844,  iv,  362-376,  377-386. 

Notice  of  the  external  characters,  habits,  and  osteology  of  Troglodytes  gorilla, 
a  new  species  of  ourang  from  the  Gaboon  river.  Boston  Jour.  Xat.  Hist., 
1845-1847,  V,  417-422;  Ann.  Sci.  Xat.,  1851,  xvi,  (Zool.)  176-182;  Proc. 
Boston  Xat.  Hist.  Soc,  1845-1848,  ii,  245-248;  Amer.  Jour.  Sci.,  1849,  viii, 
141-142. 

**  Geo.  A.  Peabody,  of  Salem,  should  not  be  confused  with  George  Peabody, 
the  founder  of  the  Museum. 


48  aleJ  hrdlicka 

A  new  species  of  Troglodytes.     Silliman's  Jour.,  1848,  v,  106-107. 

Twelve  lectures  on  comparative  physiology,  8^  Boston,  1819,  72  pp. 

A  description  of  two  additional  crania  of  the  enge-ena  (Troglodytes  gorilla,  Savage 

and  Wyman)  from  Gaboon,  Africa  (1849).     Proc.  Boston.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 

in,  1848-51,  179;  Amer.  Jour.  Sci.,  1850,  ix,  34-45;  New  Phil.  Journ.  Edinb., 

1850,  xlviii,  273-286. 
On  the  crania  of  Indians.     Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1851-1854,  iv,  83-84. 
Description  of  the  post-mortem   appearances  in   the   case  of   Daniel  Webster. 

American  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  Jan.,  1853. 
Dissection  of  a  black  Chimpanzee   (Troglodytes  niger).     Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat. 

Hist.,  1854-56,  v,  274r-275. 
On  the  cancellated  structure  of  some  of  the  bones  of  the  human  body  (1849). 

Jour.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1857,  vi,  125-140. 
Account  of  the  dissection  of  a  human  foetus.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Feb.  3, 

1858. 
Account  of  the  collection  of  gorillas  made  by  Mr.  Du  Chaillu.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc. 

Nat.  Hist.,  Jan.  4,  1830. 
On  bones  of  a  gorilla  recently  obtained  in  western  equatorial  Africa.     Proc. 

Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Oct.  2,  1861. 
Dissection  of  a  Hottentot.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  April  2,  1862. 
On  the  development  of  the  human  embryo.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Dec.  3, 

1852. 
Observations  on  the  cranium  of  a  young  gorilla.     Proc.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 

1833,  IV,  203-206. 
On  the  skeleton  of  a  Hottentot  (1863).     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1865,  ix, 

352-357;  Anthropol.  Review,  in,  1865,  330-335. 
On  malformations.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Oct.  19,  1864. 
On  Indian  mounds  of  the  Atlantic  coast.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Nov.  2, 

1864. 
On  the  distorted  skull  of  a  child  from  the  Hawaiian  islands.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc. 

Nat.  Hist.,  Oct.  17,  1866. 
Measurements  of  some  human  crania.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  Nov.  20, 1867. 
On  symmetry  and  homology  in  limbs  (1887).     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1868, 

XI,  246-278. 
Observations  on  crania.     Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1868,  ix,  440-462.     Also 

Observations  on  crania  and  other  parts  of  the  skeleton.     Fourth  Annual  Re- 
port of  the  Peabody  Museum,  1871,  10-24. 
On  the  fresh-water  shell  heaps  of  the  St.  John's  river.  East  Florida.     American 

Naturalist,  1869,  ii,  393-403,  449-463. 
Human  remains  in  the  shell  heaps  of  the  St.  John's  river,  East  Florida.     Can- 
nibalism.    American  Naturalist,  1874,  viii,  403-414,  also  7th  Ann.  Report  of 

Peabody  Museum,  1874,  i,  26-37. 
Remarks  on  cannibalism  among  the  American  aborigines.     Proc.   Bost.   Soc. 

Nat.  Hist.,  May  20,  1874. 
Fresh-water  shell  mounds  of  the  St.  John's  river,  Florida;  Fourth  memoir.     Pea- 
body Academy  of  Science,  Salem,  Mass.,  1875,  94,  pi.  i-ix. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  49 

LATER  HISTORY  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THE  HARVARD 

UNIVERSITY 

After  Wyman,  the  history  of  physical  anthropology  in  Boston,  and 
later  also  in  Worcester,  Mass.,  is  one  that  belongs,  with  two  notable 
exceptions,  to  the  realm  of  the  Hving.  The  two  exceptions  apply  to 
Frederick  Ward  Putnam  and  Henry  P.  Bowditch.  Besides  these  there 
are  to  be  mentioned  Miss  Studley,  Lucien  Carr  and  Frank  Russell. 

Prof.  F.  W.  Putnam,  recently  deceased,^^  was  one  of  the  best  friends 
and  promoters  physical  anthropology  has  had  in  this  country.  Born  at 
Salem,  Mass.,  in  1839,  and  with  only  the  ''education  imparted  by 
the  old  style  of  private  schools,"  he  soon  showed  such  an  interest  in 
natural  history  and  such  ability,  that  when  barely  17  he  was  made 
Curator  of  Ornithology  at  the  Essex  Institute  of  Salem.  In  1857  he 
came  under  the  direct  influence  of  Agassiz,  whose  assistant  he  remained 
until  1864.  During  this  time  he  also  completed  his  general  education 
at  Harvard  and  in  1864  returned  to  the  Essex  Institute  as  Curator  of 
Vertebrates,  to  soon  after  become  Director  of  the  Institute,  a  position 
which  he  held  until  1873.  During  this  time  he  became  one  of  the 
founders  and  collaborators  of  the  American  Naturalist,  a  journal  which 
still  exists  and  which  in  the  course  of  its  existence  has  rendered  valu- 
able service  to  Anthropology.  In  1873  he  was  elected  Permanent  Sec- 
retary of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
a  position  which  he  held  for  twenty-five  years,  or  until  1898,  when  he 
became  President  of  the  Association.  In  1885  he  became  a  member 
of  the  National  Academy. 

His  interest  in  Anthropology  became  manifest  soon  after  his  coming 
to  Harvard,  his  first  pubhcation  in  the  line,  "On  Indian  Graves  on 
Winter  Island,  Salem,"  dating  from  1865.  He  was  especially  attracted 
by  archeology  and  his  interest  in  the  subject  showed  a  steady  increase 
until  1875,  when  following  the  death  of  Jeffries  Wyman  he  was  ap- 
pointed Curator  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of  Archeology  and  Ethnology, 
Harvard  University.  It  was  with  this  Institution  that  he  was  most 
closely  associated  until  his  death,  as  Curator  or  Director,  which  he 
built  up,  and  which,  including  its  valuable  collections  in  Physical 
Anthropology,  will  remain  his  chief  monument. 

"  August  14,  1915.  Biographic  sketches  by  Edward  S.  Morse,  Hist.  Coil's. 
Essex  Institute,  1915,  lii,  (repr.  pp.  1-8);  by  A.  L.  Kroeber,  Amer.  Anthropologist, 
1915,  712-718;  by  Charles  Peabody,  L'Anthropologie,  1916,  169-171 ;  by  F.  Boas,  in 
Science,  Sept.  10,  1915,  330-332;  and  ibid.,  Nov.  5,  1915,  638-639;  detailed  bibliog- 
raphy, by  Frances  H.  Mead,  in  Putnam  Anniversary  Volume,  1909,  601-627. 


50  ALES    HRDLICKA 

In  addition  to  his  Museum  work  he  was  made  in  1886  the  Peabody 
Professor  of  Archeology  at  Harvard,  a  position  which  he  held  until 
1909,  when  upon  his  retirement  he  became  Professor  Emeritus.  In 
1891  he  was  appointed  Chief  of  the  Department  of  Ethnology  of  the 
World's  Columbian  Exposition  at  Chicago  and  used  this  opportunity 
on  the  one  hand  for  the  assembling  of  important  collections  which  be- 
came the  foundation  of  the  Field  Columbian  Museum  (now  Field 
Museum  of  Natural  History),  while  on  the  other  hand  he  initiated,  as- 
sisted by  Doctor  Boas,  extensive  anthropometric  observations  on  the 
North  American  tribes. 

Between  1894  and  1903,  in  addition  to  his  duties  at  Harvard  he 
served  also  as  Head  Curator  of  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  built  up  great 
collections,  including  those  in  Physical  Anthropology,  and  was  instru- 
mental in  the  organization  of  the  Jesup  and  Hyde  Expeditions,  both 
of  which  included  important  researches  in  Physical  Anthropology. 

In  1903  he  left  his  position  in  New  York  to  accept  that  of  Professor 
of  Anthropology  and  Director  of  the  Anthropological  Museum  at  the 
University  of  California,  carrying  on  these  functions  until  1909,  the 
year  of  his  retirement,  conjointly  with  those  at  the  Peabody  Museum. 
In  the  latter  he  remained  active  until  practically  the  end  of  his  life. 

The  influence  of  Professor  Putnam  on  the  development  of  Physical 
Anthropology  in  the  United  States  is  only  inadequately  expressed  by 
his  publications.  He  was  and  remained •  essentially  an  archeologist, 
but  he  saw  clearly  the  necessity  of  associating  somatological  with 
archeological  and  ethnological  researches,  and  favored  the  development 
of  both  collections  and  investigations  in  the  new  line,  in  all  the  insti- 
tutions with  which  he  had  connection.  It  was  mainly  through  his 
kind  offices  that  the  writer  was  enabled  to  initiate  his  anthropological 
research  among  the  American  aborigines;  he  became  one  of  his  "bo3'^s" 
in  1898,  and  received  valued  encouragement  from  him  until  near  his 
end. 

In  conclusion  a  few  words  seem  due  concerning  Professor  Putnam's 
position  relating  to  the  problem  of  early  man  on  this  continent.  There 
is  no  question  but  that  he  was  inclined  to  accept  man's  presence  in 
America  at  a  relatively  early  date;  but  he  kept  his  mind  open  on  this 
point  and  never  reached  a  definite  conclusion.  In  assigning  to  the 
author  the  study  of  the  Trenton  crania  and  later  on  those  of  the  Tren- 
ton femur  and  the  Calaveras  skull,  he  never  uttered  a  word  to  influence 
the  results  of  the  studies,  and  accepted  the  conclusions,  even  though 
disappointing,  as  quite  final. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  51 

Professor  Putnam's  publications  which  touch  more  or  less  closely  on 
Physical  Anthropology  are  the  following  :3« 

On  the  great  antiquity  of  Man.     Bulletin  Essex  Institute,  Salem,  1872,  iv,  168. 

Note  on  ancient  races  of  America,  their  crania,  migrations,  and  greatest  develop- 
ment in  Mexico  and  Peru.     Ibid.,  1872,  228-229. 

Notice  of  Indian  skull  from  shellbed  on  Rock  island,  Illinois.  Bulletin  Essex 
Institute,  Salem,  1874,  vi,  70-72. 

Account  of  the  scientific  work  of  Professor  Jeffries  Wyman.  Resolutions  on  his 
death.     1874,  Ibid.,  152-153. 

On  Indian  and  Esquimaux  skulls.  Bulletin  Essex  Institute,  Salem,  1876  viii 
66-67. 

Remarks  on  some  bones  of  New  England  Indians  and  on  archaeological  explora- 
tions in  Tennessee.  Proc.  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  1879,  xx  331- 
333. 

The  former  Indians  of  Southern  California,  as  bearing  on  the  origin  of  the  Red 
Man  in  America.     Abstract,  Bulletin  Essex  Institute,  Salem,  1880,  xii,  4r-6. 

An  Indian  burial  mound.  Science,  Cambridge,  1883,  i,  168. 

Stone  graves  of  the  Cumberland  valley.     Ibid.,  292. 

Ancient  cemetery  at  Madisonville,  Ohio.     Ibid.,  373-374. 

Abnormal  human  skull  from  stone  graves  in  Tennessee.  Abstract.  Proc.  Amer- 
ican Association  Advancement  of  Science,  Salem,  1883,  xxxii,  390-392. 

A  new  stand  for  skulls.     Abstract.     Ibid.,  392-393. 

Human  foot-prints  found  in  tufa  near  the  shore  of  Lake  Managua,  Nicaragua. 
Abstract.  Proc.  American  Antiquarian  Society,  Worcester,  1884,  n  s  in 
92-93. 

Human  under-jaw  found  in  gravel  at  Trenton,  New  Jersey.     Abstract      Ibid 

93. 
Obituary  of  Miss  Cordelia  A.  Studley.     Proc.  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History 

1887,  xxiii,  419-420. 
Palaeolithic  man  in  eastern  and  central  North  America.     A  discussion  before  the 

Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.     Ibid.,  421-424,  447-449. 
Palaeolithic  man  in  eastern  and  central  North  America.     A  discussion  before  the 

Boston  Society  of  Natural  History.     1890,  Ibid.,  xxiv,  157-165.     6  ill. 
Remarks  on  early  man  in  America.     Ibid.,  468. 

Anthropology  at  Harvard  University.  (In  Recent  Progress  in  American  An- 
thropology, edited  by  F.  W.  Hodge)  American  Anthropologist,  1906,  N    S  , 

VIII,  458-463. 
Note   on   the    "Calaveras  Skull."      University   of   California   Publications    in 

Archaeology  and  Ethnology,  Berkeley,  1907,  vii,  128-129. 

Dr.  Henry  P.  Bowditch  (1840-1911),  Professor  of  Physiology  in  the 
Harvard  Medical  School,  has  left  us,  besides  his  physiological  writings, 
a  number  of  direct  contributions  to  physical  anthropology,   some  of 

»'  In  this  connection  should  be  consulted  also  his  numerous  reports  to  the  Pea- 
body  and  American  Museum,  etc. 


52  ALES   HRDLICKA 

which  are  of  great  value.  The  most  noteworthy  ones  were  those 
reporting  his  investigations  on  the  growth  of  children.  These  investi- 
gations, undertaken  in  the  early  seventies  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Health  Department  of  the  Social  Science  Association  of  Boston,  were 
stimulated  by  the  results  of  researches  on  Belgian  children  published 
in  Quetelet's  Anthropometrie  (Brussels,  1870).  Their  final  object  was 
"to  determine  the  rate  of  growth  of  the  human  race  under  the  condi- 
tions which  Boston  presented."  The  results  contributed  much  to  our 
knowledge  of  the  laws  controlling  the  growth  of  the  child,  and  stimu- 
lated in  turn  all  later  investigations  on  the  subject  in  this  country. 

The  contributions  of  Professor  Bowditch  to  anthropology  are  in- 
cluded in  the  following  bibliography : 

The  growth  of  children.     8th  Ann.  Rep.  State  Bd.  Health  of  Mass.,  Boston,  1877, 

1-51. 
The  growth  of  children.     (A  supplementary  investigation)  with  suggestions  in 

regard  to  methods  of  research.     10th  Ann.  Rep.  State  Bd.  Health  of  Mass., 

Boston,  1879,  35^2. 
Relation  between  growth  and  disease.     Trans.  Am.  Med.  Asso.,  1881,  9  pp. 
The  physique  of  women  in  Massachusetts.     21st  Ann.  Rep.  State  Board  of  Health 

of  Mass.,  Boston,  1889-90;  Also  in  Med.  Pub.  Harvard  Med.  Sch.,  20  pp.,  1 

table. 
The  growth  of  children,  studied  by  Galton's  method  of  percentile  grades.     22d 

Ann.  Rep.  State  Bd.  Health,  Mass.,  Boston,  1891,  479-522. 
Are  composite  photographs  typical  pictures?     McClure's  Mag.,  N.  Y.,  1894,  331- 

342. 

Returning  to  the  Peabody  Museum,  we  find  associated  there  with 
Professor  Putnam,  for  five  years  (1882-1886),  Miss  C.  A.  Studley,  to 
whom  we  owe  the  creditable  "Notes  upon  human  remains  from  the 
caves  of  Coahuila,  Mexico."  (16th  Ann.  Rep.  Peabody  Mus.,  1882, 
233-259).  She  left  the  Museum  in  1886  due  to  the  necessity  of  ob- 
taining a  more  remunerative  position,  but  died  shortly  after. 

Another  of  the  earlier  associates  of  Professor  Putnam  was  Mr. 
Lucien  Carr. 

Lucien  Carr  (1829-1915),  Assistant  Curator  of  the  Peabody  Museum 
1877-1894,  though  not,  strictly  speaking,  a  somatologist,  was  never- 
theless actively  interested  in  craniology  and  made  a  number  of  contri- 
butions to  that  subject.  Unfortunately  these  suffer  from  some  serious 
defects  and  have  little  value  at  the  present  time    They  are  as  follows: 

Observations  on  the  crania  from  the  stone  graves  of  Tennessee.     Peabody  Mus. 

Reports,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  1876-79,  ii,  361-384. 
Measurements  of  crania  from  California.     Ibid.,  497-505. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  53 

Observations  on  the  crania  from  the  Santa  Barbara  Islands,  California.     Rep. 

U.  S.  Geog.  Surveys  West  of  100th  Meridian,  Wash.,  1879,  vii,  277-292. 
Notes  on  the  crania  of  New  England  Indians.     Mem.  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist., 

1880;  repr.  10  pp. 

Frank  Russell,  Ph.D.  (1868-1903),  was  unfortunately  taken  away 
too  soon  to  be  able  to  accomplish  much  for  our  branch  of  science.  He 
was  for  several  years  Instructor  in  Anthropology  at  Harvard  Univer- 
sity and  in  charge  of  the  anthropological  laboratory  of  the  Peabody  Mu- 
seum. In  1901  he  also  became  associated  temporarily  with  the  Bm-eau 
of  American  Ethnology.  He  carried  on  explorations,  partly  anthropo- 
logical and  partly  ethnological,  among  the  tribes  in  northern  Canada 
and  among  the  Pima  of  Arizona,  and  published  several  contributions 
on  craniological  work.  He  succumbed  to  tuberculosis  before  his  work 
could  leave  a  lasting  impression  on  American  anthropology.  Follow- 
ing is  a  list  of  his  writings  which  bear  more  or  less  on  our  subject: 

Explorations  in  the  Far  North,  8°,  1898,  290  pp.,  (expeditions  under  the  auspices 

of  the  University  of  Iowa,  1892-3-4). 
Human  remains  from  the  Trenton  gravels.     Am.  Naturalist,  1899,  33. 
Studies  in  cranial  variation.     Am.  Nat.,  1900,  737-745. 
New  instrument  for  measuring  torsion.     Am.  Nat.,  1901,  No.  412. 
Laboratory  outlines  for  use  in  somatology.     Am.  Anthropologist,  1901,  v,  3. 

CANADA 

Before  we  turn  again  southward,  a  few  words  are  due  to  Canada. 

In  1862  Sir  Daniel  Wilson  (1816-1892),  Professor  of  History  and 
Enghsh  Literature  in  University  College,  Toronto,  published  two 
volumes  on  Prehistoric  Man,  the  second  of  which  is  devoted  largely  to 
notes  and  measurements,  many  of  them  original  with  the  author,  on 
Mound,  Peruvian,  Mexican,  and  other  American  crania,  including  a 
nice  series  (39  male,  18  female)  of  those  of  the  Hurons,  besides  a  valu- 
able series  (39  skulls)  of  the  Eskimo.  To  the  description  of  the  crania 
is  added  a  chapter  on  "Racial  Cranial  Distortion,"  and  other  chapters 
on  "The  Indian  of  the  West,"  "Intrusive  Races,"  and  "Migrations." 

Besides  his  Prehistoric  Man,  which  reached  three  editions.  Sir  Daniel 
Wilson  published  between  1853  and  1891  a  series  of  articles  dealing 
with  various  phases  of  anthropology  and  showing  his  strong  and  con- 
tinued interest  in  the  subject.  These  articles,  a  list  of  which  follows, 
show  that  the  subjects  which  mainly  interested  the  author  were  crani- 
ology,  early  man,  right  and  left  handedness,  and  the  Indians,  together 
with  one  or  two  of  the  European  races.     There  is  much  in  these  papers 


54  ALES   HRDLICKA 

that  would  deserve  to  be  better  known,  though  perhaps  none  of  them 
reach  the  standard  set  at  present  for  the  professional  anthropologist. 

Remarks  on  the  intrusion  of  the  Germanic  races  on  the  area  of  the  older  Celtic 

races  of  Europe.     Canadian  Journal,  1853,  ii,  246. 
Hints  for  the  formation  of  a  Canadian  collection  of  crania.     Ibid.,  1854-'5,  iii, 

345-347. 
Displacement  and  extinction  among  the  primeval  races  of  man.     Canad.  J.  Sci. 

Liter.  &  Hist.,  1856-78,  i,  4. 
Discovery  of  Indian  remains,  County  Norfolk,  Can.  West.     Ibid.,  1856,  i,  511- 

519.     Indian  remains.     Ibid.,  554-556. 
Supposed  prevalence  of  one  cranial  type  throughout  the  American  aborigines. 

Ibid.,  1857,  ii,  406-435.     Also  Edinb.  New  Philos.  J.,  1858,  vii,  1-32. 
Notice  of  a  skull  brought  from  the  Crimea.     Ibid.,  v,  321-331. 
Modifications  affecting  the  ethnic  significance  of  peculiar  cranial  forms.     Ibid., 

1861,  VI,  414-425.     Also  Edinb.  New  Philos.  J.,  1861,  xiv,  269-281. 
Ethnical  forms  and  undesigned  artificial  distortions  of  the  human  cranium. 

Ibid.,  1862,  VII,  399-446;  also  rep.,  8°,  Toronto,  48  pp.,  3  pi. 
Physical  Ethnology.     Smiths.  Rep.,  Wash.  1863,  240-302. 
Illustrations  of  the  significance  of   certain  ancient  British  skull  forms.     Ibid., 

VIII,  127-157. 
Physical  characteristics  of  the  ancient  and  modern  Celt.     Ibid.,  ix,  369-405. 
Race  head  forms  and  their  expression  by  measurements.     Ibid.,  xii,  269-303. 
The  Huron  race  and  its  head  form.     Ibid.,  1871-73,  xiii,  113-134;  also  J.  Anthrop. 

Inst.,  1872,  I,  262-263;  also  Proc.  &  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  Can.,  ii,  1884,  55-100. 
Righthandedness.     Ibid.,  xiii,  193-231. 

Hybridity  and  absorption  of  the  Red  Indian  race.     Ibid.,  xiv,  432-466. 
Brain  weight  and  size  in  relation  to  relative  capacity  of  races.     Ibid.,  1876,  xv, 

177-230;  also  rep.,  Toronto,  56  pp. 
Interglacial  American  man.     Ibid.,  xv,  557-573. 

The  Bohemian  skull.     Proc.  Canad.  Inst.   (1879-1890),  in,  43  (only  a  mention). 
Primaeval  dexterity.     Ibid.,  in,  125-143. 
Anthropology.     8°,  N.  Y.,  1885,  55  pp. 
The  right  hand:  lefthandedness.     12mo.,  Lond.  and  N.  Y.,  1891,  x,  215  pp. 

Besides  Daniel  Wilson,  Canada  has  produced  two  other  men,  now 
no  more  living,  who  deserve  a  special  mention  in  this  place.  They  were 
J.  W.  Dawson,  the  geologist  and  paleontologist,  and  David  Boyle,  the 
archeologist. 

Professor  Dawson  (1820-1899),  for  many  years  principal  of  the  McGill 
College  and  University,  Montreal,  became,  in  connection  with  his  own 
work  in  paleontology  and  under  the  influence  of  Lyell's,  Wilson's,  and 
other  publications  on  man's  antiquity,  seriously  interested  in  this  sub- 
ject. He  published  several  works  relating  more  or  less  to  anthropology, 
which  were  followed  by  his  well-known  Fossil  Men  and  their  Modern 
Representatives  (London,  1880,  i-viii,  1-348).     It  is  interesting  Ifcat  in 


PHYSICAL   A^STTHROPOLOGY  55 

this  work,  which  naturally  suffers  from  the  imperfections  of  knowledge 
of  its  tmie,  Sir  Dawson  shows  himself  quite  skeptical  as  to  any  great 
antiquity  of  man  in  America:  (p.  207)  "The  actual  American  race  can 
make  no  monumental  pretensions  to  a  great  antiquity,  for  its  oldest 
remains,  those  of  the  ancient  Meghan  nations,  situated  as  they  are 
on  the  modern  alluvium  of  the  western  rivers,  claim  no  greater  antiq- 
uity than  the  similar  mounds  on  the  banks  of  the  Tigris,  and  possibly 
are  much  less  ancient.  The  only  actual  evidence  of  great  age  known  in 
connection  with  them— that  afforded  by  the  growth  of  forest  trees- 
would  not  carry  them  back  farther  than  the  earlier  centuries  of  our  era, 
and  the  decayed  condition  of  the  bones  in  the  burial  mounds  is  well 
known  to  be  a  criterion  of  very  uncertain  value  .  .  .  "Thus  our 
primitive  American  men  seem  to  fall  short  in  interest  of  those  pre-his- 
toric  races  in  Europe  with  which  we  have  been  comparing  them,  and 
which  are  by  many  believed  to  reach  backward  to  a  time  enormously 
exceeding  that  to  which  any  history,  sacred  or  secular,  extends." 

Additional  pubhcations  of  Professor  Dawson"  which  related  more  or 
less  directly  to  physical  anthropology,  were  as  follows: 

Review  of  "Darwin  on  the  Origin  of  Species  by  means  of  Natural  Selection." 
Can.  Nat.  &  Geol.,  Montreal,  1850,  5,  no.  i,  art.  Ill,  100-120. 

On  the  antiquity  of  man.  A  review  of  '■Lyell"  and  "Wilson."  Ibid.,  Montreal, 
1863,  8vo.,  VIII,  113-135.  Also  Edinburgh  New  Philos.  J.,  1864,  N.  S.,  xix, 
40-64. 

On  modern  ideas  of  derivation.  Can.  Nat.  &  Quart.  J.  Sci.,  Montreal,  July,  1869, 
N.  S.,iv,  no.  2,  121-138. 

The  story  of  earth  and  man.  London  and  Montreal,  1872,  12mo.,  420  pp.  (9  edi- 
tions). 

Primitive  man,  etc.     Trans.  Victoria  Institute,  London,  187.5,  viii,  59-63. 

The  dawn  of  life.  ^Montreal,  1875,  239  pp.  Also  London,  1875,  under  title  "Life's 
dawn  on  earth,  etc.,"  239  pp. 

Origin  and  history  of  life  on  our  planet.  Montreal,  1875,  26  pp.  Also  Amer. 
Nat.,  1875,  IX,  529-552.  Also  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  Proc.  1875,  xxiv,  pt. 
2,  3-26. 

Haeckel  on  the  evolution  of  man.     Princeton  Rev.,  N.  Y.,  1880,  v,  444-164. 

The  chain  of  life  in  geological  time.  Lond.,  1880,  8vo.,  i-xvi,  1-272.  (Several 
subsequent  editions.) 

The  antiquity  of  man  and  the  origin  of  species.  Kansas  City  Rev.,  K.  C,  1881, 
8vo.,  IV.  530-536;  595-6C0. 

Notes  on  pre-historic  man  in  Egypt  and  the  Lebanon.  Lond.,  1884,  8vo.,  1  pt., 
15  pp.,  3  pis.  Also  Edinburgh,  Dublin,  Paris,  1884,  ditto.  Discussion  on 
same  subject,  Victoria  Inst.  Trans.,  1885,  xviii,  9-12;  287-313. 


3"  For  portrait,  biography  and  detailed  bibliography  of  Sir  John  William  Daw- 
son, see  Henry  M.  Ami,  Am  Geol.,  July,  1900,  xxvi.  1-48. 


56  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Notes  on  aboriginal  antiquities  recently  discovered  in  the  is'and  of  Montreal. 

Canad.  Nat.  &  GeoL,  Montreal,  1860,  v,  430-449. 
Additional  notes  on  aboriginal  antiquities  found  at  Montreal.     Ibid.,  1861,  vi, 

362-373. 

David  Boyle  (1824-1909)  was  essentially  an  archeologist.  His 
personal  collections  in  this  line,  donated  about  1876  to  the  Canadian 
Institute,  became  the  nucleus  of  the  present  Provincial  Archaeological 
Museum,  at  Toronto,  of  which  ten  years  later  he  became  curator  and 
eventually  director.  He  was  not  a  somatologist,  but  his  friendly  atti- 
tude towards  this  branch  of  science  is  well  seen  in  his  detailed  and 
well-illustrated  "archaeological  reports,"  published  at  first  in  connection 
with  the  Canadian  Institute  and  later  as  appendices  to  the  report  of 
the  Minister  of  Education  for  Ontario,  many  of  which  contain  valuable 
notes  on  Indian  ossuaries,  other  burials,  on  the  collected  skeletal  mate- 
rial, and  on  other  subjects  of  direct  interest  to  physical  anthropology. 

Under  the  influence  of  Daniel  Wilson's  and  Professor  Dawson's  ac- 
tivities, there  were  published  in  Canada  between  1854  and  1890  a  series 
of  contributions  relating  more  or  less  directly  to  physical  anthropology 
and  containing  valuable  information.  A  list  of  the  more  important  of 
these  articles  is  given  underneath.  They  cover  a  wide  variety  of  sub- 
jects; and  it  will  be  noticed  that  no  more  than  two  in  any  case  are  by 
the  same  author.^^ 

Bell  (C.  N.) — The  mound  builders  in  Canada.     Proc.  Canadian  Institute,  1879- 

90,  IV, 131-137. 
Bleasdell  (William) — The  Indian  tribes  of  Canada.     Canadian  Jour.,  1852- 

55,  III,  209-210. 
Boyle    (Susanna    P.) — Cranial   measurements.     Archeol.    Rep.    Can.  Inst.,  in 

Appendix  to  Rep.  Minist.  of  Education,  Toronto,  1892,  57-101. 
Bryce   (Rev.  George) — The  mound-builders   (a  lost  race  described).     Trans. 

Hist.  Soc.  Winnipeg,  1884-85,  1-20. 
Gumming  (W.  H.) — On  marriage  and  infanticide  in  China.     Canad.  J.  Sci.  Liter. 

&  Hist.,  1856-78,  ix,  178-184. 
Dade  (Rev.  C.) — ^Indian  remains.     Canad.  J.,  1852-53,  i,  6. 
Dartnell   (G.  H). — Duration  and  expectation  of  life  in  Canada.     Canad.  J. 

1852-55,  II,  191. 
Dawson  (Geo.  M.) — Sketch  of  the  past  and  present  condition  of  the  Indians  of 

Canada.     Canad.  Nat.  &  GeoL,  1881,  N.  S.,  ix,  129-159. 
■ Notes  on  the  Indian  tribes  of  the  Yukon  District  and  adjacent  northern 

portion  of  British  Columbia.     Repr.  Ann.  Rep.  Geol.  Survey.  Canad.,  1887, 

1-23. 

"  Some  of  these  authors  are  doubtless  still  among  the  living. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  57 

DuRAND  (Charles) — Indian  graves  on  the  Humber.     Note  in  "Toronto  Globe," 

Jan.  15,   1887. 
Harvey  (Arthur) — Celtic,  Roman  and  Greek  types  in  France.     Trans  Canad. 

Instit.,  1890,  II,  176-208. 
HiRSCHFELDER  (C.  A.) — Anthropological  discoveries  in  Canada.     Proc.  Canad. 

Inst.,  N.  S.,  1883,  i,  354.     Also  "Toronto  Mail,"  Dec.  2,  1882. 

The    practical    and    theoretical    study  of  anthropology.     Proc.  Canad. 

Inst.,  N.  S.,  1883,  i,  355.     Also  "Toronto  Mail,"  Apr.  14,  1883. 

Hunter  (A.  F.) — Villages  and  ossuaries  of  the  Huron  country.     Archaeol.  Rep., 
Canad.  Instit.,  Toronto,  1888,  57-58. 

National  characteristics  and  migrations  of  the  Hurons  as  indicate  1  by 

their  remains  in  North  Simcoe.     Reports   the   cataloguing  of  140  Huron- 
ossuaries.     Trans.  Canad.  Instit.,  1891-92,  iii,  225-228. 

Kane  (Paul) — The 'Chinook  Indians      Canad.  J.  Sci.  Liter.   &  Hist.,  1856-78, 

II,  11-30. 
Langton  (John) — On  the  measurements  of  heads  in  ethnological  investigation; 

Trans.  Lit.  &  Hist.  Soc,  Quebec,  1866. 
Lee  (Rich.) — The  native  tribes  of  Polynesia.     Canad.  J.  Sci.  Liter.    &  Hist., 

XII,  443-459. 
Mathews  (Percy  W.) — Notes  on  diseases  among  the  Indians  frequenting  York 

factory,  Hudson  Bay.     Montreal,  1885. 
JNIcLean,    (Rev.   John) — Mortuary  customs  of  the  Blackfeet  Indians.      Proc. 

Canad.  Instit.,  1879-90,  v,  20-24. 
Matthews  (Dr.  Percy  W.  P.) — -Early  development  of  aboriginal  women.     Ibid., 

IV,  181-186. 
Payne  (F.  F.)— The  Eskimo  of  Hudson's  Strait.     Ibid.,  vi,  26;  213-230. 
Prest  (W.  H.) — Measurements  of  Beothuk  skulls.     Trans.  Nova  Scot.  Inst.  Nat. 

Sci.,  1894-95,  ix,  p.  lxxxviii  et  seq. 
Schultz  (Dr.  M.  P.) — The  mound  builders  of  the  West.     Canad.  Nat.  &  Geol., 

etc..  1881,  IX,  60-62. 
Stupart,  (R.  F.)— Eskimo  of  Stupart  Bay.     Proc.  Canad.  Instit.,  1879-90,  v,  20- 

24. 
Tucker  (David) — On  secluded  tribes  of  uncivilized  men.     Canad.  J.  Sci.  Liter. 

&  Hist.,  1856-78,  ix,  326-343. 
Van  Courtland  (Edward) — Notice  of  an  Indian  burying  ground.     Canad.  J., 

1852-53,  I,  160-161. 
Wilson  (Captain) — Report  on  the  Indian  tribes  inhabiting  the  country  in  the 
■    vicinity  of  the  49th  parallel  of  M.  Latitude.     J.  Ethnol.  Soc.  London,  1865, 

IV,  275-332. 

A  very  important  organized  step  in  the  line  of  anthropological  re- 
search in  Canada  was  initiated  in  the  early  eighties  by  the  appointment, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  British  'Association  for  Advancement  of  Sci- 
ence, of  a  Committee,  consisting  of  Dr.  E.  B.  Tylor,  Dr.  G.  M.  Daw- 
son, General  Sir  J.  H.  Lefroy,  Dr.  Daniel  Wilson,  Mr.  R.  G.  Halibur- 
ton,  and  Mr.  George  W.  Bloxam  (Secretary),  for  the  purpose  of  inves- 
tigating and  publishing  reports  on  the  physical  characters,  languages, 


58  ALE§   HRDLICKA 

and  industrial  and  social  condition  of  the  Northwestern  tribes  of  the 
Dominion  of  Canada.  As,  however,  the  somatological  wdrk  accom- 
plished under  this  Committee  belongs  in  the  main  to  authors  who  are 
still  among  the  living,  the  subject  will  be  dealt  with  most  appropri- 
ately in  the  final  section  of  the  memoir. 

MIDDLE  ATLANTIC  STATES 

Proceeding  again  southward  from  Boston  and  Toronto  we  find  that, 
in  New  York,  the  old  Ethnological  Society  had  gone  out  of  existence. 
A  number  of  medical  collections,  including  anthropological  specimens, 
were  being  formed  in  connection  with  several  of  the  hospitals  and  col- 
leges, but  resulted  in  nothing  of  importance  to  our  science.  The  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History  was  not  established  until  1869,  and 
had  not  seriously  begun  its  valuable  collections  or  research  in  physical 
anthropology  until  after  the  advent  of  Putnam,  well  toward  the  end 
of  the  century. 

West  of  New  York,  several  collections  of  Indian  crania  were  begun  in 
the  earlier  part  of  the  second  half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  particu- 
larly in  Chicago,  where  also  appeared,  between  1867  and  1873,  a  num- 
ber of  publications  touching  on  the  physical  anthropology  of  the  Ameri- 
can race  by  J.  W.  Foster,  the  geologist  (1815-1873).^^  Unfortunately 
none  of  these  publications,  ^o  faras  they  dealt  with  somatology,  were  of 
much  value. 

In  coming  back  to  Philadelphia,  we  see  that  the  old  Wistar  and 
Horner  Museum  (founded  1808)  has  been  enriched  by  anthropological 
material;^"  and  there  are  rising  from  the  medical  ranks  which  have  al- 
ready given  us  Morton,  Meigs,  and  Leidy  in  that  city,  two  new  men 
who,  particularly  in  one  case,  were  to  become  of  considerable  impor- 
tance to  physical  anthropology.  They  are  Dr.  Harrison  Allen  (1841- 
'97),  and  Dr.  Daniel  G.  Brinton  (1847-'99). 

Dr.  Harrison  Allen  was  born  in  Philadelphia  in  1841.  Like  Morton 
he  was  deprived,  by  untoward  circumstances,  of  preliminary  higher  edu- 
cation.    In  a  large  measure  self-taught,  he  matriculated  in  1859  in  the 

*'  On  the  Antiquity  of  Man  in  North  America,  Trans,  Acad.  Sci.,  i,  Chicago, 
1867-69,  227-257.  On  Certain  Peeculiarities  in  the  Crania  of  the  Mound-Builders, 
Proc.  Am.  Asso.  Adv.  Sci.,  1872,  xxi,  227-255;  American  Naturalist,  1872,  vi,  738- 
747.  Prehistoric  Races  of  the  United  States  of  America,  8°,  Chicago,  1873,  xv, 
415. 

*"  Destined  eventually  to  become  a  part  of  the  collections  of  the  Wistar  Insti- 
tute of  Anatomy  and  Biology,  incorporated  in  1892. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  59 

medical  department  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  was  gradu- 
ated m  1861.  From  the  latter  date  to  1865  he  served  as  physician  or 
surgeon  m  various  city  and  army  hospitals  at  Philadelphia  and  about 
Washmgton.  At  the  close  of  1865,  resigning  from  the  army  service,  he 
returned  to  Philadelphia  to  attend  on  the  one  hand  to  practice,  and  on 
the  other  to  engage  in  anatomical,  anthropological,  and  biological  in- 
vestigation. Soon  after  he  was  offered  the  position  of  Professor  of 
Zoology  and  Comparative  Anatomy  in  the  auxiliary  Faculty  of  Medi- 
cine at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,^^  which  he  held  for  many  years. 
Later  he  was  also  for  a  time  Professor  of  Institutes  (mainly  physiology) 
at  the  University;  the  chair  of  anatomy  was  occupied  by  Leidy.  In 
1892  he  was  elected  President  of  the  Association  of  American  Anato- 
mists, and  shortly  after  became  the  first  Director  of  the  Wistar 
Institute. 

Judging  from  his  anthropological  writings,  Harrison  Allen  became  in- 
terested in  this  branch  of  science  primarily  through  the  works  of  Mor- 
ton and  J.  Aitken  Meigs,  the  latter  of  whom  he  knew  personally;  in 
large  measure,  however,  he  also  followed  the  more  modern  Enghsh 
craniologists. 

The  number  of  his  anthropological  contributions  is  large,  as  will  be 
seen  from  the  appended  hst;  but  in  many  instances,  it  is  to  be  regretted, 
the  title  covers  merely  a  note  on  a  more  or  less  extended  oral  communi- 
cation, the  publication  of  which  in  full  was  not  accomphshed. 

Allen's  three  most  important  contributions  to  physical  anthropology 
are  The  Clinical  Study  of  the  Skull  (1890);  The  Crania  from  the  Mounds 
of  the  St.  John's  River,  Florida  (1896);  and  The  Studij  of  Hawaiian 
Skulls  (1898,  finished  just  before  his  death).  These  works  are  accom- 
panied by  excellent  illustrations;  the  measurements  and  special  obser- 
vations are  much  more  detailed  than  in  any  previous  American  work; 
the  whole  treatment  of  the  subjects  shows  much  eruditon;  and  the 
works  compare  favorably  with  any  anthropological  memoirs  published 
to  that  date  abroad. 

The  Clinical  Study  of  the  Skull  was  the  tenth  of  the  Toner  Lectures 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution — lectures  "instituted  to  encourage  the 
discovery  of  new  truths  for  the  advancement  of  medicine."  It  was  de- 
livered May  29th,  1889,  and  printed  a  year  later.  Notwithstanding  its 
medical  title,  it  is  strictly  an  anthropological  pubUcation,  which  deals 

"  Memoir  of  Harrison  Allen,  M.D.,  by  Horatio  C.  Wood.,  M.D.;  read  April  6, 
1898;  8°,  Phila.  1898,  1-15.  This  memoir,  as  well  as  the  bibliography  it  contains, 
are,  however,  defective. 


60  ALES   HRDLICKA 

with  many  features  and  anomalies  of  racial  skulls  that  had  scarcely 
been  noticed  up  to  that  time,  as  will  be  apparent  from  the  following  sub- 
divisions of  the  essay:  1,  The  malar  bone;  2,  the  lower  jaw;  3,  the 
norma  basilaris;  4,  the  basi-cranial  angle;  5,  the  posterula;  6,  the  nasal 
chambers;  7,  the  vertex — its  sutures,  eminences,  depressions,  general 
shape,  etc.;  8,  sutures  other  than  those  of  the  vertex;  9,  the  foramina; 
10,  the  grooves  caused  by  blood-vessels;  and  11,  the  cranial  ridges,  proc- 
esses, etc. 

The  memoir  on  Crania  from  the  Mounds  of  the  St.  John's  River,  calls 
attention  for  the  first  time  to  the  highly  deserving  series  of  archeological 
explorations,  and  their  accompanying  anthropological  collections,  car- 
ried on  to  this  day  by  Mr.  Clarence  B.  Moore.  Comparative  measure- 
ments and  observations  are  given  on  a  considerable  number  of  other 
American  skulls  from  Alaska  to  California.  The  results  of  several 
interesting  new  measurements  are  shown;  and  included  are  reports  on 
complete  and  incomplete  divisions  of  the  malar  bone,  on  various  fea- 
tures of  the  condyloid  process  of  the  lower  jaw,  on  senile  absorption,  and 
on  numerous  interesting  morphological  characteristics  of  the  teeth. 

The  final  larger  anthropological  contribution  of  Harrison  Allen,  that 
on  Hawaiian  skulls,  is  really  a  modern  production,  which  gives  valuable 
detailed  measurements;  shows  a  novel  method  of  graphic  representa- 
tion of  the  numerical  data  and  of  contrast  of  series ;  and,  like  the  works 
previously  mentioned,  includes  many  interesting  collateral  observa- 
tions, such  as  those  on  prenasal  fossae,  the  lower  jaw,  the  infra-orbital 
suture,  the  hard  palate,  the  teeth  and  their  effect  on  skull  form,  the 
premature  closure  of  sutures,  and  various  pathological  conditions. 

Besides  the  above,  there  are  a  nlimber  of  articles  by  Harrison  Allen 
the  true  contents  of  which  are  more  or  less  obscured,  or  imperfectly 
expressed  by  their  titles,  and  which  are  of  considerable  interest  to  the 
anthropologist.  They  are  "The  Jaw  of  MouHn  Quignon"  (1867); 
"Localization  of  Diseased  Action  in  the  Osseous  System"  (1870);  "On 
Certain  Peculiarities  in  the  Construction  of  the  Orbit"  (1870);  "On 
the  Methods  of  Study  of  the  Crowns  of  the  Human  Teeth"  (1888);  and 
*'0n  the  Effects  of  Disease  and  Senility  in  the  Bones  and  Teeth  of 
Mammals." 

Considering  the  excellence  of  Harrison  Allen's  contributions  to  an- 
thropology and  the  plain  fact  that  he,  after  Morton  and  Wyman,  stands 
as  the  foremost  American  representative  of  our  branch  of  science  be- 
fore the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century,  it  might  seem  strange  that  hi^ 
influence  on  the  development  of  the  science  remained  only  moderate. 


HARRISON  ALLEN 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  61 

The  explanation  of  this  lies  doubtless  in  the  fact  that  he  did  not  devote 
himself  exclusively  to  physical  anthropology,  but  by  many  was  regarded 
essentially  as  a  biologist  or  anatomist ;  and  that  except  for  the  few  years 
before  his  death,  when  he  held  the  directorship  of  the  Wistar  Institute, 
he  was  not  connected  in  a  higher  capacity  with  any  museum  or  insti- 
tution, and  made  no  noteworthy  collections.  Also  he  never  engaged 
in  the  teaching  of  anthropology;  and  his  publications  in  this  line,  while 
altogether  of  a  respectable  number  and  volume,  were  nevertheless, 
when  taken  individually,  often  far  apart,  disconnected,  and  mostly 
quite  brief.     A  list  of  his  writings  follows : 

[The  Third  Condyle  in  Man.]  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1867,  137. 

The  Jaw  of  Moulin  Quignon.  Dental  Cosmos,  Phila.,  1867,  ix,  169-180. 

On  the  inter-orbital  space  in  the  human  skull.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1869,  Biol.  13. 

Localization  of  diseased  action  in  the  osseous  system.     Am.  Jour.  :\Ied.  Sci., 

1870,  401-409. 

On  certain  peculiarities  in  the  construction  of  the  orbit.     Am.  Jour.  Med.,  Sci., 

Phila.,  1870,  X.  S.,  lxix,  116-119. 
Life-form  in  art.     4°,  Phila.,  187.5,  70  pp. 
On  the  effect  of  the  bipedal  position  in  man.     Proc.  Acad,  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1875, 

468--469. 
Autopsy  of  the  Siamese  Twins.     Trans.  Coll.  Physicians  Phila.,  Phila.,  1875, 

VIII,  21-42. 
A  human  skull  exhibiting  unusual  features.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1876, 

17-18  (Pterygo-sphenoid  process). 
Distinctive  characters  of  teeth.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1878,  39;  note. 
AsjTnmetry  of  the  turbinated  bones  in  man.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1882, 

239-240. 
Irregularities  of  the  dental  arch.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1882,  310. 
AsjTnmetry  of  the  nasal  chambers  without  septal  deviation.     Arch,  of  Laryngol., 

1883,  IV,  256-257. 
On  the  methods  of  study  of  the  crowns  of  the  human  teeth,  including  their  varia- 
tions.    Dental  Cosmos,  Phila.,  xxx,  1888,  376-379. 
On  hyperostosis  of  the  premaxillary  portion  of  the  nasal  septum,  etc.     Medical 

News,  Phila.,  1890,  lvii,  183-186. 
The  influence  exerted  by  the  tongue  on  the  positions  of  the  teeth.     Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1891,  451. 
On  the  bipartite  malar  in  the  American  Indian.     Proc.  Asso.  Am.  Anatomists  for 

1888-1890,  Wash.,  1891,  16. 
The  forms  of  edentulous  jaws  in  the  human  subject.    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

1893,  11-13. 
Congenital  defects  of  the  face.     N  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  1893,  lviii,  759-760. 
Hyperostosis  on  the  inner  side  of  the  human  lower  jaw.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila.,  1894,  182-183. 
The  changes  which  take  place  in  the  skull  coincident  with  shortening  of  the  face- 
axis.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1894,  181-182. 


62  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Pithecanthropus  erectus.     Science,  1895,  N.  S.,  i,  239-240,  299. 

The  classification  of  skulls.     Science,  1895,  N.  S.,  i,  381. 

Demonstration  of  skulls  showing  the  effects  of  cretinism  on  the  shape  of  the  nasal 

chambers.     N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.  1895,  lxi,  139-140. 
Note  on  a  uniform  plan  of  describing  the  human  skull.     Proc.  Asso.  Am.  Anat., 

8th  session,  1895,  65-68;  also  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1896,  170-174. 
On  the  effects  of  disease  and  senility  as  illustrated  in  the  bones  and  teeth  of 

mammals.      Science,    1897,    N.    S.,    v,    289-294.      German    translation    in 

Rundschau. 
Study  of  skulls  from  the  Hawaiian   islands.     With  an  introduction  by  D.  G. 

Brinton.     Wagner  Institute.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1898,  v,  1-55,  12 

plates. 

The  second  student  mentioned  at  the  beginning  of  this  section  was 
Daniel  G.  Brinton.  Of  widely  different  personahty  from  that  of  Har- 
rison Allen,  his  services  to  physical  anthropology  were  also  of  quite  a 
different  character. 

Doctor  Brinton  was  graduated  from  Yale,  received  his  medical  de- 
gree in  1860  at  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  in  Philadelphia,  and 
traveled  in  Europe.  He  served  through  the  Civil  War  in  his  medical 
capacity,  but  toward  the  end  of  1865  returned  to  West  Chester  and 
thence  to  Philadelphia,  where  he  practiced  medicine  and  became  editor 
of  The  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter,  position  he  held  until  1887. ^^ 
Eventually  he  became  Professor  of  Ethnology  and  Archeology  in  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  Professor  of  American 
Linguistics  and  Archeology  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  and 
Curator  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society  collections, 

Brinton's  interest  in  anthropology  dated  probably  from  his  boy- 
hood, and  extended  to  all  branches  of  the  science,  including  somatology. 
Like  Harrison  Allen,  he  came  but  little  in  direct  contact  with  the  Ameri- 
can tribes,  in  whom  nevertheless  all  his  interests  centered;  but  unlike 
Allen  he  was  much  more  a  student  than  a  laboratory  man  or  a  practical 
anatomist.  Allen  and  Brinton  associated,  however,  as  friends,  and 
each  doubtless  exercised  an  influence  on  the  other's  thought  and  scien- 
tific production. 

Among  the  numerous  publications  of  Brinton  relating  to  anthropo- 
logical subjects,  more  than  thirty  are  of  more  or  less  direct  interest  to 
physical  anthropology  (see  appended  bibliography).  Of  these  the  large 
majority  are  of  a  documentary  or  general  nature,  the  more  noteworthy 
being  The  Floridian  Peninsula   (1859);   The  Mound-builders  (1881); 

"  For  further  details  see  Report  of  the  Brinton  Memorial  meeting,  8°,  Phila., 
1900,  67  pp. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  63 

Races  and  Peoples  (1890);  and  The  American  Race  (1891).  Among  his 
special  articles,  those  deserving  more  particular  notice  here  are  that  on 
"Anthropology,  as  a  Science  and  as  a  Branch  of  University  Education 
in  the  United  States"  (1892);  "On  Certain  Indian  Skulls  from  Burial 
Mounds  in  Missouri"  (1892);  "On  the  Variations  of  the  Human  Skele- 
ton and  their  Causes". (1894);  "On  the  Aims  of  Anthropology"  (1895); 
and  "On  the  Factors  of  Heredity  and  Environment"  (1898). 

In  glancing  over  these  publications  the  student  of  physical  anthro- 
pology will  find  many  useful  data  and  much  that  is  helpful;  but  here 
and  there  he  will  also  come  across  a  bowlder  in  the  path  which  it  will 
be  necessary  to  remove  and  the  traces  of  which  in  some  cases  will  long 
yet  be  perceptible.  Among  the  most  helpful  were  Brinton's  articles 
on  the  mound-builders,  counteracting  the  old  prevalent  opinion  that 
there  had  existed  a  separate  mound-builder  race  distinct  from  the  rest 
of  the  Indians.  Among  his  opinions  which  it  would  be  hard  to  accept 
today  were  that  the  Eskimo  extended  far  to  the  south  of  their  present 
eastern  abode;  the  probability  of  the  derivation  of  the  American  race  at 
the  close  of  the  last  glacial  epoch  from  Europe;  and  his  correspondingly 
antagonistic  attitude  toward  the  theory  of  Asiatic  derivation  of  the 
Indians. 

Doctor  Brinton  excelled  as  a  critic  and  in  discussion;  and  notwith- 
standing a  lack  of  sufficient  speciahzation  in  physical  anthropology,  his 
activities  exercised  a  favorable  influence  on  the  progress  of  the  science 
in  common  with  other  branches  of  anthropology.  Dr.  Brinton's 
bibliography  relating  more  or  less  to  somatology  follows : 

The  Floridian  peninsula,  its  literary  history,  Indian  tribes  and  antiquities.     8°, 

Philadelphia,  1859. 
The  Shawnees  and  their  migrations.      Historical  Magazine,   Jan.    1866   (Morri- 

sania,  New  York),  x,  1-4. 
The  Mound-builders  of  the  Mississippi  valley.     Historical  Magazine,  Feb.,  1866, 

•XI,  33-37. 
The  probable  nationality  of  the  mound-builders.     American  Antiquarian,  Oct., 

1881,  IV,  9-18. 
Anthropology  and  ethnology.     Iconographic  Encyclopedia,  Phila.,  1886,  i,  1-184. 
A  review  of  the  data  for  the  study  of  the  prehistoric  chronology  of  America. 

Proc.  Amer.  Assoc,  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  1887,  Sep.  26  pp. 
On  an  ancient  human  footprint  from  Nicaragua.     Proc.  Amer.   Philos.  See, 

Nov.  1887,  XXIV,  437-444. 
On  a  Jimonite  human  vertebra  from  Florida.     Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1888, 

xxvii. 
On  the  alleged  Mongoloid  affinities  of  the  American  race.    Proc.  Amer.  Asso.  Adv. 

Sci.,  1888,  xxvii,  325. 


64  ALES   HRDLICKA 

The  cradle  of  the  Semites.     A  paper  read  before  the  Philadelphia  Oriental  Club, 

Phila.,  1890,  26  pp. 
Races  and  peoples;  Lectures  on  the  science  of  ethnography.     12°,  N.  Y.,  1890, 

313  pp.,  5  maps. 
Essays  of  an  Americanist.     I,  Ethnologic  and  Archaeologic.     Illus.,  8°,  Phila., 

1890. 
Folk-lore  of  the  bones.     Jour.  Amer.  Folk-lore,  Jan.  1890,  iii,  17-22. 
The  American  race :  A  linguistic  classification  and  the  ethnographic  description 

of  the  native  tribes  of  North  and  South  America.     New  York,  1891,  392  pp. 
Current  notes  on  anthropology.     Science,  New  York,  1892. 
Anthropology  as  a  science  and  as  a  branch  of  university  education  in  the  United 

States.     Phila.,  1892,  15  pp. 
The   nomenclature   and   teaching  of   anthropology.     American  Anthropologist, 

July,  1892,  V,  263-271. 
Remarks  on  certain  Indian  skulls  from  burial  mounds  in  Missouri,  Illinois  and 

Wisconsin.     Trans.  Coll.  Physicians,  Phila.,  Nov.,  1892,  third  series,  xiv, 

217-219. 
European  origin  of  the  white  race.     Science,  June,  1892,  xix,  360. 
Proposed   classification   and   international   nomenclature   of   the  anthropologic 

sciences.     Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1892,  xli,  257-258. 
The  African  race  in  America.     Chambers'  Cyclopedia,  new  edition,  London  and 

Phila.,  1893,  vii,  428-430.     Article  "Negroes." 
The  beginnings  of  man  and  the  age  of  the  race.     The  Forum,  December,  1893, 

XVI,  452-458. 
Variations  of  the  human  skeleton  and  their  causes.     Amer.  Anthropologist,  Oct., 

1894,  VII,  377-386. 
On  various  supposed  relations  between  the  American  and  Asian  races.     Mem. 

Internat.  Congr.  Anthrop.,  Chicago,  1894,  145-151. 
The  "nation"  as  an  element  in  anthropology.     Mem.  Internat.  Congr.  Anthrop., 

Chicago,  1894,  19-34. 
The  aims  of  anthropology.     Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  1895,  xliv,  1-17. 
Left-handedness   in    North   American    aboriginal    art.     Amer.    Anthropologist, 

May,  1896,  ix,  175-181. 
The  relations  of  race  and  culture  to  degenerations  of  the  reproductive  organs  and 

functions  in  women.     Medical  News,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  18,  1896,  68-69. 
On  the  remains  of  foreigners  discovered  in  Egypt  by  Mr.  Flinders  Petrie,  1895. 

Proc.  Amer.  Philosophical  Soc,  Jan.,  1896,  xxxv,  63-64. 
Dr.  Allen's  contributions  to  anthropology.     Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  De- 
cember, 1897,  522-529. 
The  factors  of  heredity  and  environment  in  man.     Amer.  Anthropologist,  Sept., 

1898,  XI,  271-277. 
The  dwarf  tribe  of  the  upper  Amazon.     Amer.  Anthropologist,  Sept.,  1898,  xi, 

277-279. 
The  Peoples  of  the  Philippines.     Amer.  Anthropologist,  Oct.,  1898,  293-307. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  65 

HISTORY   OF   ANTHROPOLOGY   IN   WASHINGTON 

Again  leaving  Philadelphia,  further  tracing  of  the  earlier  history  of 
physical  anthropology  in  the  English  speaking  countries  of  this  conti- 
nent leads  us  to  Washington,  to  the  various  Government  exploring  ex- 
peditions, to  certain  corporate  bodies  associated  with  the  United  States 
Government,  and  finally  to  Government  institutions  proper. 

The  earliest  event  of  importance  to  physical  anthropology  in  Wash- 
ington of  which  any  records  exist,  was  the  gathering  of  Indian  and  other 
crania  made  by  the  United  States  Exploring  Expedition  of  1838-1842. 
No  concrete  record  seems  to  exist  showing  exactly  what  this  collection 
comprised.  It  was  deposited  with  the  National  Institute  (1840-1862), 
a  society  with  a  strong  Government  affiliation.  In  1841  this  society  was 
granted  the  use  of  quarters  in  the  Patent  Office  building  for  its  collec- 
tions, and  collections  belonging  to  the  Government  were  confined  to 
its  care.  In  the  latter,  we  are  told,  natural  history  and  ethnology  pre- 
dominated."*^  According  to  a  catalogue  of  the  collections  of  the  Na- 
tional Institute,  by  Alfred  Hunter  (second  edition,  1855),  the  anthro- 
pological material  in  the  Institute  at  that  time  comprised  an  "Ancient 
skull;"  "a  very  superior  collection  of  human  crania,  many  of  them  col- 
lected by  the  United  States  Exploring  Expedition  from  the  Pacific 
Islands;"  "a  skull  from  the  Columbia  river;"  "skull  of  a  Chenook 
Chief;"  four  skulls  "from  an  ancient  cemetery;"  a  "mummy  from  Ore- 
gon;" "two  tattooed  heads  from  Fiji;"  "Peruvian  mummies;"  "two 
Egyptian  mummies;"  "the  skull  and  paws  of  a  chimpanzee;"  and  nu- 
merous busts  in  plaster  of  distinguished  persons.  These  collections  re- 
mained in  the  Patent  Office  in  part  until  1858  and  in  part  until  1862, 
when  they  were  transferred  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  was  established  in  1846,  under  the  terms 
of  the  will  of  James  Smithson,  who  in  1826  bequeathed  his  fortune  to 
the  United  States  for  the  "increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge  among 
men."^'*  From  the  income  of  the  fund  the  present  Smithsonian  build- 
ing was  erected  on  land  given  by  the  United  States,  and  on  its  comple- 
tion in  1858  a  large  part  of  the  collections  assembled  under  the  auspices 
of  the  Government  up  to  that  time  were  assigned  to  the  custody  of 

"  See  Richard  Rathbun:  The  National  Gallery  of  Art,  Bull.  70,  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  Wash.,  1909,  p.  25  et  seq. 

**  The  Smithsonian  Institute,  at  Washington,  etc.,  Washington,  1907,  also,  The 
Smithsonian  Institution;  documents  relative  to  its  origin  and  history,,  by  Wm.  J. 
Rhees,  Washington,  1879,  1027  pp. 


66  ALES   HRDLICKA 

the  Institution.  The  National  Institute  passed  out  of  existence  in 
1862. 

In  1863  the  Smithsonian  Institution  collections  were  partly  destroyed 
by  fire/^  but  the  anthropological  part  fortunately  escaped. 

In  1862  another  establishment  was  founded  in  Washington  which 
was  destined  to  render  a  great  service  to  physical  anthropology.  This 
was  the  Army  Medical  Museum.  Almost  from  the  first  cooperative 
relations  were  established  with  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  involving 
in  the  course  of  time  extensive  exchange  of  specimens ;  and  on  January 
16,  1869,  a  formal  arrangement  was  entered  into  between  Secretary 
Henry,  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  Dr.  George  A.  Otis,  cura- 
tor of  the  Army  Medical  Museum,  for  the  transfer  thenceforth  from 
that  Museum  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  of  all  ethnological  and  arche- 
ological  articles  that  were  then  in  the  Medical  Museum  or  might  be 
received  in  the  future,  in  return  for  which  the  Museum  received  and  was 
to  receive  thenceforth  all  human  skeletal  material.  The  actual  num- 
ber of  crania  then  transferred  does  not  appear  in  the  records,  but  the 
collection  must  already  have  been  of  some  importance;  and  in  the  follow- 
ing years  hundreds  of  specimens  of  similar  nature  were  received  by 
the  Museum  from  the  Smithsonian.  In  addition,  letters  and  circulars 
were  sent  out  by  Doctor  Otis  to  Army  and  Navy  surgeons  as  well  as 
to  other  persons,  and  through  this  medium  the  Army  Medical  Museum 
anthropological  collections  grew  until,  in  1873,  they  included  approxi- 
mately sixteen  hundred  crania  of  American  aborigines  and  other  races.'*^ 

About  1870,  or  shortly  after,  a  series  of  measurements  were  under- 
taken on  the  crania  in  the  Army  Medical  Museum  collection  under 
Doctor  Otis's  direction;  and  in  1876  and  again  in  1880  a  "Check-List" 
was  published  by  Doctor  Otis,  the  later  edition  including  .records  on 
more  than  two  thousand  human  crania  and  skeletons  from  many  parts 
of  the  world.  Unfortunately  the  majority  of  the  measurements  were 
made  by  an  unscientific  employee  and  with  instruments  less  perfect 
than  those  now  in  anthropometric  use,  with  the  consequence  that  many 
of  the  determinations  have  since  been  found  by  remeasurement  of 
the  specimens  to  be  more  or  less  inaccurate,  and  the  catalogue  on  that 
account  can  not  be  used  with  any  degree  of  confidence. 

After  Doctor  Otis's  death  in  1881  the  anthropological  studies  suffered 
a  temporary  set-back,  but  were  stimulated  again  in  1884  when  Dr.  J. 

"  See  Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  1864,  p.  117,  et  seq. 

*^  For  an  account  of  the  services  of  the  Army  Medical  Museum  to  American 
anthropology,  see  Dr.  D.  S.  Lamb,  Trans,  xix  Intern.  Congr.  Americanists, 
Wash.,  1917.  625-632. 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  67 

S.  Billings,  U.  S.  Army,  became  Curator  of  the  Museum.  As  a  result 
of  Doctor  Billings'  interest  in  anthropological  work  it  was  taken  up  by 
another  United  States  Army  surgeon,  namely  Dr.  Washington  Matthews. 

Before  this,  however,  two  important  publications  of  direct  interest 
to  physical  anthropology  were  made  possible  by  investigations  con- 
ducted in  connection  with  the  United  States  Army.  The  first  was 
Dr.  B.  A.  Gould's,  The  Military  and  Anthropological  Statistics  of  the 
War  of  the  Rebellion,  8°,  New  York,  1865;  the  second  being  the  Statis- 
tics, Medical  and  Anthropological,  of  the  Provost-marshal-generaV s  Bu- 
reau, two  volumes,  4°,  1875,  by  J.  H.  Baxter. 

Both  of  these  works  deal  with  statistical  data  and  observations  ob- 
tained on  Northern  recruits  during  the  Civil  War,  and  represent  the  first 
efforts  of  note  on  this  continent  in  anthropology  of  the  living,  the  rec- 
ords extending  to  many  thousands  of  subjects.  The  data  were  secured 
by  medical  examiners  and  other  physicians.  Unfortunately  the  work 
was  carried  out  under  unfavorable  circumstances  and  by  men  many  of 
whom  had  no  previous  knowledge  of  these  matters,  and  who  received  no 
instruction  except  by  circulars.  The  records  in  consequence,  while  in- 
teresting, can  not  be  regarded  as  sufficiently  reliable  for  the  present 
demands  of  anthropology.  In  a  number  of  instances,  as  in  the  reports 
on  certain  physiological  observations  on  the  "Indians"  enlisted  in  the 
army,  the  results,  in  view  of  our  subsequent  information  on  these  sub- 
jects, are  so  inaccurate  as  to  be  quite  useless. 

Dr.  Washington  Matthews  (1843-1905),  to  whom  we  may  now  re- 
turn, while  becoming  known  to  science  mainly  for  his  contributions  to 
the  Hidatsa  and  Navaho  ethnology,  was  nevertheless  interested  con- 
siderably and  effectively  in  physical  anthropology.  In  the  Army  Medi- 
cal Museum,  with  which  he  became  connected  about  1884,  and  in 
part  with  Doctor  Billings,  he  carried  on  and  published  the  results  of 
investigations  on  the  measurement  of  the  cranial  capacity,  on  composite 
photography  and  appliances  for  the  same,  on  several  modifications  of 
anthropometric  instruments,  and  on  anatomical  and  anthropological 
characteristics  of  Indian  crania,  particularly  those  of  the  ancient  Pueblos 
collected  by  the  Hemenway  Expedition. 

The  Hemenway  Expedition  was  fitted  out  in  1886  under  the  direction 
of  Frank  Hamilton  Cushing,  with  funds  supplied  by  Mrs.  Mary  Hemen- 
way of  Boston,  for  exploring  certain  ruins  of  the  Gila  drainage  in  Ari- 
zona. While  the  work  was  fairly  under  way,  Dr.  J.  L.  Wortman,  at 
that  time  anatomist  of  the  Army  Medical  Museum,  visited  the  excava- 
tions in  the  Salt  River  valley  at  the  instance  of  Mr.  Cushing  and  Dr. 


68  ALES    HEDLICKA 

Matthews,  and  obtained  a  large  collection  of  the  fragile  skeletal  re- 
mains of  the  ancient  Pueblos,  which  was  forwarded  to  the  Museum, 
Here  they  were  eventually  studied  by  Matthews  and  Wortman  and  the 
results  were  published  in  a  quarto  memoir,*^  which  forms  a  contribution 
of  lasting  value  to  physical  anthropology  and  a  worthy  companion  to 
Allen's  Crania  of  the  St.  John's  River. 

Doctor  Matthews,  a  personal  friend  of  the  writer,  was  interested  in 
physical  anthropology  to  the  close  of  his  life;  but  advancing  illness 
obliged  him  for  several  years  before  his  death  to  give  up  active  work 
in  this  direction.  Shortly  before  his  death  he  was  instrumental  in  the 
final  stage  of  retransfer  of  the  anthropological  collections  from  the  Army 
Medical  Museum  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution;^^  and  he  left  hundreds 
of  drawings  and  records  on  parts  of  these  collections.  Doctor  Mat- 
thews' contributions  to  physical  anthropology  were  as  follows:'*^ 

The  curvature  of  the  skull.  Trans.  Anthr.  Soc.  Wash.,  Wash.,  1885,  in.  171-172. 
On  composite  photography  as  applied  to  craniology,  by  J.  S.  Billings;  and  on  meas 

uring  the  cubic  capacity  of  skulls,  by  Washington  Matthews.     Read  April  22, 

1885.     Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  Wash.,  1886,  iii,  pt.  2,  13th  mem.,  pp.  103-116, 

19  pi. 
On  a  new  craniophore  for  use  in  making  composite  photographs  of  skulls,  by  John 

S.  Billings  and  Washington  Matthews.     Read  Nov.  12,  1885.     Mem.  Nat. 

Acad.  Sci.,  Wash.,  1886,  in,  pt.  2,  14th  mem.,  pp.  117-119.  4  pis. 
Apparatus  for  tracing  orthogonal  projections  of  the  skull  in  the  U.   S.  Army 

Medical  Museum.     J.  Anat.  and  Physiol.,  Edinb.,  1886,  xxi,  43-45,  1  pi. 
An  apparatus  for  determining  the  angle  of  torsion  of  the  humerus.     J.  Anat.  and 

Physiol.,  Edinb.,  1886,  xxi,  43-45,  1  pi. 
The  study  of  consumption  among  the  Indians.     N.  Y.  Med.  Jour.,  July  30,  1887. 
A  further  contribution  to  the  study  of  consumption  among  the  Indians.     Trans 

Am.  Climatol.  Assoc,  Washington  meeting,  Phila.,  1888,  136-155. 
The  Inca  bone   and  kindred  formations   among  the   ancient  Arizonians.     Am. 

Anthropologist,  Wash.,  1889,  ii,  337-345. 
Human  bones  of  the  Hemenway  collection  in  the  U.  S.  Army  Medical  Museum. 

Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  Wash.,  1893,  vi,  7th  mem.,  pp.  139-286,  57  pi. 
Use  of  rubber  bags  in  gauging  cranial  capacity.     Am.  Anthropologist,  1898,  xi, 

171-176. 

■•^  The  Human  Bones  of  the  Hemenway  collection  in  the  U.  S.  Army  Medical 
Museum  at  Washington,  by  Dr.  Washington  Matthews,  surgeon  U.  S.  Army, 
"with  observations  on  the  Hyoid  bones  of  this  collection,  by  Dr.  J.  L.  Wortman, 
Seventh  Memoir  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washington,  1891,  pp.  141- 
286,  plates  1-59. 

*^  See  under  Smithsonian  Institution. 

*^  For  other  publications  and  a  biographical  sketch,  see  Mooney,  J.,  in  A7neri- 
can  Anthropologist,  1905.  N.  s.,  vii,  no.  3,  514-523. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  69 

We  may  now  return  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  While  condi- 
tions during  a  larger  part  of  the  second  half  of  the  19th  century  were 
not  propitious  for  active  participation  by  the  Institution  in  anthropo- 
logical research,  nevertheless  its  publications,  as  will  be  seen  from  the 
bibliography,  included  manj^  anthropological  contributions  by  writers 
both  foreign  and  American. 

In  1872  Professor  Otis  T.  Mason  became  connected  with  the  Institu- 
tion as  collaborator  in  ethnology. 

In  1879,  the  collections  of  the  Institution  increasing.  Congress  au- 
thorized the  erection  of  a  separate  building  for  the  National  Museum, 
which  was  completed  in  1881.  In  1884  Professor  Mason  became  cura- 
tor of  the  Department  of  Ethnology  in  the  Museum,  and  for  almost  a 
quarter  of  a  century  was  active  in  this  position  with  most  creditable 
results. ^° 

While  above  all  an  ethnologist  (in  the  American  sense  of  the  word), 
and  while  from  a  deep  religious  sentiment  rather  averse  to  the  doctrine 
of  man's  evolution.  Professor  Mason  was  nevertheless  one  of  the  warm- 
est friends  of  physical  anthropology;  and  his  helpful  hand  was  in  no 
small  measure  responsible  for  the  subsequent  auspicious  development 
of  the  Division  of  Physical  Anthropology  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

But  somatology  benefited  also  directly  from  Professor  Mason's 
scientific  contributions.  After  Squier^^  and  Fletcher^-  he  described  one 
of  the  earliest  known  examples  of  Peruvian  trephining  ;^^  he  had  printed 
for  distribution  the  best  contemporaneous  classification  of  the  human 
races;  and  several  of  his  papers,^"*  with  his  very  useful  annual  contribu- 
tions to  anthropological  bibliography,  were  of  real  service  to  our  sci- 
ence. He  was  one  of  the  founders  (1879)  and  for  a  long  time  one  of  the 
most  active  members  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington; 

5"  See  Otis  Tufton  Mason,  by  A.  Hrdlicka,  Science,  1908,  xxviii,  746-748; 
and  by  Walter  Hough,  Ainerican  Anthropologist,  1908,  x,  661-667. 

"  Squier,  (E.  George)  Peru,  8°,  N.  Y.,  1877. 

"  Fletcher,  On  prehistoric  trephining  and  cranial  amulets.  Contributions  to 
N.  A.  Ethnology,  vol.  v,  Wash.,  1882. 

^'  The  Chaclacayo  trephined  skull;  with  measurements  by  Dr.  Irwin  C.  Rosse, 
U.  S.  A.,  Proc.  U.  S.  Natio7ial  Museum,  1885,  410-412,  pi.  22,  and  list  of  measure- 
ments (appended). 

^*  What  is  Anthropology?  A  Saturday  lecture  delivered  in  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum,  March,  1882,  21  pp.  The  scope  and  value  of  anthropological  studies, 
Proc.  A.  A.  A.  S.  1884,  365-383.  The  relation  of  the  mound  builders  to  the 
historic  Indians,  Science,  1884,  iii,  658-659.  Indians  in  the  U.  S.,  June  30,  1886, 
Rep.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1885,  902-907.  Migration  and  the  food  quest:  A  study  in 
the  peopling  of  America,  Smithsonian  Rep.,  1894,  523-539,  map. 


70  ALES   HRDLICKA 

and  his  beneficial,  stimulating  effect  on  all  branches  of  anthropologj- 
was  felt  at  many  a  meeting  of  Section  H  of  the  American  Association. 

Among  other  friends  of  anthropology  in  connection  with  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  now  deceased,  it  is  necessary  to  mention  Dr.  J.  M. 
Toner  and  Thomas  Wilson. 

By  the  generous  endowment  of  Doctor  Toner  there  were  delivered 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Institution,  betwee  1873  and  1889,  a  series  of 
lectures  on  medical  and  related  topics  which  included  two  of  special 
interest  to  physical  anthropology,  namely,  "The  Dual  Character  of  the 
Brain,"  by  Dr.  C.  E.  Brown-Sequard;^^  and  "The  Clinical  Study  of 
the  Skull,"  already  mentioned,  by  Dr.  Harrison  Allen.  Doctor  Toner 
was  also  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of 
Washington. 

Thomas  Wilson  (1832-1902),  previously  for  several  years  United 
States  Consul  to  Ghent,  Nantes,  and  Nice,  became  attached  to  the 
National  Museum  in  1887  as  curator  of  the  Division  of  Prehistoric 
Anthropology.^^  While  abroad,  and  particularly  in  France,  he  became 
deeply  interested  in  archeological  matters  and  especially  in  the  remains 
of  early  man,  subjects  which  occupied  his  attention  throughout  the 
period  of  his  connection  with  the  Museum.  Collaterally  he  was,  how- 
ever, interested  in  physical  anthropology,  and  a  number  of  his  papers 
deal  with  matters  relating  to  that  science.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that 
they  were  not  specific  enough  to  be  of  lasting  value. 

His  publications  of  interest  to  physical  anthropology  are:  "A  study 
of  prehistoric  anthropology"  (Annual  Report  U.  S.  National  Museum, 
1888);  "Man  in  North  America  during  the  Paleolithic  period"  (ibid.); 
"Anthropology  at  the  Paris  Exposition"  (ibid.,  1890);  and  "The  Antiq- 
uity of  the  red  race  in  America"  (ibid.,  1895). 

By  1897  the  collections  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  had 
grown  to  such  an  extent  that  a  new  plan  of  organization  of  its  depart- 
ments became  necessary.  By  this  plan  three  large  departments  were 
established — Anthropology  (in  the  broader  sense  of  the  term).  Biology, 
and  Geology;  and  Professor  W.  H.  Holmes  was  appointed  head  curator 
of  the  Department  of  Anthropology,  which  was  subdivided  into  eight 
sections."  Prof.  O.  T.  Mason  remained  as  curator  of  ethnology,  later 
serving  for  several  years  as  acting  head  curator. 

*'  Delivered  Apr.  22,  1874,  published  in  Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  Jan.,  1877. 
*^  See  in  Memoriam:  Thomas  Wilson,  by  O.  T.  Mason,  American  Anthropolo- 
gist, IV,  April-June,  1902. 

"  See  Report  U.  S.  National  Museum  for  1897,  Washington,  1899,  p.  6,  et  seq. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  71 

It  was  Prof.  W.  H,  Holmes,  fortunately  still  living  and  active,  who 
saw  the  need  of  and  eventually  succeeded  in  adding  to  his  department, 
the  Division  of  Physical  Anthropology,  the  first  regular  division  de- 
voted entirely  to  this  branch  of  science  on  this  continent.  With  this  end 
in  view  an  arrangement  was  made  with  the  overcrowded  Army  Medi- 
cal Museum,  whereby  a  larger  part  of  the  normal  somatological  mate- 
tial  in  that  institution  (approximately  two  thousand  crania)  was  trans- 
ferred to  the  National  Museum  in  1898-1899.  The  division  came  into 
actual  existence  in  1903,  in  charge  of  the  writer;  in  1904  another  highly 
valuable  instalment  of  anthropological  material  (approximately  fifteen 
hundred  crania  and  skeletons)  was  transferred  to  the  division  from  the 
Army  Medical  Museum,  the  latter  retaining  only  specimens  of  patho- 
logical or  surgical  interest;  and  subsequently,  by  cooperation  with  other 
institutions  and  through  the  help  of  many  friends  of  the  Smithsonian, 
as  well  as  through  field  exploration  and  laboratory  work,  the  collec- 
tions have  increased  until  today  they  consist  of  10,000  racial  crania  and 
skeletons,  1500  human  and  animal  brains,  and  thousands  of  photo 
graphs,  casts,  and  other  objects  relating  to  physical  anthropology. 

In  touching  on  the  development  of  the  Division  of  Physical  Anthro- 
pology in  the  National  Museum,  we  have  passed  by  a  collateral  event 
of  much  importance,  namely  the  estabhshment,  in  connection  with  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

The  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  was  definitely  organized  in  1879, 
and  placed  by  Congress  under  the  supervision  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution.^^  Several  years  before  this,  however,  Major  Powell,  as  Director 
of  the  Geographical  and  Geological  Survey  of  the  Rocky  Mountain 
Region,  began  the  pubHcation  of  a  series  of  important  volumes  called 
Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology,  and  it  was  the  preparation 
of  these  which  may  really  be  looked  upon  as  the  beginning  of  the  Bu- 
reau's existence.  Major  Powell  himself  had  accomplished  important 
work  among  the  tribes  of  the  Rio  Colorado  drainage  in  connection 
with  his  geological  and  geographical  researches,  and  he  logically  became 
the  first  director  of  the  Bureau  when  separately  estabhshed. 

The  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology  has  not  directly  occupied  itself 
with  somatology;  but  from  the  beginning  of  the  important  explorations 
carried  on  under  its  auspices  collection  of  skeletal  remains  of  the  Amer- 
ican Indians  was  encouraged,  and  an  important  part  of  the  present  col- 
lections in  physical  anthropology  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  pro- 

*«  Handbook  of  American  Indians  North  of  Mexico,  Washington,  1912,  i  (4tb 
impression),  p.  171  et  seq. 


72  ALES   HRDLICKA 

ceed  from  such  field  work.  Besides  this  the  pubHcations  of  the  Bureau 
were  from  the  first  open  to  our  branch  of  science,  with  the  result  that 
at  this  time  they  contain  a  respectable  number  of  more  or  less  direct 
contributions  in  this  line;  and  on  the  whole  it  may  be  said  that  physi- 
cal anthropology  in  this  country  derived  much  encouragement  from 
this  most  deserving  institution. 

Among  the  members  of  the  Bureau,  not  now  living,  several  deserve 
special  mention  for  their  services  to  our  branch  of  science.  These  are 
J.  C.  Pilling,  whose  bibliographies  are  of  assistance;  Dr.  W.  J.  Hoffman, 
who  was  interested  directly  in  somatology,  reporting,  among  other 
writings,  on  "The  Chaco  Cranium"^^  and  on  the  Menomoni  Indians;^" 
Cyrus  Thomas,  who  during  his  exploration  of  the  mounds  collected 
many  crania  now  part  of  our  collections;  and  W  J  McGee,  who  con- 
tributed to  our  knowledge  of  the  Sioux  and  Seri  Indians,  and  gave  us, 
with  Muriiz,  an  excellent  memoir  on  Primitive  Trephining  in  Peru." 

Papers  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  its  branches 
relating  more  or  less  directly  to  physical  anthropology,  and  excluding 
those  of  living  authors,  are  the  following  r^^ 

1851.  Culbertson,  T.  A.     Indian  tribes  of  the  upper  Missouri.     S.R.,  v. 

1852.  Stanley,  J.  M.     Catalogue  of  portraits  of  North  American  Indians,  and 

sketches  of  scenery,  etc.     S.R.,  vi. 

1855.  Letterman,  J.     Sketch  of  the  Navajo  Indians.     S.R.,  x. 

1856.  Haven,  Samuel  F.     Archeology  of  the  U.  S.,  or  Sketches,  Historical  and 

Bibliographical,  of  the  Progress  of  information  and  opinion  respecting 
vestiges  of  antiquity  in  the  United  States.     S.R.,  viii. 

1859.  Retzius,  A.     Present  state  of  ethnology  in  relation  to  the  form  of  the 

human  skull.     S.R. 

1860.  Morgan,  Lewis  H.     Circular  in  reference  to  the  degrees  of  relationship 

among  different  nations.     S.M.,  ii. 

1861.  Morgan,  L.  H.     Suggestions  relative  to  an  ethnological  map  of  North 

America. 

^'  Tenth  Ann.  Report  of  the  U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Survey,  of  the  Terr,  for  1876, 
Wash.,  1878,  453^457,  2  pi. 

*"  Fourteenth  Ann.  Eeport  Bureau  Amer.  Ethnology. 

"  The  Seri  Indians,  17th  Ann.  Rep.  B.  A.  E.  With  M.  A.  Muniz,  Primitive 
Trephining  in  Peru,  16th  Ann.  Report,  B.  A.  E. 

'^  Abbreviations:  S.R.,  Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution;  S.C., 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge;  S.  M.,  Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Col- 
lections; P.  N.  M.,  Proceedings  United  States  National  Museum;  B.  N.  M.,  Bul- 
letin United  States  National  Museum;  R.  N.  M.,  Annual  Report  United  States 
National  Museum;  C.  E.,  Contributions  to  North  American  Ethnology;  R.  B.  E., 
Annual  Report  Bureau  American  Ethnology;  B.  B.  E.,  Bulletin  Bureau  American 
Ethnology. 


PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY  <0 

1862.  Stanlej',  J.  M.     Catalogue  of  portraits  of  North  American  Indians.     S.M., 

II. 

1862.  Reid,  A.     Skulls  and  mummy  from  Patagonia.     S.R. 

1862.  Gibbs,  G.     Ethnological  map  of  the  United  States.     S.R. 

1862.  Wilson,  D.     Lectures  on  physical  ethnology.     S.R. 

1862.  Morlot,  A.     Lecture  on  the  study  of  high  antiquity.     S.R. 

1862.  Quatrefages,  A.  de.     Memoir  of  Isidore  Geoffrey  St.  Hilaire.     S.R. 

1862.  Reid,  A.     Human  remains  from  Patagonia.     S.R. 

1864.  Baegert,  Jacob.     Aboriginal  inhabitants  of  the  California  peninsula.     S.R. 

1864.  Dean,  John.     The  gray  substance  of  the  medulla  oblongata  and  trapezium. 

S.C,  XVI. 

1864.  Troyon,  Fred.     On  the  crania  helvetica.     S.R. 

1864.  Gibbs,  G.     The  intermixture  of  races.     S.R. 

1864.  Morlot,  A.     The  study  of  high  antiquity  in  Europe.     S.R. 

1865.  Petitot,  E.     Account  of  the  Indians  of  British  America.     S.R. 

1866.  Gibbs,  G.     Notes  on  the  Pinneh  or  Chepewyan  Indians  of  British  and  Rus- 

sian America.     S.R. 
1866.     Von  Hellwald,  F.     The  American  migration;  with  notes  by  Prof.  Henry. 
S.R. 

1866.  Scherzer;  Schwarz.     Table  of  anthropological  measurements.     S.R. 

1867.  Darwin,  C.     Queries  about  expression  for  anthropological  inquiry.     S.R. 
1867.     Pettigrew,  J.  B.     Man  as  the  contemporary  of  the  mammoth  and  reindeer 

in  middle  Europe.     S.R. 
1867.     Meigs,  J.  A.     Description  of  a  human  skull  from  Rock  Bluff,  111.     S.R. 
1867.     Smart,  C.     Notes  on  the  Tonto  Apaches.     S.R. 

1867.  List  of  photographic  portraits  of  North  American  Indians  in  the  gallery 

of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.     S.M.,  xiv. 

1868.  Broca,  P.     History  of  the  transactions  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of 

Paris,  from  1865  to  1867.     S.R. 
1870.     Swan,  James  G.     The  Indians  of  Cape  Flattery.     S.C,  xvi. 
1870.     Gardner,  W.  H.     Ethnology  of  the  Indians  of  the  valley  of  the  Red  River 

of  the  North.     S.R. 

1870.  Blyden,  E.  D.     On  mixed  races  in  Liberia.     S.R. 

1871.  Grossmann,  F.  E.     Pima  Indians  of  Arizona.     S.R. 

1872.  Broca,  P.     The  troglodytes,  or  cave  dwellers,  of  the  valley  of  the  Vezere. 

S.R. 

1873.  Mailly,  E.     Estimate  of  the  population  of  the  world.     S.R. 

1873.  Gillman,  H.     The  mound-builders  and  platycnemism  in  Michigan.     S.R. 

1874.  Mailly,  E.     Eulogy  on  Quetelet.     S.R. 

1874.     Schumacher,  P.     Ancient  graves  and  shell-heaps  of   California.     S.R. 

1874.  Farquharson,  R.  J.  A  study  of  skulls  and  long  bones,  from  mounds  near 
Albany,  111.     S.R. 

1874.     Tiffany,  A.  S.    The  shell-bed  skull.     S.R. 

1876.     De  Candolle,  A.     Probable  future  of  the  human  race.     S.R. 

1876.  Gillman,  H.  Characteristics  pertaining  to  ancient  man  in  Michigan. 
S.R. 

1876.  Swan,  J.  G.  HaidahTndians  of  Queen  Charlotte's  islands,  British  Colum- 
bia.    S.C,  XXI. 


74  ALES   HRDLICKA 

1876.     Brackett,  A.  G.     The  Sioux  or  Dakota  Indians.     S.R. 

1876.  Jones,   Joseph.     Explorations  of  the   aboriginal   remains  of  Tennessee. 

S.C,  XXII. 

1877.  Gait,  F.  L.     The  Indians  of  Peru.     S.C. 

1877.     Gibbs,  George.     Tribes  of  western  Washington  and  northwestern  Oregon. 

C.E.,  I. 
1877.     Dall,  W.  H.     Tribes  of  the  extreme  Northwest.     C.E.,  i. 

1877.  Brown-Sequard,  C.  E.     Dual  character  of  the  brain.     S.M.,  xv. 

1878.  Hart,  J.  N.  de.     The  mounds  and  osteology  of  the  mound  builders  of 

Wisconsin.     S.R. 

1878.  Dall,  W.  H.     On  the  remains  of  later  pre-historic  man.     S.C.,  xxii. 

1879.  Pratt,  R.  H.     Catalogue  of  casts  taken  by  Clark  Mills,  Esq.,  of  the  heads 

of  sixty-four  Indian  prisoners  of  various  western  tribes,  and  held  at 
Fort  Marion,  St.  Augustine,  Fla.,  i. 

1879.  Havard,  V.     The  French  half  breeds  of  the  Northwest.     S.R. 

1880.  Mason,  Otis  T.     Record  of  recent  progress  in  science.     Anthropology. 

S.R. 

1881.  Powell,  J.  W.     On  limitations  to  the  use  of  some  anthropologic  data. 

R.B.E.,  I. 
1881.     Mason,  Otis  T.     Anthropological  investigations. 
1881.     Ind«x  to   anthropological   articles  in   publications   of   the   Smithsonian 

Institution.     George  H.  Boehmer. 

1881.  Mason,  O.  T.     Anthropology.     (Bibliography  of  anthropology;  abstracts 

of  anthropological  correspondence.)     S.R. 

1882.  Fletcher,  R.     Prehistoric  trephining  and  cranial  amulets.     C.E.,  v. 
1882.     Rau,  Charles.     Articles  on  anthropological  subjects  contributed  to  the 

Annual  Reports  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  from  1863  to  1877, 
pp.  180. 

1885.  Donaldson,  Thomas.     The  George  Catlin  Gallery  in  the  U.  S.  National 

Museum,  with  memoirs  and  statistics.     R.N.M.,  i. 

1886.  Mason,  Otis  T.     The  Chaclacayo  trephined  skull.     R.N.M. 

1887.  Thomas,  C.     Burial  mounds  of  the  northern  sections  of  the  United  States. 

R.B.E.,  V. 
1887.     Porter,   J.   H.     Notes  on  the   artificial  deformation  of  children  among 
savages  and  civilized  peoples.     S.R. ;  R.N.M. 

1887.  MacCauley,  Clay.     The  Seminole  Indians  of  Florida.     R.B.E.,  v. 

1888.  Results  of  an  inquiry  as  to  the  existence  of  man  in  North  America  during 

the  paleolithic  period  of  the  Stone  Age.     R.N.M. 
1888.     Niblack,  Albert  P.     The  coast  Indians  of  southern  Alaska  and  northern 

British  Columbia.     R.N.M. 
1888.     Wilson,  Thomas.     A  study  of  prehistoric  anthropology:  Handbook  for 

beginners.     R.N.M. 
1890.     Evans,  John.     Antiquity  of  man.     S.R. 
1890.     Hitchcock,  Romyn.     The  Ainos  of  Yezo,  Japan.     R.N.M. 
1890.     Wilson,  Thomas.     Criminal  anthropology.     S.R. 
1890.     Hitchcock,  Romyn.     The  ancient  pit-dwellers  of  Yezo.     R.N.M. 
1890.     Wilson,  Thomas.     Anthropology  at  the  Paris  Exposition  in  1889.     R.N.M. 
1890.     Romanes,  George  J.     Weismann's  theory  of  heredity.     S.R. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  75 

1891.  Thomas,  Cyrus.     Catalogue  of  prehistoric  works  east  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains.    B.B.E.,  12. 

1893.  Rockhill,  William  Woodville.     Notes  on  the  ethnology  of  Tibet. 

1895.  Wilson,  Thomas.     The  antiquity  of  the  red  race  in  America.     R.N.lNl. 

1895.  Hamy,  E.  T.     The  yellow  races.     S.R. 

1896.  Hoffman,  Walter  James.     The  Menomini  Indians.     R.B.E.,  xiv. 

1897.  McGee,  W.  J.     The  Siouan  Indians.     R.B.E.,  xv. 

1897.  Muiiiz,  M.  A.,  and  McGee,  W.  J.     Primitive  trephining  in  Peru.     R.B.E., 

XVI. 

1898.  McGee,  W.  J.     The  Seri  Indians.     R.B.E.,  xvii. 

1898.     llaeckel,  Ernst.     On  our  present  knowledge  of  the  origin  of  man.     S.R. 
1902.     (jaudry,    Albert.     The    Baousse-Rousse    explorations:  Study    of    a    new 
human  type,  by  M.  Verneau.     S.R. 

CONCLUSION 

The  preceding  notes  close  a  rapid  and  doubtless  still  imperfect  sur- 
vey of  the  history  of  physical  anthropology  among  the  English-speaking 
people  of  northern  America,  so  far  as  connected  with  those  no  longer 
living.  Interdigitating  closely  with  the  more  recent  chapters  of  this 
history  is  the  unfinished,  richer,  and  more  organized  portion  which 
rests  in  the  hands  of  those  who  are  still  active.  This  will  be  dealt  with 
in  the  final  section. 

Looking  backward  into  the  above  history,  we  see  on  the  whole  very 
creditable,  though  more  or  less  sporadic  and  irregular,  beginnings,  and 
an  irregular,  often  defective,  course,  yet  not  without  lasting  results. 
The  development  proper  of  the  branch  belongs  to  the  more  recent 
period — development  now  based  on  great  and  accurately  identified  col- 
lections, nourished  by  advancing  systematic  training  and  regulation  of 
methods,  definitely  conscious  of  the  immense  and  complex  field  of  re- 
search ahead,  and  confident  that  in  cooperation  with  closely  allied 
branches  of  science  physical  anthropology  is  destined  to  serve  worthily 
these  countries  and  humanity  in  general. 

The  influences  on  and  direct  participation  in  American  anthropology 
of  various  scientific  societies  and  journals,  and  of  foreign  men  of  sci- 
ence, have  been  mentioned  only  casually  and  must  be  left  for  a  future 
dissertation  on  the  subject.  Suffice  to  say  that  the  foremost  among  our 
societies  whose  activities  favored  the  advance  of  physical  anthropology 
were  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington  (1879-);  the  American 
Ethnological  Society  of  New  York  (1842-;  1899-);  the  Boston  Society 
of  Natural  History  (1830-) ;  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science,  Section  H  (1882-) ;  and  the  American  Anthropological 
Association  (1902-).     Among  journals  especial  credit  is   due   to   the 


76  ALES   HRDLICKA 

American  Naturalist  (1867-);to  Science  (1880-),and  above  all  to  the 
American  Anthropologist  (1888-),  besides  which  there  are  the  periodical 
publications  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  its  branches,  the  Re- 
ports of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs,  the  publications  of  the 
Peabody  Museum  of  American  Archeology  and  Ethnologj^,  and  those 
of  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  the  American 
]\Iuseum  of  Natural  History,  and  other  institutions.  All  these  include 
contributions  to  phj'sical  anthropology'. 

As  to  foreign  men  of  science  who  have  most  influenced  the  progress 
of  our  science  in  America,  the  list  includes  Blumenbach,  Gall,  Prichard, 
Lawrence,  Anders  Retzius,  Broca,  Quatrefages,  Hamy,  Topinard, 
Barnard  Davis,  Flower,  Kollmann,  E.  Schmidt,  and  Rudolph  Virchow, 
besides  those  of  more  recent  date. 

Finally,  there  are  also  a  number  of  additional  American  names  con- 
nected with  isolated  publications  or  noteworthy  collections  pertaining 
to  ph3^sical  anthropology-,  which  will  deserve  a  more  extended  reference 
in  some  future  publication  on  this  subject.  They  include  men  like 
Emil  Bessels,  known  for  his  contribution  on  Eskimo  crania*'^  and  that 
on  "The  Human  Remains  found  among  the  Ancient  Ruins  of  South- 
western Colorado  and  Northern  New  Mexico;"^"*  A.  F.  Bandelier,  who 
collected  a  large  amount  of  skeletal  material  in  Bolivia  for  the  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  gave  us  several  publications  of  inter- 
est to  phj^sical  anthropology;  A.  F.  Chamberlin,  whose  activities  are 
so  recent  that  the}'  could  be  as  convenientlj^  treated  in  tlje  last  section  of 
this  memoir;  Dr.  Robert  Fletcher,  the  librarian  of  the  Army  Medical 
Museum,  who  gave  us  several  publications  bearing  directly  on  an- 
thropology;^" H.  Gillman,  who  wrote  on  crania  and  platycnemism  in 
Michigan;^''  Dr.  George  W.  Peckham,  to  whom  we  owe  a  contribution 

^'  Einige  Worte  uber  die  Inuit  (Eskimo)  des  Smith-Sundes,  nebst  Bemerkungen 
iiber  Inuit-Schadel,  Archiv  fur  Anthropologie,  1875-1876,  viii,  107-122. 

^*  Bull.  U.  S.  Geological  &  Geographical  Survey,  1876,  ii. 

^^  Paul  Broca  and  the  French  school  of  anthropology.  A  lecture  deliv.  in 
Nat.  Jklus.,  8vo,  Wash.,  1882,  32  pp.  Also  in  Saturday  Lect.,  Wash.,  1882,  113- 
142. 

On  prehistoric  trephining  and  cranial  amulets.  Contrib.  N.  Am.  Ethnol., 
Wash.,  1882,  v,  repr.,  30  pp.;  also  abstr.,  Tr.  Anthrop.  Soc,  Wash.,  1882,  i,  47-51. 

Human  proportion  in  art  and  anthropometry.     Cambridge,  8vo,  1883,  37  pp. 

The  new  school  of  criminal  anthropolo/i.,  Am.  Anthrop.,  Wash.,  1891,  iv; 
repr.  38  pp. 

Anatomy  and  art.     Bull.  Phil.  Soc.  Wasgy.  1895,  xii;  repr.  24  pp. 

"  See  p.  176. 


PHYSICAL   AXTHEOPOLOGY  77 

on  "The  Growth  of  Children'"  of  Z^klilwaukee;^"  M.  S.  Severance,  who 
gave  us  a  contribution  on  south-western  crania  ;^^  Paul  Schumacher, 
to  whom  we  owe  the  large  collections  of  California  crania  now  in  the 
Peabody  Museum^^  at  Cambridge  and  the  U.  S.  National  ^luseum;  Dr. 
Corbusier,  who  measured  some  of  the  south-western  Indians:  and  still 
others. 

The  history-  of  physical  anthropology"  in  ^Mexico.  Central  and  South 
America,  remains  to  be  written.  It  cannot  compare  in  richness  with 
that  of  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The  southern  countries  have 
served  more  as  the  resources  rather  than  the  home  of  our  branch  of  sci- 
ence. Their  literarj'  contributions  to  physical  anthropology-,  if  we 
exclude  those  of  foreign  and  the  still  li\Tng  authors,  are  verj'  meager. 
Ameghino's  pubhcations  on  the  subject  of  early  man  in  Ai'gentina, 
have  been  dealt  with  in  another  place. ''^  In  Peru  a  collection  of  crania 
had  been  made  by  Raimondi;  the  foreign  contributions  to  Peruvian 
anthropology-  are  given  in  the  writer's  reports  on  that  countiy.^  In 
Mexico,  if  we  exclude  what  has  been  done  relatively  recently,  we  have 
little  to  mention,  but  the  history  of  anthropology-  in  that  country  is 
being  prepared  by  Dr.  Nicolas  Leon. 

^^  6th  Ayinual  Report  State  Bd.  of  Health  of  Wisconsin. 

^^Mark  Siblej-  Severance  and  H.  C.  Yarrow — Notes  upon  human  crania  and 
skeletons  collected  bj-  the  expeditions  of  1872-74.  Rep.  U.  S.  Geog.  Sur.  west  of 
100th  INIeridian.  Wash..  1879.  vii.  391-397. 

^^ Sixteenth  Report  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  1884;  in,  233-259. 

^o  Early  man  in  South  America.     Bull.  52.  B.  A.  E..  Wash..  1912. 

^'Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  1911  and  1913. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY:   ITS   SCOPE   AND   AIMS;   ITS 
HISTORY  AND  PRESENT  STATUS  IN  AMERICA 

ALES  HRDLICKA 

C   Recent  History  and  Present  Status  of  the  Science  in  North 

America 

There  is  no  natural  line  of  clemarkation  that  would  separate  the  older 
from  the  more  recent  history  of  Physical  Anthropology  in  this  country 
and  it  is  even  impossible  to  draw  any  artificial  line.  The  division  here 
adopted,  into  the  history  of  the  branch  connected  with  workers  who  are 
no  more  with  us  and  that  connected  with  workers  still  living,  is  quite 
arbitrary  and  merely  for  the  purpose  of  facilitating  discussion. 

The  writer  would  fain  have  left  the  task  of  recording  the  recent  his- 
tory of  progress  in  this  branch  to  one  of  his  colleagues  and  had  enter- 
tained the  hope  that  Professor  MacCurdy  might  be  induced  to  take  up 
the  work,  but  owing  to  death  in  the  Professor's  family  and  other  un- 
toward circumstances,  this  could  not  be  done.  When  the  writer  finally 
assumed  the  task  he  found  it  embarrassed  with  many  difficulties,  and 
turned  for  needed  support  and  assistance  to  his  associates  on  the 
editorial  board  of  this  journal  where  he  met  with  generous  response. 
Professor  MacCurdy  in  particular  gave  valuable  assistance  by  placing 
at  the  writer's  disposal  his  manuscript  notes  on  "The  Academic  Teach- 
ing of  Anthropology"  in  this  country.  If  notwithstanding  the  help  thus 
freely  tendered  the  writer  and  his  own  prolonged  research  in  the  field, 
the  account  here  presented  should  not  be  found  free  of  imperfections, 
this  will  be  due  largely  to  the  loss  of  precious  personal  information  on 
certain  points  that  could  have  been  furnished  by  such  men  as  Brin- 
ton,  Putnam,  McGee  and  Mason ;  to  the  many  obstacles  in  the  way  of 
securing,  even  with  the  help  of  the  authors  themselves,  complete  error- 
less bibliographies;  and  to  the  difficulty  of  adequately  appraising  the 
important  personal  influence  of  various  workers,  besides  that  of  their 
literary  productions. 

The  recent  history  of  Physical  Anthropology  in  this  country  may  be 
said  to  begin  with  the  coming  into  existence  of  the  Army  Medical 
Museum  in  Washington,  and  the  Peabody  Museum  in  Boston,  both 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  79 

established,  curiously  enough,  in  the  same  3'ear  (1866).  Research  in 
the  field  received  great  stimulus  from  Bowditch's  work  on  children  in 
Boston  in  1877;  in  the  foundation  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Eth- 
nology, and  the  organization  of  the  Washington  Anthropological  So- 
ciety, 1879;  in  the  completion  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum,  1881; 
in  the  formation  of  the  section  of  Anthropology  in  the  American  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  1882;  in  the  foundation  at 
Washington  of  the  American  Anthropologist,  1888;  in  the  organization 
of  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Clark  University,  Worcester, 
Mass.,  1889;  in  the  wo»rk  undertaken  on  the  Indian  tribes  hy  the  De- 
partment of  Ethnology  of  the  Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago,  1891; 
in  the  estabUshment  of  Departments  of  Anthropology  at  Colmnbia' 
University,  1892,  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  1894, 
and  at  the  Field  Columbian  Museum,  1892-4;  in  the  institution  of  the 
Hyde  expeditions  to  the  southwestern  and  Mexican  tribes,  for  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  1899;  in  the  organization  of  the 
American  Anthropological  Association,  1902;  in  the  establishment  of 
the  Division  of  Physical  Anthropology  in  the  United  States  National 
Museum,  1903;  and  in  the  foundation  the  same  year,  of  the  Museum 
and  Professorship  of  Anthropology  at  the  University  of  California. 
Additional  agencies  that  contributed  to  the  development  of  the  branch 
in  the  United  States,  were  the  establishment  of  collections  and  courses 
of  instruction  in  Anthropology  at  Yale  University,  at  the  University 
of  Chicago,  and  at  the  University  of  Minnesota;  together  with  the  for- 
mation of  important  gatherings  of  anthropological  material  at  the 
Wistar  Institute,  at  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
and  at  other  centers  of  scientific  activity.  To  which  varied  agencies 
must  be  added  similar  though  more  limited  activities  in  Canada  and 
Mexico. 

As  may  be  appreciated  from  the  outline  just  given  the  field  which 
confronts  us  is  rather  complex  and  extensive  and  it  is  evident  that  at 
best  full  justice  can  not  be  done  the  subject  within  the  brief  scope  of 
this  article.  Even  the  method  of  proper  approach  of  the  subject 
presents  unusual  difficulties.  Chronological  treatment  of  the  develop- 
ments, which  were  mostly  unconnected,  except  in  rough  lines,  appears 
almost  impracticable,  and  the  only  plan  promising  reasonable  success 
is  that  of  deahng  separately  and  succinctly  with  institution  after  in- 
stitution, organization  after  organization.  This  plan  has  been  adopted 
and,  to  avoid  possible  partiality,  it  was  decided  to  treat  of  the  various 
institutions  and  organizations  in  geographical  order,  rather  than  on 


80  ALES   HRDLICKA 

any  other  plan.  Institutions  which  have  no  anthropological  collec- 
tions and  which  do  not  contribute  directly  to  research  in  physical 
anthropology,  even  though  more  or  less  attention  to  the  subject  be 
given  in  their  lecture  courses,  must  for  the  present  be  omitted  from 
consideration. 

CAMBRIDGE,    MASSACHUSETTS 

The  recent  as  the  older  history  of  Physical  Anthropology  at  Cam- 
bridge is  confined  almost  entirely  to  the  Peabody  Museum  and  Harvard 
University. 

Associated  at  the  Peabody  Museum  with  Professor  Putnam,  and 
devoting  some  of  their  time  to  anthropological  work,  were,  as  has 
already  been  mentioned  in  Part  D,  at  first  Miss  C.  A.  Studley  (1882-6) , 
and  later  (1877-1894)  Mr.  Lucien  Carr. 

The  next  disciple  and  associate  of  Professor  Putnam  who  contrib- 
uted to  research  in  somatology,  and  who  is  still  living,  was  George  A. 
Dorsey.  After  collaborating  with  Professor  Putnam  during  the  World's 
Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago,  he  became  in  1894  Assistant  in  An- 
thropology at  the  Peabody  Museum,  and  shortly  after  that  Instructor 
in  Anthropology  at  Harvard  University.  In  1896,  however,  he  left 
Harvard  to  accept  the  position  of  Assistant  Curator  in  Anthropology 
at  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Chicago.  The  course  he 
commenced  at  Harvard  in  1894-5,  was  in  general  Anthropology,  the 
first  part  only  being  devoted  to  Somatology.^ 

In  1897  the  place  vacated  by  Dorsey  was  taken  by  Frank  S.  Russell, 
and  thenceforward  Physical  Anthropology  received  additional  atten- 
tion; Russell's  health  however  soon  began  to  fail,  obliging  him  to  curtail 
his  work,  until  in  1903  he  succumbed  to  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  His 
writings  are  listed  in  Section  B. 

Russell's  place,  after  his  death,  was  given  to  Wilham  C.  Farabee,  who 
took  up  almost  exclusively  the  teaching  of  Physical  Anthropology, 
together  with  the  care  of  the  collections  and  exhibits  in  that  branch. 
He  in  turn  resigned  in  1912  to  accept  a  position  at  the  Museum  of  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  His  published  contributions  to  Physical 
Anthropology  are  as  follows: 

1  See  Dorsey,    George  A.,  History  of  the  Study  of  Anthropology  at  Harvard 
University.     The  Denison  Quarterly,  iv,  No.  2,  1896,  77-97. 
For  his  bibliography  see  final  section  of  this  memoir. 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  81 

Notes  on  negro  albinism.     Science,  1903,  xvii,  75. 

Inheritance  of  digital  malfoimations  in  man.     Peabody  Mus.  Papers,  1905.  iii, 

No.  3,  69-77. 
The  Amazon  Expedition  of  the  University  Museum.     Mus.  J.,  Univ.  Pa.,  Phila. 

1916,  VII,  No.  4,  210-244. 

In  1913  Doctor  Farabee  was  succeeded  at  the  Peabody  Museum  by 
Dr.  E.  A.  Hooton,  the  present  incumbent  of  the  position,  who  devotes 
his  time  exclusively  to  somatology. 

The  history  of  the  development  of  instruction  in  Physical  Anthro- 
pology at  Harvard  (Peabody  Museum)  is  quite  instructive.  Teaching 
in  the  branch  began  in  1890,  as  a  small  part  of  the  general  course  in 
Anthropology.2  In  1895  the  first  part  of  the  course  was  devoted  to 
Somatology  and  instruction  extended  to  laboratory  work  which  in- 
cluded "the  comparison  and  identification  of  the  bones  of  man  with 
those  of  other  mammals;  the  description  and  measurement  of  the 
human  skeleton;  comparison  of  corresponding  bones  in  different  races; 
the  study  of  the  skin,  hair,  etc.,  and  anthropometry  or  the  measure- 
ments and  relations  of  different  parts  of  the  human  body."  In 
1897-8,  under  Russell,  there  was  a  half  course  of  three  hours  a  week 
devoted  to  Physical  Anthropology,  to  which  was  added  some  labora- 
tory work.  In  1911-12,  under  Farabee,  Physical  Anthropology  had  a 
course  extending  throughout  the  session.  Hooton,  who  in  1913  was 
appointed  Assistant  Curator  and  in  1914  Curator  of  Somatology  at 
the  Museum,  gave  in  1914-15  in  addition  to  the  regular  course  in 
Physical  Anthropology  also  an  advanced  course  in  that  branch,  and 
instruction  in  Criminal  Anthropology  and  Race  Mixture.  During 
1914-16  the  old  lecture  room  at  the  Peabody  Museum  was  converted 
into  the  Student  Laboratory  of  Physical  Anthropology,  while  addi- 
tional facilities  were  provided  for  lectures  and  for  research  work  by 
advanced  students  on  material  in  the  Museum,  at  the  same  tune  the 
exhibition  and  storage  space  for  Physical  Anthropology  being  greatly 
enlarged.  Between  1915  and  1917  new  exhibits  in  Physical  Anthro- 
pology were  installed  and  the  laboratory  facilities  increased.  At  pres- 
ent the  course  in  Physical  Anthropology  at  Harvard  comprises  one 
two-hour  lecture  and  four  hours  laboratory  work  per  week  throughout 
the  college  year,  in  addition  to  reading.  A  piece  of  original  investiga- 
tion is  given  the  student  in  the  second  half  of  the  course.  The  average 
number  of  students  is  not  large  (about  9),  but  more  attend  the  course 
on  Criminal  Anthropology  and  Race  Mixture;  besides  which  lectures  on 

-  For  most  of  this  information  the  writer  is  indebted  to  Doctor  Hooton. 


82  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Somatology  are  given  during  the  first  month  of  the  general  course,  which 
are  attended  by  75  to  100  students. 

In  1917  the  Harvard  Medical  School  recognized  the  usefulness  of 
Physical  Anthropology  by  appointing  Doctor  Hooton  Fellow  in  Anat- 
omy and  having  him  give  lectures  on  Physical  Anthropology  to  the 
first  year  anatomy  class,  to  the  fourth  year  course  in  Orthodontia,  and 
to  the  Graduate  School  of  Medicine. 

Doctor  Hooton's  published  contributions  to  Physical  Anthropology 
since  his  advent  at  Harvard  are  as  follows: 

Saxon  graveyard  at  East  Shefford,  Berks,  by  Harold  Peake  and  E.  A.  Hooton. 
.J.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  1915,  xlv,  92-103.     (Osteological  part  by  E.  A.  H.) 

Notes  on  skeletal  remains  from  Martha's  Vineyard.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1916,  N.  S. 
XVIII,  98-104. 

Some  anthropological  comments  upon  the  so-called  "herbivorous"  and  "car- 
nivorous" types  of  man.  Boston  Med.  &  Surg.  J.,  1916,  clxxiv,  No.  4,  127- 
131. 

The  evolution  of  the  human  face  and  its  relation  to  head  form.  Dental  Cosmos, 
1916,  LViii;  No.  3,  272-282. 

The  relation  of  physical  anthropology  to  medical  science.  Med.  Rev.  of  Revs., 
1916,  XXII  No.  4,  260-264. 

Preliminary  remarks  on  the  archaeology  and  physical  anthropology  of  Tenerife. 
Am.  Anthrop.,  1916,  n.  s.,  xviii,  358-365. 

Oral  surgery  in  Egypt  during  the  Old  Empire.  Harvard  African  Studies,  Cam- 
bridge, 1917,  I,  29-32. 

On  certain  Eskimoid  characters  in  Icelandic  skulls.  Am.  J.  Phy.  Anthrop., 
Wash.,  1918,  I,  53-76. 

Outside  of  the  Peabody  Museum  the  recent  history  of  Anthropology 
in  Boston  is  confined  with  one  exception  to  the  activities  of  individuals. 

The  exception  is  the  Warren  Anatomical  Museum  of  the  Harvard 
Medical  School.  This  Museum,  now  housed  in  a  palatial  edifice,  con- 
tains very  important  osteological  collections  which  include  valuable 
anthropological  material.  These  collections  will  be  described  on  an- 
other occasion.  While  the  Museum  as  such  has  given  no  direct  atten- 
tion to  Anthropology,  many  of  its  specimens  have  been  described  or 
studied  by  Professor  Thomas  Dwight.  In  addition  numerous  speci- 
mens of  Peruvian  trephining  now  in  the  Museum  have  been  de- 
scribed by  Dr.  Julio  C,  Tello  by  whom  they  were  collected  (Prehis- 
toric Trephining  among  the  Yauyos  of  Peru,  Proc.  18th  Intern.  Con- 
gress Americanists  London,  1913,  75-83).  The  Curator  of  the  Mu- 
seum, Dr.  William 'F.  Whitney,  has  also  published  some  interesting 
studies  on  the  skeletal  remains  in  the  Peabody  Museum  (Notes  on  the 


PHYSICAL   ANTHEOPOLOGY  83 

Anomalies,  Injuries  and  Diseases  of  the  Bones  of  the  Native  Race  of 
North  America.     Peabody  Museum  Reports,  iii,  433-448,  1886). 

The  work  of  Prof.  Thomas  Dwight,  recently  deceased  (1843-1911),^ 
is  so  modern  that  it  belongs  properly  to  this  section,  and  so  substantial 
that  it  deserves  more  than  a  passing  notice. 

Professor  Dwight  was  particularly  interested  in  skeletal  anomalies 
and  skeletal  variation,  and  for  many  years  was  an  assiduous  worker  in 
these  directions.  The  results  are  embodied  in  a  series  of  valuable 
articles,  pubHshed  partly  in  American,  partly  in  European  journals. 
He  was  also  actively  interested  in  the  development  of  the  Warren 
Anatomical  Museum  and  added  many  a  valuable  specimen  to  its 
collections. 

His  services  to  Physical  Anthropology  can  be  clearly  seen  from  his 
bibhography  relating  to  this  branch.  He  contributed  particularly  to 
our  knowledge  of  the  anomaUes  of  the  carpal  and  tarsal  bones,  and  to 
the  variations  of  the  sternum,  the  scapula,  the  articular  surfaces  of 
the  long  bones,  and  the  spine.  An  event  of  great  interest  was  his 
discovery  in  1904  of  a  complete  bony  supracondyloid  bridge  on  a 
human  arm  bone.  This,  so  far  as  known  a  unique  specimen  of  its 
nature,  is  preserved  in  the  Warren  Museum. 

Curiously,  Professor  Dwight  hke  so  many  eminent  men  brought  up 
in  his  time,  had  certain  reservations  on  the  subjects  of  man's  anti- 
.quity  and  evolution.  His  publications  of  interest  to  Physical  Anthro- 
pology follow: 

A  contribution  to  the  anatomy  of  the  jugular  foramen.     Am.  J.  Med.  Sciences, 

66,  1873. 
Remarks  on  the  brain,  illustrated  by  the  description  of  the  brain  of  a  distin- 
guished man  (Chauncy  Wright).     Proc.  Am.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sciences,  1877, 

XIII,  210-215. 
The  identification   of   the  human  skeleton;  Commun.  Mass.  Med.  Soc,  1878, 

XII,  165-218. 
The  sternum  as  an  index  of  sex  and  age.     J.  Anat.  &  Phys.,  1881,  xv,  327-330. 
The  significance  of  bone  structure.     Mem.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1886,  iv,  1-15. 
Account  of  two  spines  with  cervical  ribs,  one  of  which  has  a  vertebra  suppressed, 

and  absence  of  the  anterior  arch  of  the  atlas.     J.  Anat.  &  Phys.,  1887,  xxi, 

539-550. 
The  range  of  variation  of  the  human  shoulderblade.     Am.  Naturalist,  July,  1887, 

627-638. 

3  Obituary  notices  in  Bost.  M.  &  S.  J.,  1911,  465-467;  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,  1911, 
1067;  and  in  Anat.  Rec,  1911,  v,  531-539  (with  a  bibliography— not  quite  com- 
plete). 


84  ALES   HRDLICKA  ^    ' 

The  significance  of  the  third  trochanter  and  of  similar  bony  processes  in  man. 

J.  Anat.  &  Phys.,  1890,  xxiv,  61-68. 
The  closure  of  the  cranial  sutures  as  a  sign  of  age.     Bost.  Med.  &  Surg.  Journ., 

1890,  cxxii. 
The  sternum  as  an  index  of  sex  and  age.     J.  Anat.  &  Phys.,  1890,  xxiv,  527-535 
Irregular  union  of  the  first  and  second  pieces  of  the  sternum  in  man  and  apes. 

J.  Anat.  &  Phys.,  1890,  xxiv,  536-542. 
Fossa  praenasalis.     Am.  J.  Med.  Sciences,  Feb..  1892. 
Observations  on  the  psoas  parvus  and  pyramidalis:  a  study  of  variation.     Proc. 

Am.  Philos.  Soc,  1893,  xxxi,  117-123. 
The  range  and  significance  of  variation  in  the  human  skeleton.     The  Shattuck 

Lecture.     Pub.  of  the  Mass.  Med.  Soc,  1894,  8°,  29  pp. 
Statistics  of  variations,  with  remarks  on  the  use  of  this  method  in  Anthropology. 

Anat.  Anz.,  1894,  x,  209-215. 
Methods  of  estimating  the  height  from  parts  of  the  skeleton.     Med.  Record, 

1904,  xLvi,  293-296. 
The  significance  of  anomalies.     Am.  Naturalist,  1895,  xxix,  130-135. 
Notes  on  the  dissection  and  brain  of  the  chimpanzee  "Gumbo."     Mem.  Bost. 

Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1895,  v,  31-52. 
Remarkable  skulls.     J.  Bost.  Soc.  Med.  Sci.,  1899,  iv,  52-54. 
Description  of  the  human  spines  showing  numerical  variation,  in  the  Warren 

Museum  of  the  Harvard  Medical  School.    Mem.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  1901, 

V,  237-312. 
Os    intercuneiforme    tarsi,    Os    paracuneiforme    tarsi.    Calcaneus    secundarius. 

Anat.  Anz.,  1902,  xx,  465-472. 
The  intercuneiform  bone  of  the  foot.     A  new  bone.     J.  Med.  Research,  1902, 

VII. 

A  separate  subcapitatum  in  both  hands,  Anat.  Anz.,  1904,  xxiv,  253-255. 

The  diagnosis  of  anatomical   anomalies   causing  malposition  of  the  head,  and 

distortion  of  the  face.     J.  Med.  Research,  1904,  xii,  17-39. 
A  bony  supracondyloid  process  in  man.     With  remarks  about  supracondyloid 

and  other  processes  from  the  lower  end  of  the  humerus.     Am.  J.  Anat., 

1904,  III,  221-228. 
The  size  of  the  articular  surfaces  of  the  long  bones  as  characteristic  of  sex:  an 

anthropological  study.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1904-5,  iv,  19-31. 
Mutations.     Science,  1905,  n.  s.  xxi,  529-532. 
Numerical  variation  in  the  human  spine.      Anat.    Anz.,   1906,    xxviii,  33-40, 

96-102. 
Variations  of  the  bones  of  the  hands  and  feet.     A  clinical  atlas.     8°,  Phila.  and 

London,  1907.     25  pp,  36  pi. 
Concomitant  assimilation  of  the  atlas  and  occiput  with  the  manifestation  of  an 

occipital  vertebra.     Anat.  Record,  1909,  iii,  321-333. 
A  criticism  of  Pfitzner's  theory  of  the  carpus  and  tarsus.     Anat.  Anz.,   1909 

XXXV,  366-70. 
Description  of  a  free  Cuboides  secundarium,  with  remarks  on  that  element,  and 

on  the  Calcaneus  secundarius.     Anat.  Anz.,  1910,  xxxvii,  218-224. 
Free  Cuboides  secundarium  on  both  feet,  with  some  further  remarks  on  Pfitzner's 

theory.     Anat.  Anz.,  1911,  xxxix,  410-414. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  85 

The  individual  workers  in  Boston  who  during  the  last  few  decades 
have  contributed  materially  to  Physical  Anthropology  and  who  are 
still  with  us,  are  Prof.  WiUiam  Z.  Ripley,  sociologist,  anthropologist 
and  economist,  and  Dr.  Dudley  Allen  Sargent,  director  of  physical 
training  at  the  Harvard  University. 

Wm.  Z.  Ripley,  since  1901  professor  of  political  economy  at  Harvard, 
lectured  from  1893  to  1901  in  sociology  and  anthropology  in  Columbia 
University,  but  occupied  also  during  the  larger  part  of  this  period  the 
chair  of  assistant  professor  of  sociology,  and  eventually  that  of  pro- 
fessor of  economics,  at  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  In 
the  fall  of  1896  he  delivered  before  the  Lowell  Institute  of  Boston  a 
series  of  lectures  on  "Physical  Geography  and  Anthropology,"  an  out- 
growth of  which  was,  in  1899,  the  publication  of  his  well  known  volume 
on  "The  Races  of  Europe,""*  supplemented  by  a  bibliography  of  the 
anthropology  and  ethnology  of  Europe.^  Other  contributions  of  Pro- 
fessor Ripley  to  the  subject  of  Physical  Anthropology  are  as  follows: 

Une  carte  de  I'indice  cephalique  en  Europe.     L'Anthrop.,  1896,  vii,  513-525. 
Acclimatization.     Bibliography.     Appleton's  Popular  Science  Monthly,  N.  Y., 

1896,  XLViii,  662-675,  779-793. 
Ethnic  influences  in  vital  statistics.     Pub.  Amer.  Stat.  Ass.,  Boston,  1896,  v. 

18-40. 
The  form  of  the  head  as  influenced  by  growth.     Science,  1896,  n.  s.,  in,  888-889. 
The  racial  geography  of  Europe.     Appleton's  Popular  Science  Monthly,  N.  Y., 

1897-9. 
Deniker's  classification  of  the  races  of  Europe.     J.  Anthrop.  Inst.,  1898,  n.  s., 

I,  166-173,  map. 
The  European  population  of  the  United  States.     The  Huxley  Memorial  Lecture 

for  1908.     J.  Royal  Anthrop.  Inst.  Gr.  Brit.  &  Ire.,  1908,  xxxviii,  221-240. 
Races  in  the  United  States.     Atlantic  Monthly,  1908,  745-759. 
Physical  education  in  colleges.     North  Am.  Rev.,  Feb.  1883,  cxxxvi,  166. 

The  work  of  Dr.  Dudley  A.  Sargent,  at  the  Harvard  University,  has 
been  directed  entirely  toward  the  physical  development  and  training 
of  the  students.  It  has  given  rise  to  an  extensive  introduction  of  his 
system  in  American  colleges  and  has  resulted  in  much  improvement  in 
the  physical  condition  of  the  students.  Regrettably,  however,  the  at- 
tention given  to  the  practical  side  of  the  work  has  been  so  prepon- 
derant that  its  scientific  possibilities  received  but  little  attention. 
New  measurements  were  adopted  and  new  instruments  developed;  the 
observations  are  generally  carried  on  by  men  and  women  who,  even  if 

*  8°,  N.  Y.,  D.  Appleton  &  Co. 

5  Published  by  the  Public  Library  of  the  City  of  Boston. 


86  ALES    HRDLICKA 

medical  graduates,  have  little  knowledge  of  anthropology;  and  the 
results  are  that  a  large  proportion  of  the  observations  obtained  remains 
outside  the  reahn  of  anthropology,  have  no  claim  to  scientific  accuracy 
and  are  indeed  lost  to  our  science.  Doctor  Sargent  himself,  however, 
has  published  a  number  of  papers  which  are  of  distinct  value  to  physical 
anthropology.     The  following  is  a  hst  of  these: 

The  physical  proportions  of  the  typical  man.     Scribner's  Mag.,  July,  1887,  3-17- 

The  physical  characteristics  of  the  athlete.  Scribner's  Mag.,  Nov.,  1887,  541- 
561. 

Anthropometric  apparatus,  with  directions  for  measuring  and  testing  the  princi- 
pal physical  characteristics  of  the  human  body.     4°,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  1887. 

The  physical  development  of  women.     Scribner's  Mag.,  Feb.    1889,  172-185. 

Anthropometric  charts  for  different  ages,  male  and  female,  ranging  from  10 
to  26  years  of  age.     Cambridge,  Mass.,  1893. 

Physical  state  of  the  American  people.  In  "The  United  States  of  America," 
1894,  II,  452-475. 

Physical  exercise  and  longevity.     North  Am.  Rev.,  May,  1897. 

WORCESTER,    MASSACHUSETTS 

One  of  the  earliest  modern  foci  of  physical  anthropology  in  this 
country  developed  at  Clark  University.  This  University  was  in  fact 
the  first  to  recognize  Anthropology  (general)  as  "a  fit  and  proper 
subject  for  post-graduate  researches  and  investigations  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Ph.D.,  and  the  first  university  to  confer  such  a  degree.'"^ 

In  1888  Dr.  G.  Stanley  Hall,  who  though  primarily  a  psychologist 
has  always  been  keenly  interested  in  anthropological  problems,  be- 
came Professor  of  Psychologj^  as  well  as  President  of  the  University, 
and  under  his  influence  a  year  later  we  find  estabhshed  at  the  Uni- 
versity, as  a  part  of  the  Department  of  Psychology,  a  sub-Department  of 
Anthropology,  with  Dr.  Franz  Boas  as  Docent. 

For  about  six  years  prior  to  this.  Doctor  Boas  had  been  active  in  the 
ethnology  and  anthropology  of  the  Eskimo  and  of  the  Indian  tribes  of 
northwestern  Canada.  AVhile  at  Clark  University  he  continued  partly 
in  the  same  direction,  but  began  also,  under  the  influence  doubtless 
of  the  work  of  Henry  P.  Bowditch,  to  pay  close  attention  to  the  prob- 
lems connected  with  growth  of  children.  With  the  assistance  of  G. 
M.  West,  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  T.  L.  Bolton  and  J.  F.  Reigard,  over  3,000 
children  of  Worcester  were  measured.     Some  of  the  results  of  this 

«  Chamberlain  (A.  F.),  Anthropology  (at  the  C.  U.).  Clark  Univ.,  1880- 
1890,  Decennial  Celebration  volume,  8°,  Worcester,  Mass.,  1899,  148-160. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  87 

work  were  in  1892  discussed  by  Doctor  Boas  in  Science  (see  bibliog- 
raphy, p.  292),  while  the  main  results  were  published  the  same  year 
by  Dr.  West.  West's  report  appeared  under  the  title  "Anthropo- 
metrische  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Schulkinder  in  Worcester,  Mass., 
Amerika,"  in  the  Archiv  fiir  Anthro'pologie,  1893,  xxii,  13-48. 

In  November,  1890,  Doctor  West  was  appointed  Fellow  in  Anthro- 
pology at  the  University,  and  devoted  himself  to  consideration  of  the 
physical  side  of  the  science,  taking,  as  already  mentioned,  a  promi- 
nent part  in  anthropometric  investigations  on  the  children  of  the 
Worcester  schools.  During  the  summer  of  1891  he  was  engaged  in 
anthropological  measurements  of  the  Indian  tribes  of  Quebec  and  the 
maritime  provinces  of  Canada.  Appointed  Assistant  in  Anthropology 
in  1891,  he  continued  in  that  position  until  the  close  of  the  academic 
year  1891-2,  when  he  became  associated  with  Doctor  Boas  in  the 
sub-Department  of  Anthropology  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition, 
having  charge  of  the  anthropological  investigations  during  Doctor 
Boas'  absence  in  Europe.  After  the  Exposition  he  was  for  a  short  time 
connected,  as  somatologist,  with  the  Department  of  Anthropology  of 
the  Field  Columbian  jNIuseum. 

Doctor  West  in  addition  to  the  already  mentioned  report  on  the 
examination  of  the  children  at  Worcester,  has  pubUshed  the  following 
contributions  to  physical  anthropology: 

The  status  of  the  negro  in  Virginia  during  the  colonial  period.  Thesis  for  Doc- 
torate.,    N.  Y.,  1890,  76  pp. 

The  growth  of  the  breadth  of  the  face.     Science,  1891,  xviii,  10-11. 

Eye-tests  on  school  children.     Am.  J.  Psychol.,  1892,  iv,  595-596 

The  growth  of  the  body,  head,  and  face.     Science,  1893,  xxi,  2-4. 

The  anthropometry  of  American  school  children.  Mem.  Internat.  Cong.  An- 
throp.,  1893  (Chicago,  1894),  50-58. 

The  growth  of  the  human  body.     Educ.  Rev.,  1896,  xii,  284-289. 

In  1891-2,  after  Doctor  Boas  was  called  from  Clark  University  to 
.the  Department  of  Anthropology  of  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition, 
at  Chicago,  Mr.  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  then  a  fellow  in  anthropology  at 
the  University,  became  Lecturer  there  on  that  subject.  In  1911,  he 
was  made  a  full  professor  of  anthropology  at  the  Clark  University. 

Professor  Chamberlain  (^1914)  \^as  essentially  an  ethnologist, 
linguist  and  bibliographer.  His  services  to  physical  anthropology 
consisted  mainly  of  numerous  annotated  references  to  pubHcations  in 
this  branch  of  science  which  he  published  during  many  years  in  the 
American  Anthropologist.     As  an  associate  of  Boas,  however,  he  took 


88  ALES   HRDLICKA 

part  in  the  measurement  of  the  children  at  Worcester,  and  later  super- 
intended measurements  of  the  school  children  at  Toronto.  In  1891  he 
also  carried  on,  under  the  auspices  of  the  British  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science,  anthropological  investigations  among  the 
Kootenay  of  Canada,  which  included  measurements  and  somatological 
observations  of  the  people.  His  courses  at  the  University  as  well  as 
his  special  lectures  dealt  in  part  with  the  more  general  aspects  of 
physical  anthropology.  His  published  contributions  relating  more  or 
less  directly  to  this  branch  are: 

Observations  on  the  relation  of  physical  development  to  intellectual  ability, 

made  on  the  school  children  of  Toronto,  Canada.     Science,  1896,  n.  s.  iv, 

156-159. 
African  and  American;  the  contact  of  the  negro  and  the  Indian.     Science,  1891, 

XVII,  85-90. 
Physial  Characteristics  [of  the  Kootenay    Indians].     Eighth   Report    on    the 

North-Western  tribes  of  Canada,  Proc.  B.  A.  A.  S.,  London,  1892,  38-45. 
Human  physiognomy  and  physial  characteristics  in  folk-lore  and  folk-speech. 

J.  Am.  Folk-Lore,  1893,  vi,  13-24. 
Anthropology  in  universities  and  colleges      Pedagogical  Seminary,  Oct.,  1894, 

III,  48-60. 
Primitive  Anthropometry  and  its  Folk-lore.     Proc.  A.  A.  A.  S.,    1894,  xLiii, 

348-349. 
Darwin  and  Lincoln.     An  anniversary  address.     Evening  Gazette,  Feb.  8,  1898, 

Worcester,  Mass. 
The  "child  type."     Pedagogical  Seminary,  1899,  v,  471-474. 
Report  and  history  of  the  Department  of  Anthropology,  Clark  University,  1889- 

1899.  Decennial  Celebration  Volume,  Clark  University,  1889-1899,  148-160. 
Some  recent  anthropometric  studies.  Pedagogical  Seminary,  1901,  xiii,  239-257. 
The  American  Indian  elements  in  the   Philippines.     Am.   Antiquarian,    1902, 

xxxiv,  97-100;  also  Handbook  American  Indian,  B.  A.  E.,  1910,  ii,  51-53. 
The  child:  a  study  in  the  evolution  of  man.     8°,  London,  1903. 
Iroquois  in  northwestern  Canada.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1904,  vi,  459-463. 
Anthropological  activities  of  Clark  University,  1902-1906.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1906, 

viii,  491-493. 

Since  the  death  of  Professor  Chamberlain  no  appointment  to  the 
chair  of  Anthropology  has  been  made  at  Clark  University,  though  some 
lectures  on  the  subject  have  been  given  by  Dr.  A.  N.  Gilbertson  and 
others.  Beginning  with  1910,  there  is  published  under  the  able  edi- 
torship of  Prof.  G.  Stanley  Hall  The  Journa^  of  Race  Development, 
which  includes  articles  of  direct  value  to  physical  anthropology.  Of 
interest  to  our  branch  is  also  Professor  Hall's  Adolescence,  1904,  2 
vols.     (See  Am.  Anthrop.,  vi,  539.) 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  89 

THE    PHILLIPS   ACADEMY,    ANDOVER,    MASSACHUSETTS 

In  1901  a  Department  of  Archaeology  was  founded  in  this  Academy 
by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Singleton  Peabody,  and  in  connection  with 
this  Department  Dr.  Charles  Peabody,  Mr.  W.  K.  Moorehead,  and  Dr. 
Alfred  V.  Kidder  have  conducted  explorations  in  Maine,  New  Bruns- 
wick, Missouri,  Arkansas,  and  in  the  Pueblo  region,  during  which 
careful  attention  was  given  to  the  collection  of  skeletal  material.  The 
excavations  of  the  cemeteries  at  Pecos,  N.  M.,  by  Doctor  Kidder  have 
been  particularly  fruitful  in  this  respect;  though  not  yet  completed 
they  have  already  yielded  parts  of  upwards  of  650  skeletons,  material 
which  is  well  dated  and  will  eventually  constitute  a  standard  series  of 
much  value.  Since  1917  there  is  also  attached  to  the  Department  Dr. 
Carl  E.  Guthe,  who  has  recently  completed  an  interesting  study  on 
the  Boston  Russian  Jews: 

Notes  on  the  cranial  index  of  Russian  Jews  in  Boston.     Am.  J.  Phy.  Anthrop., 
Wash.,  1918,  I,  No.  2. 

SMITH    COLLEGE,    NORTHAMPTON,    MASSACHUSETTS 

Dating  from  1892  the  chair  of  the  Department  of  Zoology  of  this 
College  has  been  held  by  Dr.  H.  H.  Wilder,  who  besides  his  other 
studies  has  given  considerable  attention  to  Physical  Anthropology. 
He  has  been  particularly  interested  in  the  study  of  the  epidermic  ridge 
patterns  of  the  human  palms  and  soles,  and  in  their  value  as  racial 
criteria,  as  important  data  for  the  study  of  heredity,  and  as  a  prac- 
tical means  of  personal  identification.  Some  of  these  investigations 
have  been  carried  on  in  conjunction  with  his  wife,  Mrs.  Inez  Whipple 
Wilder.  Mention  may  be  made,  too,  of  his  work  on  the  plastic  restora- 
tion of  faces  on  skulls,  including  both  recent  and  prehistoric  types,  and 
the  excavation  of  skeletons  of  Western  Massachusetts  Indians  with  the 
study  of  their  modes  of  interment.  Beginning  in  1905  Professor  Wilder 
has  offered  a  course  in  general  anthropology  and  since  1912-13  also  a 
brief  general  graduate  course  in  physical  anthropology. 

The  list  of  Professor  Wilder's  pubHcations  touching  on  Physical 
Anthropology  is  as  follows: 

On  the  disposition  of  the  epidermic  folds  upon  the  palms  and  soles  of  primates. 

Anat.  Anzeiger,  1897,  xiii,  250-256. 
Palms  and  soles.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1902,  i,  No.  4,  423-441. 
Scientific  palmistry  (not  exactly  what  its  name  denotes).     Pop.  Sci.  Monthly, 

Nov.  1902,  41-54. 
Palm  and  sole  impressions,  and  their  use  for  purposes  of  personal  identification. 

Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  Sept.  1903,  385-410. 


90  ALES   HRDLICKA 

The  restoration  of  dried  tissues  with  especial  reference  to  human  remains.     Am. 

Anthrop.,  1904,  vi,  1-17. 
Racial  differences  in  palm  and  sole  configuration.     I.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1904,  vi, 

244-293  (Maya,  Chinese,  American  Negroes);  II.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1913,  xv, 

189-207  (Liberian  Negroes). 
Duplicate  twins  and  double  monsters.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1904,  iii.  No.  4,  387-472. 
Zur  korper   chen  Identitiit  bei  Zwillingen.     Anat.  Anz.,  1908,  xxxii,  193-200. 
Palm  and  sole  studies.     Biol.  Bull.,  Feb. -Mar.  1916,  xxx.  No.  2,  135-172,  and 

No.  3,  211-252. 
The  position  of  the  body  in  aboriginal  interments  in  Western  Massachusetts. 

Am.  Anthrop.,  1917,  xix,  372-387.     (In  conjunction  with  R.  W.  Whipple.) 
Restoration  of  a  cliff-dweller.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1917,  xix,  388-391. 
Personal  identification.    8vo,  Boston,  1918,  374  pp.,  numerous  illustrations. 

A  former  student  of  Professor  Wilder,  Miss  Inez  Whipple  (now  Mrs. 
Harris  H.  Wilder),  published  "The  ventral  surface  of  the  mammalian 
chiridium,  with  especial  reference  to  the  condition  found  in  man,"  in 
Schwalbe's  Zeits.  f.  Morph.  u.  Anthrop.,  1904,  vii,  261-368.  The 
conditions  observed  in  the  lower  mammals  and  especially  the  pri- 
mates, furnish  a  key  to  the  more  complex  conditions  found  in  man,  and 
the  whole  work  is  of  importance  for  the  study  of  the  human  palms  and 
soles. 

Another  student  of  Professor  Wilder,  Miss  Marian  Vera  Knight, 
has  recently  published  a  memoir  on  "The  craniometry  of  southern  New 
England  Indians,"  4°,  Yale  University  Press,  New  Haven,  Conn.,  1915, 
35  pp. 

YALE    UNIVERSITY,    NEW   HAVEN,    CONNECTICUT 

The  development  of  Physical  Anthropology  at  Yale  University  is 
essentially  connected  with  Doctor  MacCurdy,  Instructor  in  Anthro- 
pology at  the  University  1898-1900,  Lecturer  in  Anthropology  and 
Curator  of  the  anthropological  collections  1902-10,  Assistant  Professor 
of  Prehistoric  Archeology  and  Curator  of  the  Anthropological  Collec- 
tions 1910 — .  Lectures  touching  on  Physical  Anthropology  were  also 
given  at  the  University,  until  his  death,  by  Wm.  G.  Sumner,  Professor 
of  Political  and  Social  Science,  but  they  extended  to  little  more  than 
general  information  on  the  subject.^ 

'  Consult  in  this  connection  Geo.  G.  MacCurdy:  Extent  of  instruction  in 
anthropology  in  Europe  and  the  United  States.  Rep.  Science,  Dec.  22,  1899, 
n.  s.,  X,  910-917;  Teaching  of  Anthropology  in  the  United  States.  Ibid.,  Feb.  7, 
1902,  XV,  211-216;  Progress  in  Anthropology  at  Peabody  Museum,  Yale  Univer- 
sity.    Am.  Anihrop.,  1903,  n.  s.,  v,  65. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHKOPOLOGY  91 

At  present,  instruction  in  Anthropology  is  grouped  with  that  in 
Social  Sciences.  The  courses  of  special  interest  to  our  branch  in  the 
Graduate  School  for  the  year  1917-18,  were  that  of  Prof.  H.  B 
Ferris,  on  "The  Natural  History  of  IVIan"  (two  hours  weekly);  and  that 
of  Asst.  Prof.  George  Grant  MacCurdy,  on  "Physical  Anthropology" 
(three  hours  weekly,  first  term). 

Doctor  MacCurdy,  a  student  of  Manouvrier,  has  shown  special  in- 
terest in  the  subject  of  man's  antiquity.  He  served  for  many  years 
as  Secretary  of  the  American  Anthropological  Association;  fitted  out  a 
laboratory  of  physical  anthropology  at  the  Peabody  Museum  of  Yale 
University,  and  has  taken  care  of  the  collections  of  the  Museum,  which 
include  some  valuable  series  of  racial  crania  and  skeletons.  His  pub- 
lications relating  to  physical  anthropology  are  as  follows: 

I.e  poids  et  la  capacite  du  crane,  etc.  (avec  N.  Mohylianski).     Bull.  Soc.  d'An- 

throp.  Paris,  1897,  viii,  408-420. 
Twenty  years  of  Section  H.     Science,  1902,  n.  s.  xv,  532. 
Some  recent  Paleolithic  discoveries    Am.  Anthrop.,  1908,  x,  634r-643. 
Eolithic  and  Paleolithic  man.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1909,  xi,  92-100. 
Recent  discoveries  bearing  on  the  antiquity  of  man  in  Europe.     Smith.  Rep.  for 

1909,  Wash.,  1911,  531-583. 
Somatology  and  man's  antiquity.     Records  of  the  Past,  1911,  x,  322-331;  copies 

in  Scientific  American  Supplement,  Feb.  10,  1912. 
Pleistocene  man  from  Ipswich  (England).     Science,  1912,  n.s.  xxxv,  505-507. 
Ancestor  hunting:  The  significance  of  the  Piltdown  skull.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1913, 

XV,  248-256. 
The  man  of  Piltdown.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1914,  xvi,  331-336. 

Interglacial  man  from  Ehringsdorf  near  Weimar.     Science,  1914,  n.s.  XL,  766-768. 
Human  skulls  from  Gazelle  Peninsula.     Anthrop.   Pubis.   Univ.  Pa.  Museum, 

Phila.,  1914,  vi,  No.  1,  1-21  (10  plates). 
Neandertal  man  in  Spain;  the  lower  jaw  of  Banolas.     Science,  1915,  n.  s.  xlii, 

84-85;  also  Am.  Anthrop.,  1915,  xvii,  759-762. 
The  revision  of  Eoanthropus  dawsoni.     Science,  Feb.  18,  1916,  n.  s.  xliii,  228- 

231. 

At  present  plans  are  being  prepared  for  a  new  and  more  ample  build- 
ing for  the  Peabody  Museum,  and  it  can  be  confidently  expected  that 
with  better  laboratory  and  storage  facihties  the  steady  development  of 
physical  anthropology  at  Yale  University  will  be  assm'ed.^ 

Professor  Ferris  pubHshed  recently  a  memoir  on  "The  Indians  of 
Cuzco  and  the  Apurimac,"  Mem.  Am.  Anthrop.  Ass.,  1916,  iii.  No.  2, 
57-148. 

8  For  a  note  on  a  bequest  which  will  favor  a  sustained  development  of  the 
branch  at  Yale,  see  p.  130.  No.  I.  of  this  Journal. 


92  ALES   HRDLICKA 

An  event  of  considerable  importance  to  physical  anthropology  in 
connection  with  Yale  University,  was  the  Peruvian  Expedition  of 
1912-15,  conducted  under  the  joint  auspices  of  the  University  and  the 
National  Geographic  Association,  by  Hiram  Bingham,  Professor  of 
Latin-American  History  at  Yale.  This  expedition  resulted  in  the 
gathering  of  many  portraits  and  measurements  of  the  natives,  with 
considerable  skeletal  material,  and  gave  rise  to  a  number  of  publica- 
tions of  direct  interest  to  physical  anthropology.     These  are: 

Bingham  (Hiram) — The  discovery  of  prehistoric  human  remains  near  Cuzco, 
Peru;  Bowman  (Isaiah) — The  Geologic  relations  of  the  Cuzco  remains; 
Eaton  (Geo.  F.) — Report  on  the  remains  of  man  and  of  lower  animals  from 
the  vicinity  of  Cuzco,  Peru;  Am.  J.  Sci.,  1912,  xxxiii,  297-333. 

Bingham  (Hiram) — The  investigation  of  the  prehistoric  human  remains  found 
near  Cuzco,  Peru,  in  1911;  Eaton  (Geo.  F.)— Vertebrate  remains  in  the 
Cuzco  gravels;  Gregory  (Herbert  E.)^The  gravels  at  Cuzco,  Peru;  Am.  J. 
Sci.,  1913,  XXXVI,  1-29. 

Eaton  (Geo.  F.) — ^The  collection  of  osteological  material  from  Machu  Picchu. 
Mem.  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  &  Sci.,  1916,  v,  96  pp. 

The  main  collection  of  human  skeletal  material  of  the  Bingham  Ex- 
peditions is  now  under  examination  by  Professor  MacCurdy. 

In  this  connection  mention  may  also  be  made  of  the  work  of  Dr.  Jay 
W.  Seaver,  who,  while  serving  as  Lecturer  on  Physiology  and  Anthro- 
pometry in  the  New  Haven  Normal  School  of  Gymnastics,  published, 
in  1909,  a  creditable  work  on  Anthropometry  and  Physical  Examination 
(8°,  New  Haven,  Conn.,  191  pp.,  with  bibliography).  The  book, 
which  appeared  in  several  editions,  ''was  to  place  in  the  hands  of  di- 
rectors of  gyrqnasia,  who  were  expected  to  examine  people  and  pre- 
scribe exercise  for  them,  a  manual  that  should  be  a  constant  guide  in 
securing  measurements,  and  an  efficient  help  in  pointing  out  the  vital 
matters  that  should  be  considered  in  making  a  physical  diagnosis,  or  an 
estimate  of  the  organic  condition  of  the  various  parts  of  the  body  and 
their  habits  of  action."  The  instruments  and  methods  advocated  were 
largely  such  as  are  used  by  Sargent  of  Harvard. 

NEW    YORK 

With  two  exceptions,  interest  in  physical  anthropology  in  New  York 
State  centers  in  New  York  City.  The  exceptions  are  Buffalo  and  Cold 
Spring  Harbor. 

In  Buffalo,  two  craniological  collections  have  been  accumulated  which 
deserve  mention.     One  is  that  in  possession  of  Dr.  A.  L.  Benedict,  while 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  93 

the  other  and  more  important  is  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences.  Both  collections  consist  essen- 
tially of  Iroquois  material. 

Spring  Harbor  will  be  referred  to  in  another  part  of  this  section. 

New  York  City 

In  New  York  City  as  elsewhere  the  earliest  manifestations  of  in- 
terest in  Physical  Anthropology  appear  among  anatomists  and  physi- 
cians; but  until  the  latter  part  of  the  last  century  they  amount  to 
little  more  than  attempts  at  the  formation  of  two  or  three  cranial 
collections.  An  exception  to  this  is  however  to  be  noted  in  the  work  of 
Dr.  Edward  C.  Spitzka,  a  prominent  neurologist  who  made  compara- 
tive studies  of  the  brain,  and  paid  attention  to  various  medico-legal 
problems  of  anthropological  interest.  Dr.  Spitzka's  publications  that 
deserve  to  be  mentioned  in  this  place  are  the  following: 

Contributions  to  encephalic  anatomy.  J.  Nerv.  &  Ment.  Dis.,  Chic,  1877,  iv, 
repr.  11  pp. 

The  comparative  anatomy  of  the  pyramidal  tract.  J.  Comp.  Med.  &  Surg., 
N.  Y.,  1886,  VII ;  repr.  46  pp. 

The  legal  disabilities  of  natural  children  justified  biologically  and  historically. 
A  series  of  articles  in  the  Alienist  &  Neurologist,  1899-1901. 

Regicides,  sane  and  insane.  N.  Y.  Med.  J.,  1903,  lxxviii;  repr.  74  pp.;  Politi- 
cal assassins:  are  they  all  insane?  J.  Ment.  Path.,  N.  Y.,  1902,  in,  repr. 
32  pp. ;  Regenticides  not  abnormal  as  a  class;  a  protest  against  the  chimera  of 
degeneracy.     Phila.  Med.  J.,  1902,  ix,  repr.  24  pp. 

The  State  Pathological  Institute 

The  State  Pathological  Institute  of  New  York,  designed  as  an  in- 
stitution of  research,  was  established  in  New  York  City  in  1895,  un- 
der the  direction  of  Dr.  Ira  Van  Gifton.  Its  objects  were,  broadly 
speaking,  the  investigation  from  all  points  of  view  and  with  the  most 
modern  methods  and  instruments,  of  the  abnormal  classes  of  the  popu- 
lation of  New  York  State,  and  particularly  the  insane.  The  staff  con- 
sisted besides  the  Director  of  a  number  of  Associates,  each  of  whom  had 
charge  of  a  definite  field  of  investigation.  The  writer  had  the  honor 
to  be  the  Associate  in  Anthropology.  His  anthropological  researches 
began  among  the  insane  at  the  Middletown  Hom.  State  Hospital  for 
the  Insane  in  1894.  In  1895  he  was  offered  the  position  of  associateship 
in  the  Institute,  and  the  larger  part  of  1896  was  spent  in  Europe  in 
preparation  for  the  new  position,  including  studies  in  anthropometry 


94  ALES   HRDLICKA 

under  Manouvrier,  medico-legal  and  related  courses  at  the  Paris  Uni- 
versity, and  visits  to  the  principal  European  insane  asylums,  penal  in- 
stitutions and  Museums.  On  his  return  he  assumed  the  duties  at  the 
Pathological  Institute,  established  a  laboratory  and  prepared  a  plan  of 
investigations,  the  ambitious  object  of  wliich  was  to  determine  the 
"normal  standard  of  the  American  people,  or,  at  least,  such  a  standard, 
if  this  be  possible,  of  the  native  population  of  the  State  of  New  York; 
and  at  the  same  time  to  examine  all  the  abnormal  classes  of  the  popu- 
lation;" to  find  what  anatomical,  physiological  and  psychological  ab- 
normal characters  are  peculiar  to  each  of  these  classes,  or,  if  that  be 
impossible,  to  show  which  abnormalities  predominate  in  each  class;  to 
determine  how  each  of  these  classes  differs  from  the  normal  and  the 
one  from  the  other;  to  find  explanations,  and  determine  as  far  as  pos- 
sible the  causation,  of  the  observed  variations;  and  eventually  to  com- 
pare the  results  with  similar  ones  obtained  on  the  same  classes  among 
other  peoples.^ 

Due  to  the  extent  of  the  work,  it  was  planned  to  secure  in  each  in- 
stitution for  the  insane,  etc.,  one  or  two  collaborators  who  after  proper 
instruction  would  proceed  with  the  work  in  that  particular  institution. 
The  examinations  were  subdivided  into  parts  such  as  could  easily  be 
carried  out  at  one  time  without  tiring  the  subjects  or  the  observer.  A 
visit  was  made  to  the  principal  institutions  for  the  abnormal  classes 
all  over  the  state,  and  within  a  year  over  twenty  collaborators  were 
secured  from  the  medical  staffs  of  these  institutions  who  proceeded 
with  the  investigations. 

In  the  course  of  two  and  a  half  years,  records  were  secured  on  over 
11,000  individuals,  including  all  classes  of  the  insane,  the  epileptic,  the 
idiot  and  to  some  extent  also  the  criminal.  But  by  this  time  there  also 
developed  two  serious  conditions.  One  was  the  slacking  of  the  work  at 
some  of  the  asylums,  due  to  changes  in  staff  and  in  some  cases  to  di- 
minished personal  interest  in  tne  research.  The  other  and  even  more 
serious  difficulty  was  the  growing  appreciation  of  the  absence  of  nor- 
mal standards,  with  which  the  results  obtained  on  the  abnormal  classes 
could  be  contrasted.  This  necessitated  the  extension  of  studies  on  the 
one  hand  to  the  "normal"  classes,  which  however  were  soon  found  to  be 

'  Hrdlicka,  A.,  Pathological  Institute  of  the  New  York  State  Hospitals,  De- 
partment of  Anthropology.  Outline  of  its  Scope  and  Exposition  of  the  Prelimi- 
nary Work.  Bull.  State  Hospitals,  ii,  No.  1,  1-18,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  1897.  Also 
in  Contributions  of  Pathological  Inst.  N.  Y.  State  Hospitals,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1898, 
No.  4. 


PHYSICAL   AJ>{THROPOLOGY  95 

far  from  such;  while  on  the  other  hand  there  loomed  up  the  absolute 
necessity  of  extensive  preliminary  studies  on  skeletal  material  of  both 
"normal"  and  abnormal  classes,  which  would  help  to  throw  light  on 
man}^  of  the  conditions  encountered.  The  search  for  this  skeletal  ma- 
terial led  the  writer  to  years  of  most  profitable  association  with  Prof. 
George  S.  Huntington,  head  of  the  Department  of  Anatomy  of  the 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons;  while  the  need  of  deeper  insight 
into  normal  humanity  led  to  his  search  for  such  among  the  American 
Indians. 

Investigations  in  these  extension  lines  were,  however,  barely  begun 
when  grave  difficulties  developed  for  the  Pathological  Institute,  which 
shortly  led  to  a  greatly  diminished  state  appropriation  and  an  almost 
complete  change  of  policy.  Investigations  ceased,  accumulated  data, 
material  and  instruments  were  packed  up  and  removed  from  the  sump- 
tuous quarters  of  the  Institute  at  No.  1  Madison  Avenue,  to  the 
Wards'  Island  State  Hospital,  and  the  staff  dispersed.  By  the  end  of 
1909  the  Institute,  which  started  with  such  bright  prospects  of  scien- 
tific accompHshment  in  every  department,  became  little  more  than  a 
laboratory  serving  a  few  material  needs  of  the  state  hospitals. 

The  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York  City  (later  the 
Medical  Department  of  Columbia  University) 

In  1893  Prof.  George  S.  Huntington,  head  of  the  Department  of 
Anatomy  of  the  College,  began,  on  the  basis  of  some  older  heterogeneous 
collections,  the  gathering  of  human  skeletal  material,  which  in  the 
course  of  time  has  become  of  great  value  to  Physical  Anthropology. 
The  new  collections  consisted  of  the  bones  of  the  subjects  used  up  in 
the  dissecting  room,  and  the  principal  bones  of  the  body  were  identi- 
fied by  tags  bearing  the  number  of  the  subject.  The  nationahty,  sex, 
age  and  last  disease  of  each  individual  were  recorded. 

In  1896  permission  to  work  on  these  collections  and  to  assist  in  further 
increasing  the  same,  was  kindly  given  by  Professor  Huntington  to  the 
writer.  Certain  measurements  of  the  body  before  dissection  were  in- 
troduced, and  the  collection  was  assiduously  carried  on  until  by  1902 
the  "bone  room"  contained  the  well-identified  remains  of  upwards  of 
1,200  individuals.  Studies  on  the  collection  continued  until  the  writer's 
departure  from  New  York,  and  extensive  series  of  data  of  much  value 
were  secured,  most  of  which  regrettably,  due  to  lack  of  facilities  for 
elaborating  the  data,  still  await  publication. 


96  ALES   HRDLICKA 

The  collections  of  Professor  Huntington's  Department  include  also  a 
series  of  Indian  mummies  and  skulls  which  have  not  been  described; 
and  a  collection  of  brains  which  served  as  the  foundation  for  various 
studies,  most  of  which  of  direct  anthropological  interest,  by  Dr.  Ed- 
ward Anthony  Spitzka  (son  of  Edward  C.  Spitzka),  at  that  time 
Fellow  in  Anatomy  under  Professor  Huntington,  and  later  Professor  of 
Anatomy  in  the  Jefferson  Medical  College,  Philadelphia. 

During  the  last  few  years,  due  to  lack  of  appropriations,  this  great 
osteological  collection  has  fallen  somewhat  into  disuse,  notwithstanding 
the  efforts  of  Professor  Huntington  who  has  always  appreciated  its 
importance  and  to  whom  American  anthropology  is  deeply  indebted  for 
its  creation. 

Doctor  Spitzka's  publications  of  anthropological  interest,  which  may 
perhaps  best  be  mentioned  in  this  connection,  are  as  follows: 

Spitzka  (Edward  Anthony) — The  mesial  relations  of  the  inflected  fissure.  Ob- 
servations upon  one  hundred  brains.  Proc.  Assoc.  Am.  Anat.,  1901,  105-115. 
N.  Y.  Med.  J.,  Jan.  5,  1901,  6-10. 

A  preliminary  communication  of  a  study  of  the  brains  of  two  distinguished  physi- 
cians, father  and  son.  Proc.  Assoc.  Am.  Anat.,  XIV  Session,  1900,  70-92, 
Phila.  Med.  J.,  1901,  vii,  680-688. 

The  brains  of  two  more  celebrities.     A  letter  to  the  Phila.  Med.  J.,  1901,  vii,  791. 

A  contribution  to  the  fissural  integrality  of  the  paroccipital.  Observations 
upon  one  hundred  brains.  Proc.  Assoc.  Am.  Anat.,  1901,  118-124,  J.  Mental 
Path.,  June,  1901. 

The  redundacy  of  the  preinsula  in  the  brains  of  distinguished  educated  men. 
N.  Y.  Med.  Record,  June  15,  1901,  940-943. 

Is  the  central  fissure  duplicated  in  the  brain  of  Carlo  Giacomini,  anatomist. 
A  note  on  a  fissural  anomaly.     Phila.  Med.  J.,  Aug.  24,  1901. 

(With  Carlos  F.  MacDonald) — Report  of  the  post-mortem  examination  of  Leon 
F.  Czolgosz,  alias  Fred  Nieman,  the  assassin  of  President  McKinley.  N.  Y. 
Med.  J.;  N.  Y.  Med.  Record;  N.  Y.  Med.  News;  Phila.  Med.  Jour.,  Jan.  4, 
1902;  J.  of  Mental  Path.,  i,  Nos.  4-5;  Am.  J.  Insanity,  1902,  Lviii,  3;  Lancet 
(London),  Feb.  1  &  8,  1902. 

Brain-anatomy  and  "degeneracy"  theories.  A  reply  to  Dr.  E.  S.  Talbot's 
criticism  in  the  Phila.  Med.  J.,  Jan.  18.     Phila.  Med.  J.,  Jan.  25,  1902,  152. 

Contributions  to  the  encephalic  anatomy  of  the  races.  First  paper:  Three 
Eskimo  brains,  from  Smith's  Sound.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1902,  i,  25-71. 

The  anatomy  of  the  human  insula  in  its  relation  to  the  speech-centers  accord- 
ing to  race  and  individuality.  Proc.  Assoc.  Am.  Anat.,  Dec.  1902;  Am.  J. 
Anat.,  1903,  ii,  2,  ix-x. 

Brain-weights  of  brothers  and  sisters.     Science,  1903,  xvii,  516. 

A  study  of  the  brain-weights  of  men  notable  in  the  professions,  arts  and  sciences. 
Phila.  Med.  J.,  May  2,  1903. 

The  brain  of  Professor  Laborde.     Science,  1903,  xviii,  346. 

Brain-weights  of  the  Japanese.     Science,  1903,  xviii,  371-373. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  97 

The  execution  and  post-mortem  examination  of  the  three  VanWormer  brothers 
at  Dannemora,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  1,  1903.  Daily  Med.  J.  (N.  Y.),  Nov.  20,  1903; 
The  Daily  Medical  (N.  Y.  and  London),  Feb.  8,  1904,  i,  1. 

Brain-weights  of  brothers     (II).  Science,  1903,  xviii,  699. 

Assassins  not  necessarily  insane.     Leslie's  Weekly,  Dec.  17,  1903,  596  &  603. 

A  study  of  the  brain  of  the  late  Major  J.  W.  Powell.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1903,  v, 
585-643. 

The  brains  of  three  brothers.  Proc.  Assoc.  Am.  Anat.,  XVII  Session,  1903,  in 
Am.  J.  Anat.,  1904,  in,  Iv-v;  Hereditary  resemblances  in  the  brains  of  three 
brothers.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1904,  vi,  307-312. 

Post-mortem  examination  of  the  late  George  Francis  Train.  Daily  Medical, 
Feb.  15,  1904. 

The  brain-weight  of  Dr.  Taguchi.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1904,  vi,  366-367.  (Correc- 
tion in:)  ibid.,  577-578;  and  Science,  1904,  xx,  215. 

The  brain  of  a  Swedish  statesman.     Science,  1904,  xx,  612-613. 

Report  of  a  study  of  the  brains  of  six  eminent  scientists  and  scholars  belonging 
to  the  American  Anthropometric  Society;  together  with  a  brief  description 
of  the  skull  of  one  of  them.  Proc.  Assoc.  Am.  Anat.,  XVIII  Session,  Phila. 
1904,  in  Am.  J.  Anat.,  1905,  iv,  iii-iv. 

Also  numerous  notes  as  Editor,  Dep't  of  "Anatomy,  Normal  and  Pathological,'* 
in  the  Medical  Critic,  N.  Y.,  1902-3. 

Preliminary  note  on  the  brains  of  the  Andaman  and  Nicobar  Islands.  Proc. 
Am.  Phil.  Sec,  Phila.,  1908,  xlvii,  51-58. 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York 

The  history  of  Physical  Anthropology  at  the  American  Museum  is 
one  of  more  than  common  interest.  It  begins,  strictly  speaking,  with 
the  establishment  at  the  IMuseum  of  the  Department  of  Anthropology 
and  the  appointment,  in  the  spring  of  1894,  of  Prof.  F.  W.  Putnam  as 
Curator  of  the  Department. 

The  following  years  showed  a  most  remarkable  and  unequaled  record 
of  development  of  Anthropology  in  all  its  branches  at  the  Museum, 
which  continued  until  the  resignation  of  Professor  Putnam  in  1903. 

Anthropology  in  general  was  included  in  the  scheme  of  the  American 
Museum  from  its  beginning,  but  until  the  early  nineties  attention  was 
practically  restricted  to  some  collections  in  archeology.  During  1892-3 
two  important  expeditions,  each  of  several  yeoxs  duration,  were  initi- 
ated by  Bandelier  in  Bolivia  and  Peru,  and  by  Lumholtz  in  Mexico, 
both  resulting  in  later  years  in  the  acquisition  of  valuable  somatological 
material.  In  1894  the  new  Department  of  Anthropology  was  estab- 
lished, ''in  order  to  illustrate  the  history  of  man  in  the  same  way  as 
we  are  showing  the  history  of  animal  life."'"    Besides  Professor  Putnam 

1°  Ann.  Report  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  for  1895,  p.  17. 


98  ALES   HEDLICKA 

as  Curator,  the  staff  comprised  Dr.  Franz  Boas,  as  Assistant  Curator 
of  the  Ethnological  Division,  and  Marshall  H.  Saville,  Assistant  Cura- 
tor of  Archeology.  New  explorations  were  organized,  extending  to  the 
southwest  and  Mexico  (the  Hyde  Expedition);  to  the  northwest  and 
Asia  (the  Jesup  North  Pacific  Expedition);  to  the  Eskimo,  the  Cah- 
fornia  tribes;  the  Arapaho,  and  to  Oregon;  while  archeological  field  work 
was  conducted  in  the  Trenton  gravels,  among  the  village  sites  of  Long 
Island  and  New  York,  in  Florida  and  other  locahties.  Nearly  all  of 
these  expeditions  and  researches  resulted  in  the  acquisition  of  ma- 
terial of  value  to  Physical  Anthropology. 

The  beginning  of  direct  work  in  Physical  Anthropology  at  the  Mu- 
seum may  perhaps  be  placed  in  1898,  when  an  expedition  was  made  to 
Mexico  for  the  exclusive  purpose  of  securing  measurements,  photo- 
graphs, casts  and  skeletal  material  from  some  of  the  Sierra  Madre  tribes. 
This  work,  which  was  to  supplement  the  Lmnholtz  Expedition,  was 
suggested  by  and  intrusted  to  the  writer,  and  the  trip  was  made  part  of 
the  way  in  the  company  of  Doctor  Lmnholtz.  The  results  were  so  en- 
couraging, that  the  next  year  (1899)  arrangements  made  by  Professor 
Putnam  enabled  the  writer  to  initiate  similar  investigations  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Hyde  Expeditions  among  the  southwestern  tribes.  The 
year  after  that  the  writer  was  placed  in  charge  of  the  physical  anthro- 
pology of  the  Hyde  Expedition,  and  with  the  whole-hearted  support  of 
Professor  Putnam  and  the  Hyde  family,  was  enabled  to  extend  the  work 
so  as  to  include  all  the  tribes  from  southern  Utah  and  Colorado  to  the 
states  of  Michoacan  and  Morelos  in  Mexico.  These  investigations  were 
completed  by  1903,  when  the  writer  was  called  to  organize  the  Divi- 
sion of  Physical  Anthropology  at  the  National  Museum. 

A  noteworthy  event  in  connection  with  the  American  Museum  in  1902, 
which  had  its  influence  on  physical  anthropology  in  this  country,  was 
the  Xnith  International  Congress  of  Americanists. 

In  1903,  Professor  Putnam  resigned  his  curatorship  at  the  American 
Museum,  to  accept  an  equally  responsible  position  at  the  University 
of  California.  His  place  was  taken  by  Doctor  Boas,  who  however  was 
obhged  to  devote  most  of  his  attention  to  the  ethnological  collections 
and  research  of  the  INIuseum  and  to  his  teaching  duties  at  Columbia, 
with  the  result  that  Physical  Anthropology  at  the  Museum  fell  some- 
what into  neglect.  Doctor  Boas  in  turn  left  the  Museum  in  1905,  to  be 
succeeded  the  year  following  bj^  Dr.  Clark  Wissler,  the  present  Curator. 

The  human  osteological  collections  of  the  Museum  continued,  how- 
ever, to  be  added  to,  and  eventually  interest  in  Physical  Anthropology 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  99 

was  gradually  revived.  Recent^  (1916)  Mr.  Louis  R.  Sullivan  was 
appointed  Assistant  Curator  in  Anthropology,  to  have  charge  of  the 
laboratory  in  Physical  Anthropology  of  the  Museum  and  of  the  col- 
lections and  exhibits  belonging  to  this  division. 

An  event  of  considerable  importance  to  Physical  Anthropology  at  the 
American  Museum  was  the  selection,  in  1908,  of  Prof.  Henry  Fair- 
field Osborn  as  the  President  of  the  Trustees  of  that  Institution.  Pro- 
fessor Osborn,  while  not  an  anthropologist,  has  always  been  deeply 
interested  in  everything  that  relates  to  the  variation  of  the  human 
race  and  its  evolution.  He  has  pubhshed  a  number  of  important 
treatises  on  heredity  which  are  of  interest  to  anthropology,  and  within 
recent  years  has  produced  three  works  of  considerable  direct  value  to 
this  branch.  These  and  his  other  writings  of  anthropological  interest 
are  as  follows  :^^ 

Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield)— The  Cartwright  Lectures  for  1892  before  the  Alumni 
of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  New  York:  Present  problems  in 
evolution  and  heredity.  The  contemporary  evolution  of  man.  Med.  Rec, 
1892,  XLi,  197-204;  Am.  Naturalist,  1892,  xxvi,  455-481. 

Discovery  of  a  supposed  primitive  race  of  men  in  Nebraska.  Century  Mag., 
1907,  Lxxviii,  No.  3,  371-375. 

The  age  of  mammals.     8°,  N.  Y.,  1910,  i-xvii,  635  pp. 

Skull  measurements  in  man  and  the  hoofed  mammals.  Science,  1912,  xxxv, 
.596;  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  1913,  xxii,  341-342. 

Men  of  the  old  stone  age.     Amer.  Mus.  J.,  1912,  xii,  No.  8,  279-295. 

Men  of  the  old  stone  age,  their  environment,  life  and  art.  8°,  N.  Y.,  1915.  2d 
ed.,  1916,  i-xxvi,  545  pp. 

The  origin  and  evolution  of  life.     8°,  N.  Y.,  1917,  i-xxxi,  322  pp. 

Doctor  Wissler,  while  primarily  an  ethnologist,  is  closely  interested 
in  Physical  Anthropology^  and  has  made  several  contributions  to  the 
subject.     His  and  Doctor  Sullivan's  publications  in  this  line  are: 

Wissler  (Clark)— Correlation  of  mental  and  physical  tests.  Supplement  to 
Psychol.  Rev.,  No.  16;  also  Columb.  Univ.  Contr.  to  Phil.,  Psychol.  &  Educ, 
N.  Y.  1901,  IX,  No.  2,  1-62. 

Growth  of  boys.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1903,  v,  81-88. 

(With  F.  Boas)— Statistics  of  growth.  Report  U.  S.  Comm.  Educ.  for  1904, 
Wash.,  1905,  25-132. 

(With  Walter  Channing)— The  hard  palate  in  normal  and  feeble-minded  indi- 
viduals. Anthropological  Papers,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  1908,  i,  part  5, 
283-349. 

"  The  bibliography  of  Professor  Boas  is  given  under  Columbia  University; 
that  of  the  writer  under  Smithsonian  Institution. 


100  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Measurements  of  Dakota  Indian  children.     Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  1911,  xx, 

355-364. 
The  American  Indian.     8°,  N.  Y.,  1917  (principally  ethnological). 
Sullivan   (Louis  R.) — Variations  in  the  glenoid  fossae.     Am.  Anthrop.,    1917, 

XIX,  19-23. 
Growth  of  the  nasal  bridge  in  children.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1917,  xix,  406-409. 

An  auspicious  recent  addition  to  the  anthropological  staff  of  the 
American  Museum  is  that  of  Prof.  J.  H.  McGregor  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, as  Research  Associate  in  Anthropology.  Though  an  active 
member  of  the  faculty  of  Columbia  University  and  primarily  a  paleon- 
tologist, Professor  McGregor  is  deeply  interested  in  the  morphology  of 
the  early  types  of  man. 

Professor  Boas,  though  separated  from  the  American  Museum,  has 
continued  his  interest  in  the  valuable  skeletal  material  gathered  by  the 
Jesup  North  Pacific  Expedition,  and  during  the  last  three  years  has  had 
Dr.  Bruno  Oetteking  assisting  him  in  working  over  this  material  at  the 
Museum.  The  results  are  to  appear  eventually  as  the  final  volume  of 
the  Memoirs  of  the  Jesup  Expedition.  Dr.  Oetteking  since  his  connec- 
tion with  the  Museum  has  published  the  following  papers  relating  to 
Physical  Anthropology : 

Suggestions  for  cataloguing  of  anthropological  material.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1916, 
XVIII,  398-410. 

Living  races  of  man.     New  Intern.  Encyc,  1916. 

Herman  Klaatsch.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1916,  xviii,  422-425. 

The  study  of  anthropolpgy  in  America.     The  Nation,  1917,  civ,  542-543. 

Preliminary  remarks  on  the  skeletal  material  collected  by  the  Jesup  Expedi- 
tion.    Proc.  XIX  Int.  Cong.  Amer.  (1915),  Wash.,  1917,  621-624. 

Finally,  this  sketch  should  not  close  without  reference  to  the  work  of 
Prof.  W.  K.  Gregory  of  the  Department  of  Vertebrate  Paleontology  of 
the  American  Museum  who,  though  not  a  member  of  the  anthropo- 
logical staff  of  the  Museum,  is  working  in  close  cooperation  therewith. 
For  several  years  he  has  devoted  the  greater  part  of  his  time  to  the 
study  of  the  primates  from  an  evolutionary  and  phylogenetic  point  of 
view.  His  earlier  papers  dealt  with  the  Lemuroidea,  but  recently  he 
has  made  important  contributions  to  the  phylogeny  of  living  and  ex- 
tinct anthropoids,  with  special  reference  to  the  origin  of  man.  His 
publications  bearing  on  anthropological  problems  are  as  follows: 

I.  On  the  relationship  of  the  Eocene  Lemur  Notharctus  to  the  Adapidae  and  to 
other  primates.  II.  On  the  classification  and  phylogeny  of  the  Lemuroidea. 
Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  1915,  xxvi,  419-446. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  101 

Studies  on  the  evolution  of  the  primates.     Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,   1916, 

XXXV,  Art.  XIX,  239-355. 
Evolution  of  the  human  face.     Am.  Mus.  J.,  1917,  xvii,  376-388.     Also  in  Dental 

Cosmos,  1918,  lx,  115-125. 

The  present  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  American  Museum  has  shown 
much  interest  in  the  development  of  somatological  collections  and  re- 
search, so  that  there  are  good  prospects  for  renewed  important  activi- 
ties in  this  Une. 

Columbia  University 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  of  Columbia  University  was  es- 
tablished in  1896  and  from  that  date  until  1902  was  under  the  direc- 
tion of  James  McKeen  Cattell,  Professor  of  Psychology,  but  its  de- 
velopment is  essentially  associated  with  Dr.  Franz  Boas. 

Prior  to  1896  a  brief  introductory  course  in  Anthropology  was  given 
by  Dr.  Livingston  Farrand,  but  this  touched  only  slightly  on  the 
physical  aspects  of  the  subject.  In  1896  Doctor  Boas  was  appointed 
Lecturer  on  Physical  Anthropology,  and  in  1899  he  became  Professor 
of  Anthropology  (in  the  broader  sense)  at  the  University,  a  position 
which  he  still  holds.  Previously,  Doctor  Boas  had  served,  as  has 
already  been  partly  mentioned,  under  the  Committee  of  the  British 
Association  appointed  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  information  on  the 
North- Western  tribes  of  Canada  (1888);  as  Docent  of  Anthropology  at 
Clark  University  (1882-92);  as  Chief  Assistant  of  the  Department  of 
Anthropology  of  the  Chicago  Exposition  (1891-4);  and  as  Assistant 
Curator  in  Ethnology  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 
(since  1894). 

The  Columbia  University  catalogue  for  1896-7  announced  several 
courses  in  anthropology,  giving  as  the  personnel  of  the  department  the 
names  of  Livingston  Farrand,  Instructor;  Franz  Boas,  Lecturer;  and 
William  Z.  Ripley,  Prize  Lecturer.  Of  the  several  courses  offered,  two 
were  in  Physical  Anthropology — one  a  general  introductory  course  with 
lectures,  essays  and  discussions,  two  hours  weekly;  the  other  a  more 
advanced  course  including  the  application  of  statistical  methods  to 
biological  problems,  three  hours  weekly,  with  lectures,  reports  and 
laboratory  work.     Both  these  courses  were  given  by  Doctor  Boas. 

As  Doctor  Boas'  call  to  Columbia  was  almost  simultaneous  with  his 
call  to  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  the  anthropological 
collections  of  the  latter  institution  became  available  to  Columbia  stu- 
dents, which  obviated  the  necessity  of  forming  similar  collections  at  the 


102  ALES   HRDLICKA 

University.  When  however  Professor  Boas  in  1905  resigned  from  the 
Museum,  a  lack  of  anthropological  material  at  hand  in  the  University 
became  a  disadvantage  which  hindered,  no  doubt  a  full  develop- 
ment there  of  the  branch  of  Physical  Anthropology. 

The  present  anthropological  staff  in  Columbia  University  includes 
Professor  Boas,  who  is  the  Executive  Officer  of  the  Department,  and 
several  associates.  Some  eighteen  courses  are  listed,  two  of  which  (the 
same  as  those  above  mentioned)  are  in  physical  anthropology  and  are 
still  conducted  by  Doctor  Boas.  The  collections  of  the  American  Mu- 
seum are,  as  before,  available  to  students  of  the  Department,  but  as 
the  two  institutions  are  far  apart,  their  use  is  restricted.  Moreover, 
Doctor  Boas'  researches  of  latter  years  have  been  predominantly 
statistical  and  that  phase  of  the  subject  has  in  consequence  been 
given  more  attention  at  the  University  than  other  aspects  of  physical 
anthropology. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  Professor  Boas'  activities  were  never  de- 
voted fully  to  physical  anthropology,  much  of  his  time  being  given  to 
linguistics,  mythology  and  general  ethnology  of  the  American  abo- 
rigines. This,  and  the  limited  laboratory  facilities  at  Columbia  in 
conjunction  with  lack  of  collections,  resulted  in  the  issue  from  the  Uni- 
versity, during  the  last  two  decades,  of  a  number  of  original  workers 
in  linguistics  and  ethnology,  but  none  in  somatology. 

Some  years  ago  Professor  Boas  delivered  two  courses  of  lectures  on 
physical  anthropology  before  the  students  of  the  College  of  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  (now  Medical  Department  of  the  Columbia  University), 
with  the  object  of  interesting  them  more  closely  in  the  subject,  but 
due  to  the  preoccupation  of  this  class  of  men  with  their  own  exacting 
studies  the  effort  was  not  successful ;  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  his 
more  recent  effort  in  like  direction  and  under  somewhat  similar  condi- 
tions, in  Mexico. 

The  published  contributions  of  Professor  Boas  to  physical  anthro- 
pology are  both  numerous  as  well  as  important.  They  cover  a  wide 
range  and  in  general  are  characterized  by  a  distinct  leaning  towards  a 
mathematical  rather  than  anatomical  treatment  of  the  subject  matter. 
His  bibliography,  so  far  as  it  touches  our  branch,  follows: 

Indian  skulls  from  British  Columbia.  Trans.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  1888-1889, 
VIII,  4-6. 

Deformation  of  heads  in  British  Columbia.     Science,  1889,  xiii,  364-365. 

First  General  Report  on  the  Indians  of  British  Columbia.  5th  Rep.  N.  W. 
Tribes  of  Canada,  1889,  5-97  (801-893).  (These  papers  are  in  the  maiii 
ethnological,  but  each  contains  parts  dealing  with  physical  anthropology.) 


PHYSICAl,   ANTHROPOLOGY  103 

Cranium  from  Progreso,  Yucatan.     Proc.  Am.  Antiq.  Soc,  1889-90,  vi,  350-357. 

A  modification  of  Broca's  stereograph.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1890,  iii,  292-293. 

Second  general  report  on  the  Indians  of  British  Columbia.  6th  Rep.  N.  W. 
Tribes  of  Canada,  1890,  562-715. 

Physical  characteristics  of  the  Indians  of  the  North  Pacific  Coast.  Am.  An- 
throp., 1891,  IV,  25-32. 

Mixed  races.     Science,  1891,  xvii,  179. 

Anthropological  investigations  in  schools.     Science,  1891,  xvii,  351-352. 

Third  Report  on  the  Indians  of  British  Columbia.  7th  Rep.  N.  W.  Tribes  of 
Canada,  1891,  2-43. 

The  growth  of  children.     Science,  1892,  xix,  256-257,  281-282;  xx,  351-352. 

Anthropologic  in  Amerika.     Corr.-Bl.  d.  d.  anthrop.  Ges.,  1892,  xxiii,  114-116. 

Remarks  on  the  theory  of  anthropometry.     Quart.  Pub.  Am.  Stat.  Assn.,  8vo, 

1893,  HI,  569-575. 

The  Indian  tribes  of  the  Lower  Fraser  River.     9th  Rep.  N.  W.  Tribes  of  Canada, 

1894,  1-11. 

The  correlation  of  anatomical  or  physiological  measurements.  Am.  Anthrop., 
1894,  VII,  313-324. 

The  anthropology  of  the  North  American  Indian.  Mem.  Internat.  Cong.  An- 
throp., 8vo,  1894,  37-49. 

The  half-blood  Indian  and  anthropometric  study.  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  1894,  xlv, 
761-770. 

Human  faculty  as  determined  by  race.  Proc.  Am.  Assn.  Adv.  Sci.,  1894,  xliii, 
301-327. 

On  Dr.  William  Townsend  Porter's  investigation  of  the  growth  of  the  school 
children  of  St.  Louis.  Science,  1895,  n.  s.,  i,  225-230;  Corr.-Bl.  d.  d.  anthrop. 
Ges.,  1895,  xxvi,  41-46. 

The  growth  of  first-born  children.     Science,  1895,  i,  402-404. 

Fifth  report  on  the  Indians  of  British  Columbia.  10th  Rep.  N.  W.  Tribes  of 
Canada,  1895,  2-62;  charts  of  detailed  measurements. 

Die  Beziehungen  des  Liingenbreitenindex  zum  Langenhohenindex  an  Schadeln. 
Verb.  d.  Berl.  Ges.  f.  Anthrop.,  Ethn.  u.  Urg.,  1895,  xxvii,  304. 

Zur  Anthropologic  der  nordamerikanischen  Indianer.  Verb.  d.  Berl.  Ges.  L 
Anthrop.,  Ethn.  u.  Urg.,  1895,  xxvii,  366-411. 

Anthropological  observations  on  the  Mission  Indians  of  Southern  California.. 
Proc.  Am.  Assn.  Adv.  Sc,  1895,  xliv,  261-269. 

Form  of  the  head  as  influenced  by  growth.     Science,  1896,  n.  s.  in,  929-931. 

Sixth  report  on  the  Indians  of  British  Columbia.  11th  Rep.  N.  W.  Tribes  of  Can- 
ada. 1896.  1-17 

The  limitations  of  the  comparative  method  of  anthropology.  Science,  1896,  iv,. 
901-908. 

The  growth  of  children.     Science,  1897,  v,  570-573. 

The  growth  of  Toronto  children.  Rep.  U.  S.  Com.  Educ.  for  1896-97,  Wash., 
1898,  1541-1599. 

Physical  characteristics  of  the  tribes  of  British  Columbia.  12th  Rep.  N.  W. 
Tribes  of  Canada,  1898.  628-666  (with  Livingston  Farrand).  Summary  of 
the  work  of  the  Committee,  Ibid.,  667-682,  12  charts  (Index  to  the  IZ 
Reports,  Ibid.,  683-688). 


104  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Some  recent  criticisms  of  physical  anthropology.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1899,  i,  98-106. 

The  cephalic  index.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1899,  i,  448-461. 

Anthropometry  of  Shoshonean  tribes.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1899,  i.  751-758. 

A.  J.  Stone's  measurements  of  natives  of  Northwest  territories.     Bull.  Am. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  1901,  xiv,  53-68. 
The  relations  between  the  variability  of  organisms  and  that  of  their  constituent 

elements.     Science,  1902,  xv,  1-5. 
Statistical  study  of  anthropometry.     Am.  Phys.  Ed.  Rev.,  1902,  vi.  174r-180. 
The  foundation  of  a  national  anthropological  society.     Science,  1902,  xv,  804- 

809. 
The  development  of  the  department  of  anthropology  of  the  American  Museum 

of  Natural  Historj-.     Am.  Mus.  J.,  1902,  ii,  47-53. 
Rudolf  Virchow's  anthropological  work.     Science,  1902,  xvi,  441-445. 
Heredity  in  head  form.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1903,  v,  530-538. 
The  history  of  anthropology.     Science,  1904,  xx,  513-524;  Cong.  Arts  &  Sci., 

1906,  V,  468-482. 
Statistics  of  growth.     Rep.  U.  S.  Com.  of  Educ.  for  1904,  Wash.,  1905,  25-132. 
The  horizontal  plane  of  the  skull  and  the  general  problem  of  the  comparison  of 

variable  forms.     Science,  1905,  xxi,  862-863. 
Anthropometry  of  Central  California.     Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat,  Hist.,  1905,  xvii, 

347-380. 
Physical  types  of  the  Indians  of  Canada.     An.  Arch.  Rep.,  1905-1906.  84-88. 
The  measurements  of  variable  quantities.     Archiv,  Phil.  Psychol.  &  Sci.  Methods, 

June,  1906,  No.  5. 
Heredity  in  Anthropometric  traits.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1907,  ix,  453-469. 
On  crania  of  Lower  Fraser  River  Indians.     Publ.  Jesup  North  Pacific  Exped. 

1908,  II,  188-190. 
Determination  of  the  coefficient  of  correlation.     Science,  1909,  xxix,  823-824. 
Race  problems  in  America.     Science,  1909,  xxix,  839-849. 
Changes  in  bodily  form  of  descendants  of  immigrants.     Senate  document  No. 

208,  61st  Congr.,  2d  Session,  Wash.,  1910,  113  pp.;  also  issued  by  Columbia 

Univ.  Press,   1912,  abstr.  in  Am.  Anthrop.,  1912,  xiv,  530-5G2;  also   Ab- 
stracts of  Reports  of  the  Immigration  Comm.,  Wash.,  1911,    5-58;    also, 

Veranderungen   der  Korperform   der  Nachkommen   von  Einwanderern   in 

Amerika.     Zeitschrift  fiir  Ethnologie,  1913,  xlv,  1-22. 
Anthropology.     Cyclop,  of  Education  (edited  by  Paul  Monroe,  Ph.D.),  1911,  i, 

132-134. 
Instability  of  human  types.     Papers  on  inter-raoial  problems  communicated  to 

the  First  Universal  Races  Congress,  London,  1911,  99-103. 
The  growth  of  children.     Science,  1912,  xxxvi,  815-818. 
Growth.     Cyclop,  of  Education,  1912,  in,  187-190. 
Erwiderung  auf  Dr.  H.  Ten  Kate's  Nachtrag  zum  Artikel  "Schadelform  und 

Umwclt-einfluss."     Archiv  f.  Rassen-u.  Ges.-Biol.,  1912,  ix,  628-630. 
Die  Analyse  anthropometrischer  Serien,  nebst  Bemerkungen  iiber  die  Deutung 

der  Instabilitat  menschlicher  Typen.     Archiv  f.  Rassen-u.  Gcs.-Biol.,  1913, 

X,  290-302. 
Einfluss  von  Erblichkeit  und  Umwelt  auf  das  Wachstum.     Zeitsch.   f.  Ethnol. 

1913,  XLV,  615-626. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  105 

The  head-forms  of  Italians  as  influenced  by  heredity  and  environment.     Am. 

Anthrop.,  1913,  xv,  163-188  (with  Heleiie  M.  Boas). 
Remarks  on  the  anthropological  study  of  children.     Trans.  XVth  Intern.  Congr. 

Hyg.  &  Domogr.,  1912,  repr.  1-8. 
On  the  variety  of  lines  of  descent  represented  in  a  population.     Am.  Anthrop., 

1916,  xviii,  1-9. 
Eugenics.     Scientific  Monthly,  Nov.,  1916,  471-478. 
New  evidence  in  regard  to  the  instability  of  human  types.     Proc.  Nat.  Acad. 

Sc,  1916,  II,  713-718. 
Modern  populations  of  America.     Proc.  II  Pan-Am.  Sc.  Congr.,  Wash.,  1917, 

9-15.     Repr.  in  Sc.  Amer.,    1917 
The  relation  between  civilization  and  stature.     J.  Sociol.  Med.,  xviii,  397-401. 

Between  1903  and  1904  we  find  a  second  Professor  of  "Anthropology" 
at  Columbia  University,  in  the  person  of  Dr.  Livingston  Farrand. 
Doctor  Farrand  was  however  interested  essentially  in  the  more  psycho- 
logical aspects  of  Anthropology.  His  contributions  to  somatology  are 
limited  to  the  following: 

Farrand  (Livingston)  (with  J.  McK.  Cattell) — Physical  and  mental  measure- 
ments of  the  students  of  Columbia  University.  Psychol.  Rev.,  N.  Y.,  1896, 
III,  618-64S. 

(With  F.  Boas) — Physical  characteristics  of  the  tribes  of  British  Columbia. 
12th  and  final  Report  of  the  Committee  appointed  by  the  B.  A.  A.  S.  to  in- 
vestigate the  physical  characters,  etc.  of  Northwestern  tribes  of  the  Do- 
minion of  Canada,  Proc.  B.  A.  A.  S.,  London,  1898,  629-644. 

For  a  time  Dr.  Clark  Wissler  was  also  connected  with  the  Department 
of  Anthropology  at  Columbia,  assisting  partly  in  somatological  work. 
One  of  the  results  was  his  paper  on  Correlation  of  physical  and  mental 
observations  on  the  students. 

New  York  University,  New  York  City 

Since  1910,  there  exists,  in  connection  with  the  School  of  Pedagogy 
and  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University,  a  Department  of  Pedagogi- 
cal Anthropology,  in  charge  of  Prof.  Paul  R.  Radosavljevich,  who  since 
1914  has  been  assisted  by  Dr.  Aristine  P.  Munn-Recht,  Dean  of  the 
Women  of  the  University.     The  objects  of  this  department  are: 

1.  To  acquaint  the  graduate  students,  as  thoroughly  as  may  be 
possible,  with  the  value  and  results  of  anthropometric  observations  on 
children  and  adolescents; 

2.  To  train  the  graduate  class  in  anthropometry,  particularly  that  of 
children ; 


106  ALES   HRDLICKA 

3.  To  train  the  class  in  biometric  and  other  methods;  and  finally 

4.  To  assist  the  ablest  students  in  carrying  on  original  investigations 
in  child  study. 

The  course  is  divided  into: 

a.  Anthropological  Study  of  School  Children; 

h.  Practical  Course  in  Pedagogical  Anthropology,  Normal  and  Ab- 
normal Children;  and 

c.  Research. 

Professor  Radosavljevich,  with  a  number  of  his  graduates  and  stu- 
dents, have  contributed  the  following  to  physical  anthropology: 

Carley  (Leon  A.) — Mental,  physical  and  moral  delinquency,  and  courts.  A 
thesis  for  Ph.D.,  1914  (partially  published  in  the  Am.  J.  Common  Law  and 
Criminology).  Includes  measurements  of  about  500  inmates  of  N.  J.  Re- 
formatory, Rahway,  N.  J. 

Radosavljevich  (P.  R.)— Pedagogical  anthropology.  Proc.  IVth  Intern.  Cong, 
for  School  Hygiene,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  25-29,  1913,  21  pp. 

Professor  Boas'  New  theory  of  the  form  of  the  head — a  critical  contribution  to 
School  Anthropology.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1911,  xiii,  394-436. 

Changes  in  bodily  form  in  descendants  of  immigrants.  Science,  1912,  xxxv, 
821-4. 

Die  Entwicklung  des  Kindes  innerhalb  der  Schuljahre.  Rep.  "Monatshefte  fixr 
Piidagogik,"  etc.,  1913,  xiv,  87-98,  123-7,  1.59-64. 

Growth  and  education.  "Prosvetni  Glasnik,"  organ  of  the  Serbian  Ministry  of 
Education,  Belgrade.  1900,  322-42,  408-24,  630-64,  707-21;  in  Serbian. 

Anthropological  study  of  school  children.  "Nastavni  Vjestnik,"  organ  of  the 
Croatian  Professors,  Zagreb,  1910,  569-82,  653-82,  724-47,  in  Croatian. 

Anthropology  from  the  scientific  point  of  view.  "Ucitelj,"  organ  of  the  Teach- 
ers' Assoc,  of  Serbia,  Belgrade,  1911,  9-17,  100-109,  281-92;  in  Serbian. 

Sex  differences  in  the  light  of  physical  anthropology.  Ibid.,  1912,  87-104,  180- 
205;  in  Serbian. 

Pedagogic  anthropology  in  the  United  States.  Proc.  XlXth  Intern.  Cong. 
Amer.,  Wash.,  1917,  606-10. 

Study  of  the  American  and  the  European  child.  Proc.  2nd  Pan-Amer.  Sci. 
Cong.,  Wash.,  1917,  i,  124-25. 

Stevenson  (Beatrice  L.) — Constancy  or  variability  in  Scandinavian  type.  In- 
tern. Arch,  ftir  Ethnol.,  1914,  xxii,  22  pp. 

Conclusions  regarding  the  head  index  of  Scandinavians  in  Europe  and  America. 
Ibid.,  1915,  xxiii,  17  pp. 

Socio-Anthropometry;  a  thesis  for  Ph.D.,  12mo,  Boston,  1915,  153  pp. 

The  eye  and  hair  color  in  children  of  the  old  Americans.  Proc.  XlXth  Int. 
Congr.  Amer.,  Wash.,  1917,  603-605. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  107 

Museum  of  the  American  Indian,  Heye  Foundation,  New  York 

The  Museum  of  the  American  Indian,  Heye  Foundation,  owes  its 
origin  to  a  small  collection  of  archeological  and  ethnological  objects 
brought  together  by  George  C.  Heye,  Esq.,  about  fifteen  years  ago. 
Research  in  American  archeology  and  ethnology  was  begun  in  1904, 
and  has  continued  without  cessation ;  the  Museum  was  incorporated  in 
1916.  From  the  outset  the  utmost  care  has  been  devoted  to  the  col- 
lection and  preservation  of  skeletal  remains  of  American  aborigines. 
Unprepared  at  the  beginning  to  give  the  necessary  attention  to  ma- 
terial of  this  kind,  with  respect  both  to  its  permanent  care  and  study, 
Mr.  Heye  generously  presented  an  important  part  of  the  collections  in 
physical  anthropology  to  the  United  States  National  Museum.  Lat- 
terly such  remains  have  been  retained  with  the  view  of  having  them 
form  the  nucleus  for  a  division  of  physical  anthropology.  Such  a 
division  was  actually  established  in  1916,  under  the  charge  of  Dr.  James 
B.  Clemens,  assisted  by  Dr.  Bruno  Oetteking;  but  while  additional 
skeletal  material  is  constantly  being  accumulated,  exigencies  growing 
out  of  the  war  prevented  the  development  of  the  new  section  as  had  been 
planned,  so  that  the  utilization  of  the  collections  and  publication  of 
results  are  held  in  abeyance. 

Cold  Spring  Harbor 

The  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor  was 
established  by  the  Carnegie  Institution  in  1904  as  a  part  of  the  De- 
partment of  Experimental  Biology  of  the  Institution.  Its  objects 
were  ''the  study  of  heredity,  development,  and  evolution  by  experi- 
mental methods, "^^  and  the  work,  essentially  biological  in  the  usual 
sense  of  the  word,  gradually  broadened  so  as  to  include  the  human 
family.  The  station  has  since  its  inception  been  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  Charles  B.  Davenport,  and  the  studies  of  man  so  far  undertaken 
were  carried  on  by  Doctor  Davenport,  with  the  assistance  of  Mrs. 
Davenport  and  other  collaborators.  His  publications  that  are  of  in- 
terest to  physical  anthropology,  as  furnished  by  himself,  follow  :^^ 

(With  Gertrude  C.  Davenport) — Heredity  of  eye  color  in  man.     Science,  1907, 
XXVI,  589-592. 

12  Carnegie  Year  Book,  m,  Wash.,  1905,  p.  37. 

"  Additional  publications  of  related  interest  by  Dr.  Davenport  and  his  asso- 
ciates, are  given  in  the  .various  Year  Books  of  the  Carnegie  Institution. 


108  ALES    HRDLICKA 

(With  Gertrude  C.  Davenport) — Heredity  of  hair  form  in  man.     Amer.  Nat., 

1908,  XLii,  341-349. 

(With  Gertrude  C.  Davenport) — Heredity  of  hair  color  in  man.     Amer.  Nat., 

1909,  XLiii,  193-211. 

(With  Gertrude  C.  Davenport) — Heredity  of  skin  pigmentation  in  man.  Amer. 
Nat.,  1910,  XLiv,  641-672. 

Heredity  in  relation  to  eugenics.     N.  Y.,  1911. 

(With  David  F.  Weeks) — A  first  study  of  heredity  in  epilepsy.  J.  Nerv.  &  Ment. 
Dis.,  Nov.  1911. 

The  origin  and  control  of  mental  defectiveness.  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  Jan.  1912, 
87-90. 

The  trait  book.     Eugenics  Record  Office  Bulletin,  Feb.  1912,  No.  6,  52  pp. 

(With  Florence  H.  Daniclson) — The  hill  folk.  Report  on  a  rural  community  of 
hereditary  defectives.  Eugenics  Record  Office  Memoir  No.  1,  1912,  4°,  56 
pp.,  3  charts. 

(With  A.  H.  Estabrook) — The  Nam  family.  A  study  in  Cacogenics.  Eugenics 
Record  Office  Memoir,  No.  2,  1912,  4°,  85  pp.,  4  charts. 

Man  from  the  standpoint  of  modern  genetics.     Science,  1914,  xxxix,  223-224. 

Heredity  of  skin  color  in  negro-white  crosses.  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash., 
1913,  Publ.  No.  188. 

The  feebly  inhibited:  (1)  Nomadism  or  the  wandering  impulse,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  heredity.  (2)  Inheritance  of  temperament.  Carnegie  Inst,  of 
Wash.,  1915,  Pub).  No.  236. 

Skin  color  of  mulattoes.     J.  Hered.,  1914,  v,  556-558. 

The  value  of  scientific  genealogy.     Science,  1915,  xii,  337-342. 

A  dent  in  the  forehead.     J.  Hered.,  1915,  vi,  163-164. 

(With  H.  S.  Conard) — Hereditary  fragility  of'bone  (fragilitas  osseum,  osteopsa- 
thyrosis).    Eugenics  Record  Office  Bull.  No.  14,  1915. 

The  hereditary  factor  in  pellagra.     Arch.  Inter.  Med.,  1916,  xviii,  1-29. 

The  personality,  heredity  and  work  of  Charles  Otis  Whitman,  1843-1910.  Amer. 
Nat.,  1917,  LI,  5-30. 

The  effect  of  Race  intermingling.     Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc,  1917,  lvi,  364-368. 

Inheritance  of  stature.     Genetics,  1917,  ii,  313-389. 

(With  Eliz.  B.  Muncey) — Huntington's  Chorea  in  relation  to  heredity  and 
eugenics.     Amer.  J.   Insanity,  1916,  lxxiii,  195-222. 

In  1910,  Mrs.  E.  H.  Harriman  established  at  Sag  Harbor  and  in 
virtual  connection  with  the  Station  for  Experimental  Evolution,  the 
"Eugenics  Record  Office,"  for  the  purpose  of  research  in  human  he- 
redity and  eugenics.  This  Office,  which  like  the  Station  is  under  the 
direction  of  Doctor  Davenport,  has  published  a  series  of  Memoirs  and 
Bulletins  all  of  which  are  of  direct  interest  to  physical  anthropology. 
Most  of  these  publications  have  already  been  given  in  Doctor  Daven- 
port's bibliography;  the  additional  ones  are  as  follows: 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  109 

Eugenics  Record  Office  Bulletins 

Bull.    1—Goddard  (Henry  H.).     Heredity  of  feeblemindedness.     8°,  1911,  14  pp. 
2 — Symposium.     The  study  of  human    heredity.     8°,  1911,  17  pp. 
3 — Cannon  (Gertrude  L.)  and  A.  J.  Rosanoff.     Preliminary   report  of  a 

study  of  heredity  in  insanity,  etc.     8°,  1911,  11  pp. 
5 — Rosanoff  (A.  J.)  and  Florence  T.  Orr.     A   study   of    heredity   of   in- 
sanity in  the  light  of  the  Mendelian  theory.     8°,  1911,  221-261. 
8 — Cotton  (Henry  A.).     Some  problems  in  the  study  of  heredity  in  mental 

di>^eases.     8°,  1912,  59  pp. 
lOA — Laughlin  (Harry  H.).     I.  The  scope  of  the  .Committee's  work.     Re- 
port of  the  Committee  to  study  and  to  report  on  the  best  practical 
means  of  cutting  off  the  defective  germ-plasm    in  the  American 
population.     8°,  1914,  64  pp. 
lOB — Laughlin  (Harry  H.).     II.  The  legal,  legislative  and  administrative 
aspects  of  sterilization.     Report  of  same  Committee  as  in  bulle- 
tin 10  A.     8°,  1914,  150  pp. 
15 — Finlayson  (Mrs.  Anna  Wendt).     The  Dack  family.     A  study  in  heredi- 
tary lack  of  emotional  control.     8°,  1916,  46  pp. 
16— Muncey  (Elizabeth  B.).     A  study  of  the  heredity  of  Pellagra  in  Spar- 
tanburg  County,    South   Carolina.     8°,    repr.    from    Archives    of 
Internal  Med.,  xviii.  No.  1,  31-75. 

PHILADELPHIA,  PENNSYLVANIA 

Since  the  death  of  Harrison  Allen,  progress  in  Physical  Anthro- 
pology in  Philadelphia  has  been  almost  entirely  limited  to  increase  of 
collections;  there  is  at  present  no  active  center  for  the  branch  in  that 
city,  formerly  a  home  of  our  science,  a  condition  which  urgently  calls 
for  a  remedy. 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia 

Clarence  B.  Moore.  The  earlier  history  of  Physical  Anthropology  in 
connection  with  the  Academy  has  been  recorded  in  Section  B  of  this 
memoir,  and  Uttle  remains  to  be  added,  except  that  within  the  last 
three  decades  the  older  collections  of  the  Institution  have  been  en- 
riched by  numerous  crania  and  other  skeletal  material  resulting  from 
the  explorations  of  Mr.  Clarence  B.  Moore. 

Mr.  Clarence  B.  Moore,  one  of  the  foremost  archeologists  of  the 
country,  has  contributed  substantially  to  the  progi*ess  of  phj^sical 
anthropology  in  the  United  States,  by  his  careful  and  extensive  collec- 
tions of  skeletal  material  in  the  old  mounds  of  Florida,  Alabama,  Ar- 
kansas, Mississippi  and  Kentucky.  During  recent  years  such  material 
has  been  added  by  Mr.  Moore  to  the  collections  of  the  United  States 


110  ALES   HRDLICKA 

National  Museum,  and  has  already  served  to  elucidate  some  impor- 
tant problems  in  the  anthropology  of  the  southeastern  states.  Sev- 
eral publications  resulting  from  the  study  of  the  material  have  ap- 
peared in  the  Journal  of  the  Academy. 

Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott 

Another  great  friend  of  physical  anthropology  in  Philadelphia, 
though  not  a  working  anthropologist  himself,  is  Dr.  W.  L.  Abbott. 
During  his  many  years  of  biological  explorations  in  southeastern  Asia, 
Borneo,  Sumatra  and  other  islands.  Doctor  Abbott  has  collected  not 
only  hundreds  of  photographs  of  the  natives  and  some  of  their  skeletal 
material,  but  has  conferred  a  great  service  on  anthropology  as  well  as 
on  biology  by  the  collection  of  a  most  important  series  of  skeletons 
and  brains  of  the  anthropoid  and  other  apes.  These  precious  speci- 
mens now  form  parts  of  the  collections  of  the  divisions  of  Physical 
Anthropology  and  Mammalogy  in  the  U.  S.  National  Musemn. 
Doctor  Abbott  is  still  active  and  there  is  a  strong  hope  that  further 
material  assistance  will  be  rendered  by  him  to  physical  anthropology. 

The  Wistar  Institute  of  Anatomy  and  Biology,  Philadelphia 

Remarks  on  the  earlier  history  of  Physical  Anthropology  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Wistar  Institute  will  be  found  under  Section  B. 

The  more  recent  developments  in  this  direction  in  the  Institute, 
consist  of  a  very  practical,  attractive  and  useful  rearrangement  of  the 
older  collections  and  exhibits;  of  the  addition  to  the  collections  of  im- 
portant series  of  primate  skeletal  material,  of  a  dozen  or  more  com- 
plete skeletons  of  the  Chinese,  and  of  a  series  of  fifty  Phihppino 
brains;  and  in  the  acquisition,  in  1915,  of  the  large  osteological  col- 
lections from  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Recently  the  important  series  of  Eskimo  crania  and  bones  at  the 
Wistar  Institute  has  been  studied  by  Dr.  Ernest  W.  Hawkes  and  Mr. 
Ralph  Linton,  and  the  results  were  published  by  Doctor  Hawkes 
under  the  title  of  "Skeletal  Measurements  and  Observations  on  the 
Point  Barrow  Eskimo  with  Comparisons  from  Other  Eskimo  Groups," 
in  the  American  Anthropologist,  1916,  xviii,  203-244. 

Connected  with  the  Wistar  Institute  since  1906  as  Professor  of 
Neurology,  is  Dr.  Henry  H  Donaldson,  one  of  the  foremost  investi- 
gators in  his  line,  who  has  made  several  contributions  of  value  to 
Physical  Anthropology.     These  are: 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  111 

The  growth  of  the  brain;  a  study  of  the  nervous  system  in  relation  to  education. 
1897,  12°,  London,  374  pp. 

A  comparison  of  the  white  rat  with  man  in  respect  to  the  growth  of  the  entire 
body.     Repr.  from  Boas  Memorial  Volume,  N.  Y.,  1906,  5-26. 

Brain  and  nervous  system  in  rat  and  man.  Address  before  the  Phila.  Neurologi- 
cal Soc.  Jan.  1911,  J.  Nerv.  &  Ment.  Dis.,  1911,  xxxviii,  257-266. 

An  anatomical  analysis  of  growth.  Trans.  XVth  Intern.  Congr.  Hyg.  &  Demog. 
(held  Wash.,  1912);  repr.  6  pp. 

In  addition  Professor  Donaldson  and  his  associates  have  published 
in  the  American  Journal  of  Anatomy  and  the  Anatomical  Record,  a 
number  of  articles  on  the  growth  and  on  the  central  nervous  system  of 
animals,  particularly  the  albino  rat,  which  are  of  interest  to  the  stu- 
dent of  human  growth  and  of  the  human  brain  and  nervous  system. 

A  mention  must  also  be  made  of  the  collection  of  brains  of  distin- 
guished individuals  which  is  in  the  possession  of  the  Wistar  Institute. 
A  portion  of  this  collection  was  studied  by  Dr.  E.  A.  Spitzka  (see 
p.  286). 

Spitzka  also  established  a  collection  of  brains  in  the  anatomical 
department  of  the  Jefferson  Medical  College  of  Philadelphia,  while 
Professor  of  Anatomy  at  that  Institution. 

The  University  Museum,  Philadelphia 

Until  1915  the  University  Museum  possessed  a  valuable  collection 
of  skeletal  remains  from  some  of  the  northern  tribes  of  Mexico,  the 
Eskimo,  the  Melanesians,  and  other  races,  and  for  a  time  there  was  some 
thought  that,  under  the  able  directorship  of  Dr.  Geo.  B.  Gordon,  there 
might  eventually  be  developed  at  the  Museum  a  Division  devoted  to 
physical  anthropology.  In  the  year  mentioned,  however,  on  account 
of  inadequate  storage  and  laboratory  facilities,  and  with  the  view  of  a 
concentration  of  effort  in  this  scientific  field,  rather  than  a  dispersion 
of  the  collections  and  a  divided  effort,  it  was  decided  by  the  Museum 
authorities  to  transfer  the  entire  collection  to  the  Wistar  Institute  of 
Anatomy  and  Biology,  of  Philadelphia,  which  already  possessed  im- 
portant collections  of  skulls  and  other  skeletal  remains. 

Between  1913  and  1917  Dr.  William  C.  Farabee,  conducted  for 
the  Museum  an  expedition  to  the  tribes  of  northern  South  America, 
which  resulted  in  the  acquisition  of  numerous  observations  of  value 
to  Physical  Anthropology.     These  are  being  prepared  for  pubHcation. 

Important  excavations  are  now  being  conducted  for  the  Museum  in 
Egypt  by  the  Eckley  B.  Cox  Jr.  Expedition,  which  is  expected  to  re- 


112  ALES    HRDLICKA 

suit  in  the  acquisition  of  valuable  well  dated  skeletal  material  from  the 
earlier  dynasties;  and  a  recent  expedition  for  the  Museum  to  the 
northwestern  Eskimo  will  doubtless  result  in  the  collection  of  ad- 
ditional skeletal  remains  from  this  important  group  of  American 
aborigines. 

BALTIMORE 

Baltimore,  though  a  great  and  rich  city,  and  though  possessing  one 
of  the  foi-emost  universities  and  medical  schools  in  the  country — the 
Johns  Hopkins— has,  strangely,  never  been  a  fertile  field  for  anthro- 
pological research  or  even  collections.  Probably  this  is  to  be  explained 
by  its  proximity  to  Washington. 

Within  late  years,  nevertheless,  conditions  have  been  slowly  changing 
for  the  better.  Prof.  Franklin  P.  Mall,  whose  recent  untimely  death 
is  a  great  loss  to  American  science,  was  always  a  warm  friend  of  An- 
thropology, and  for  several  years  before  his  death  had  associated  with 
himself,  in  his  researches  on  human  development,  a  trained  anthro- 
pologist. He  also  pulJished,  however,  personally  a  number  of  papers 
which  had  a  direct  bearing  on  physical  anthropology.  They  are  as 
follows  : 

On  the  transitory  or  artificial  fissures  of  the  human  cerebrum.     Am.  J.  Anat., 

1903,  II,  333-340. 
On  the  angle  of  the  elbow.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1905,  iv,  301-404. 
On  ossification  centers  in  human  embryos  less  than  100  days  old.     Am.  J.  Anat., 

1906,  V,  No.  4,  433-458. 
On  measuring  human  embryos.     Anat.  Rec,  1907,  i,  129-140. 
On  several  anatomical  characters  of  the  human  brain,  said  to  vary  according  to 

race  and  sex,  with  especial  reference  to  the  weight  of  the  frontal  lobe.     Am. 

J.  Anat.,  1909,  ix,  1-32. 
On  the  development  of  the  human  heart.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1912,  xiii,  249-29.S. 
On  the  frequency  of  localized  anomalies  in  human  embryos  and  infants  at  birth. 

Am.  J.  Anat.,  1917,  xxii,  49-72. 

Professor  Mall's  first  collaborator  in  anthropology  was  Dr.  Michal 
Reicher,  of  Pohsh  birth,  who  in  1915  returned  to  his  country  to  take 
part  in  the  war.  The  results  of  his  investigations  have  not  as  yet  been 
pubhshed.  In  1917,  Dr.  Reicher's  place  was  given  to  Dr.  Adolf  H. 
Schultz,  of  Switzerland,  who  since  has  published  the  following  papers 
of  anthropological  bearing: 

Ein  paariger  Knochen  am  Unterrand  der  Squama  occipitalis.     Anat.  Rec,  1917, 
XII,  357-362. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  113 

An  appeal  to  physicians  for  embryological  material,  especially  from  the  negro. 

Leaflet,  4  pp.,  Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  1917. 
The    Fontanella   metopica  and  its  remnants  in  an  adult  skull.     Am.  J.  Anat. 

1918,  XXIII,  259-271. 
The  position  of  the  insertion  of  the  pectoralis  major  and  deltoid  muscles  on  the 

humerus  of  man.     Am.  J    Anat.,  1918,  xxiii.  No.  1,  155-173. 
Studies  in  the  sex-ratio  in  man.     Biolog.  Bull.,  1918,  xxxiv,  257-275. 

One  of  the  former  (1904-5)  assistants  of  Professor  Mall  is  Dr. 
Robert  Bennett  Bean,  now  Professor  of  Anatomy  at  the  University  of 
Virginia.  Dr.  Bean,  who  from  the  beginning  of  his  scientific  career 
has  been  actively  interested  in  physical  anthropology,  has  made  in 
the  United  States  and  in  the  Philippine  Islands  extensive  somatological 
studies  on  the  brain,  the  ear,  the  teeth,  Philippine  racial  types,  and  on 
growth  and  proportions  of  the  human  body.  It  is  much  to  his  credit 
that  he  carried  out  his  numerous  studies  in  addition  to  the  heavy 
duties  of  the  teaching  anatomist,  and  under  other  disadvantages.  The 
bibliography  of  his  contributions  to  our  branch  of  research  follows: 

On  a  racial  peculiarity  in  the  brain  of  a  negro.     Proc.  Ass.  Am.  Anat.,  in  Am. 

J.  Anat.,  1905,  iv,  4. 
Observations  on  a  study  of  the  subclavian  artery  in  man.     Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital Bull.,  1904,  XV,  No.  159,  203-205. 
A  composite  study  of  the  subclavian  artery  in  man.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1905,  iv, 

303-328. 
Some  racial  peculiarities  of  the  negro  brain.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1906,  v,  353^32, 

16  fig.,  12  charts;  also  Century  Mag.,  1906,  lxxii,  778-784. 
The  training  of  the  negro.  Century  Mag.,  1906,  lxxii,  947-953. 
A  racial  peculiarity  in  the  temporal  lobe  of  the  negro  brain.     Anat.  Rec,  1907, 

I,  57. 
A  preliminary  report  on  the  measurements  of  about  1000  students  at  Ann  Arbor, 

Mich.     Anat.  Rec,  1907,  i,  67-68. 
Lectures  on  Heredity.     Teachers'  Assembly  Herald,  Philippine  Islands,  1908. 
A  theory  of  heredity  to  explain  the  types  of  the  white  race  in  North  America. 

Philippine  J.  Sci.,  1908,  in,  Sec.  A,  215-233. 
The  Benguet  Igorots:  A  somatologic  study  of  the  live  folk  of  Benguet  and 

Lepanto-Bontoc.     Philippine  J.  Sci.,  1908,  in,  Sec.  A,  413-467. 
Methods  of  studying  the  central  nervous  system.     Philippine  J.  Sci.,  1909,  iv, 

Sec.  B,  9-19. 
A  scheme  to  represent  type  heredity  in  man.     Science,  1909,  xxix,  942-944. 
A  cephalograph.     Philippine  J.  Sci.,  1909,  iv.  Sec.  A,  447-449. 
Filipino  types.     I.  Manila  students.     Ibid.,  263-296. 
Filipino  types.     II.  Found  in  Malecon  Morgue.     Ibid.,  297-337. 
Filipino  types.     III.  Racial  anatomy  in  Taytay.     A.  The  men.     Ibid.,  359-446, 

16  figs.,  18  plates. 


114  A.LES    HRDLICKA 

Filipino  types.     IV.  Racial  anatomy  in  Taytay.     B.  The  women.     Ibid.,  1910, 

V,  1-25,  7  plates.     (With  F.  S.  Planta.) 
Filipino  ears.     I.  A  classification  of  ear  types.     Ibid.,  1909,  iv,  Sec.  A,  27-53,  19 

figs.,  10  plates. 
Filipino  ears.     II.  Ears  from  Malecon  Morgue.     Ibid.,  1910,  v.  Sec.  D,  191-195, 

3  plates. 
Filipino  ears.     III.  Negrito.     Ibid.,  1911,  vi.  Sec.  D.,  107-125,  18  plates. 
Filipino  ears.     IV.  Ilongot  and  Mangyan.     Ibid.,  1913,  viii,  357-358,  20  plates 
Paleolithic  man  in  the  Philippines.     Homo  Philippinensis.     Ibid.,  1910,  v,  25-31, 

1  plate. 
Types  of  Negritos  in  the  Philippine  Islands.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1910,  xii,  220-236, 

15  fig. 
Philippine  types.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1910,  xii,  373-389,  8  plates. 
The  racial  anatomy  of  the  Philippine  Islanders.     8vo,  Phil.,  1910. 
The  ear  as  a  morphologic  factor   in  racial  anatomy.     Verh.    d.    viii   Intern. 

Zool.-Kong.  zu  Graz,  1910,  921-925. 
The  men  of  Cainta.     Philippine  J.  Sci.,  1911,  v,  Sec.  D,  7-15,  1  plate. 
Heredity  of  hair  from  among  the  Filipinos.     Am.  Nat.,  1911,  xlv,  524-563. 
Some  factors  in  the  differentiation  of  human  types.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1912, 171-173; 

Science,  1912,  xxv,  674. 
Some  useful  morphologic  factors  in  racial  anatomy.     Anat.  Rec,  April,  1912,  vi, 

173-179. 
A  composite  study  of  the  incidence  of  disease  and  physical  form  in  New  Orleans, 

La.     Johns  Hopkins  Bull.,  Dec,  1912. 
A  study  of  physiognomy:  The  evolution  of  the  human  face.     Am.   Antiq.   & 

Oriental  J.,  1912,  xxxiv,  265-271;  1913,  xxxv,  3-7,  231-236. 
Types  among  the  inland  tribes  of  Luzon  and  Mindanao.     Philippine  J.  Sci., 

1913,  VIII,  Sec.  D,  455-462,  9  plates. 
Three  forms  of  the  human  nose.     Anat.  Rec,  1913,  vii,  43-45. 
The  nose  of  the  Jew  and  the  Quadratus  labii  superioris  muscle.     Anat.  Rec, 

1913,  vii,  47-49. 
Notes  on  the  hairy  men  of  the  Philippine  Islands  and  elsewhere.     Am.  Anthrop., 

1913,  XV,  415^24. 
The  eruption  and  decay  of  the  permanent  teeth.     Anat.  Rec,  1914,  viii,  299-302. 
A  racial  peculiarity  in  the  pole  of  the  temporal  lobe  of  the  negro  brain.     Anat. 

Rec,  1914,  VIII,  479^91. 
The  stature  and  the  eruption  of  the  permanent  teeth  of  American,  German- 
American  and  Filipino  children.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  Nov.,  1914,  xvii,  113-160. 
The  growth  of  the  head  and  face  in  American  (white),  German-American  and 

Filipino   children.     Am.   Anthrop.,    1915,   xvii,   525-528;   also   Anat.    Rec, 

1915,  IX,  50-52. 
Some  ears  and  types  of  men.     Am.  Anthrop  ,  1915,  xvii,  529-533. 
Some  characteristics  of  the  external  ear  of  American  whites,  American  Indians, 

American  negroes,  Alaskan  Esquimos,  and  Filipinos.     Am.  J.  Anat.,  1915, 

xviii,  201-225. 
Notes  on  the  alimentary  canal  of  the  hyperontomorph  and  the  mesoontomorph. 

Anat.  Rec,  1916,  x,  181. 


PHYSICAL  .ANTHROPOLOGY  115 

Diseases  and  death  rate  in  human  types.  New  Orleans  Med  &  Surg  J  1916 
Lxix,  175.  ■'  ' 

The  weights  of  the  organs  in  relation  to  type,  race,  sex,  stature  and  age  \nat 
Rec,  1917,  XI,  326-328.  " 

The  permanent  teeth,  with  special  reference  to  American  children.  Proc  XlXth 
Intern.  Cong.  Amer.,  Wash.,  1917,  611-615. 

Still  another  former  associate  of  Professor  Mall  whose  work  has 
been  of  importance  to  Physical  Anthropology-,  is  Dr.  C.  H.  Bardeen, 
since  1904  Professor  of  Anatomy  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  His 
publications,  dealing  with  the  development  of  the  skeleton,  will  be 
referred  to  in  the  final  section  of  this  work. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY:  ITS    SCOPE   AND    AIMS;    ITS 
HISTORY  AND  PRESENT  STATUS  IN  AMERICA 

ALES  HRDLICKA 

C — concl.    Recent  History  and  Present  Status  of  the  Science 

IN   North  America 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Washington,  due  to  the  location  here  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
together  with  the  National  and  Army  Medical  Museums,  and  of  such 
government  concerns  as  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  the 
Indian  Office,  the  Census  Bureau  and  the  Bureau  of  Immigration, 
has  long  offered  a  most  favorable  field  for  Physical  Anthropology, 
and  this  field,  though  perhaps  not  always  made  a  full  use  of,  was  not 
neglected  in  recent  years. 

THE   ARMY  MEDICAL  MUSEUM 

Since  the  transfer  in  1898-1899  and  1904  of  approximately  4,000 
normal  crania  and  other  osteological  specimens  from  the  Army  Medical 
Museum  to  the  National  Museum  (see  Part  B),  activities  in  Physical 
Anthropology  in  the  former  have  ceased.  The  Surgeon-General's 
Library  at  the  Museum,  however,  and  the  Index  Medicus  which  is 
edited  there,  continue  to  be  of  great  aid  to  students  in  Physical  Anthro- 
pology; and  helpful  interest  in  the  branch  has  been  preserved  by  Dr. 
Lamb,  pathologist  of  the  Museum  and  Professor  of  Anatomy  at  the 
Howard  University. 

Born  in  1843  in  Philadelphia,  Doctor  Lamb  served  in  various  capac- 
ities through  the  Civil  War,  then  graduated  in  medicine,  and  in  1868 
was  assigned,  as  Acting  Assisting  Surgeon,  U.  S.  A.,  to  duty  at  the 
Army  Medical  Museum,  where  he  is  to  this  date.  He  has  been  one  of 
the  pillars  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington,  and  has 
given  us  a  number  of  contributions  of  value  to  Physical  Anthropology. 
He  conducted  the  post  mortem  examinations  of  President  Garfield, 
Vice-President  Henry  Wilson,  and  the  assassin  Guiteau;  has  been  for 

116 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY 


117 


many  years  in  charge  of  the  splendid  exhibits  in  the  Army  Medical 
Museum;  and  was  largely  instrumental  in  the  eventual  transfer  of 
the  normal  anthropological  material  to  the  United  States  National 

Museum. 

His  anthropological  bibhography  follows: 

Eighth  sternal  rib  in  man.     Amer.  Anthrop.,  1889,  ii,  75. 

The  olecranon  perforation.     Amer.  Anthrop.,  1890,  iii,  159-174. 

Primitive  trephining  in  Peru.     Nat.  Med.  Rev.,  1895-6,  iv,  28. 

Precolumbian  syphilis.     Proc.  Assn.  Amer.  Anat.,  1897,  x,  63;  also  Nat.  Med. 

Rev.,  1897-8,  vii,  234. 
Mythical  monsters.     Amer.  Anthrop.,  1900,  ii,  277-291. 
Mummification,  especially  of  the  brain.     Amer.  Anthrop.,  1901,  "i-  294-307. 
Some  brain  weights  in  the  negro  race.     Amer.  Anthrop.,  1904,  vi,  364 
The  story  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington.     Amer.  Anthrop.,  1906, 

VIII,  564-579.  ,  .        .  ,  -iTr     1,    TVT^^ 

Specimens  in  the  Army  Medical  Museum  from  prehistoric  peoples.     Wash.  Med. 

Annals,  1912-13,  109-118. 
Obituary  of  Dr.  Robert  Fletcher.     Amer.  Anthrop.,  1912,  xiv,  68/ 
Case  of  supernumerary  toe  in  Egyptian  mummy.     Wash.  Med.  Annals,  1914, 

XIII,  161. 
Sanitation  in  ancient  civilizations.     Ibid.,  335-352.  t   .         f 

The  Army  Medical  Museum  in  American  Anthropology.     Proc.  xix  Internat. 

Cong.  Americanists,  Wash.,  1917,  625-632. 

In  connection  with  the  Army  Medical  Museum  a  word  is  due  also 
to  Dr  J  L.  Wortman,  who  in  1888,  while  attached  as  Anatomist  to 
the  Musemn,  was  largely  instrumental  in  preserving  the  human  bones 
recovered  by  the  Hemenway  Expedition  to  the  Southwest,  and  who 
subsequently  pubhshed  a  painstaking  study  on  the  hyoid  bones  found 
among  this  material  {Amer.  Anthrop.,  1889,  ii,  81;  C.  R.  VII  Cong. 
Internat.  d'Americanistes,  BerUn,  1888;  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sc,  1893, 
VI  203-211).  Doctor  Wortman  is  still  Uving,  but  devotes  his  atten- 
tion to  paleontology^  and  osteology  of  other  mammals  than  man.  One 
of  the  main  problems  he  is  occupied  with  is,  however,  the  ongm  of  the 

prunates.  .  ,    , 

In  his  studies  on  the  Indian  hyoid,  Doctor  Wortman  was  assisted 
by  the  Anthropologist  of  the  Hemenway  Expedition,  Dr.  Herman 
ten  Kate,  whose  work  in  American  Anthropology  may  perhaps  best  be 
noted  in  this  connection. 

Doctor  ten  Kate,  a  native  of  HoUand,  scholar  of  Broca,  and  now  for 
many  years  hving  in  Japan,  has  given  us  a  series  of  valuable  contribu- 
tions on  American  anthropology,  both  that  of  the  hving  and  of  the 


118  ALES   HRDLICKA 

skeletal  remains.  He  first  visited  this  continent  in  1883,  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Societe  d'Anthropologie  de  Paris,  when  he  studied  the 
Iroquois,  the  Indians  of  Lower  California  and  some  of  those  of  the 
Southwest.  He  visited  the  Southwest  again  as  the  Anthropologist  of 
the  Hemenway  Expedition,  in  1887-1888,  secured  observations  and 
measurements  on  several  hundred  of  adults  and  children  among  the 
Pima,  Papago,  Maricopa,  Yuma,  Zuni  and  other  Indians,  and  contrib- 
uted to  the  important  skeletal  collections  gathered  under  the  auspices 
of  the  expedition.  After  that  his  interest  extended  to  the  Indians  of 
South  America,  where  he  traveled  considerably  and  settled  for  a  time. 
To  some  extent  he  is  still  engaged  with  American  problems,  his  latest 
contribution  to  the  subject  dating  from  as  late  as  October  1917. 
He  is  perhaps  the  last  anthropologist  of  note  who  defends  the  theory 
of  a  multiplicity  of  races  on  the  American  continent,  though  this  is 
largely  if  not  entirely  due  to  his  interpretation  of  the  term  "race." 
The  following  is  a  list  of  his  contributions  to  North  American  Physical 
Anthropology : 

Quelques  observations  sur  les  Indiens  Iroquois.  Rev.  d'Anthrop.,  1883,  2  s6r., 

VI,  279-283. 
Les  Indiens  de  la  presque-ile  de  la  Californie  et  de  I'Arizona.     Lettre,  Bull.  See. 

d'Anthrop.,  Paris,  1883,  3  sor.,  vi,  374-376. 
Indiens  de  la  Sonora  et  de  I'Arizona.     Lettre,  Ibid.,  634-637. 
Observations  sur  les  Indiens  du  Nouveau  Mexiq.ue  et  du  Colorado.     Lettre, 

Ibid.,  801-804. 
Indiens  des  Etats-Unis  du  Sud-Ouest.     Lettre,  Ibid.,  898-900. 
Sur  quelques  cranes  de  I'Arizona  et  du  Nouveau  Mexique.     Ibid.,  1884,  vii. 
Materiaux  pour  servir  a  I'anthropologie  de  la  presque-ile  Californienne.     Bull. 

Soc.  d'Anthrop.,  Paris,  1884,  3  ser.,  vii,  551-569. 
Description  d'un  crdne  Moqui.     Arch.  Neerland.,  1885,  xx. 

Reisen  en  onderzoekingen  in  Noord-Amerika.     8°,  Leiden,  1885,   464  pp.     (In- 
cludes measurements  and  observations  on  Indians  of  the  southwest.) 
On  an  anatomical  characteristic  of  the  hyoid  bone  of  Precolumbian   Pueblo 

Indians.     C.   R.   vii  Cong.   Internat.   d'Amdricanistes,    Berlin,    1888   (with 

J.  L.  Wortman). 
On  the  alleged  Mongolian  characteristics  of  the  American  race.     A  reply  to  Dr. 

Brinton.     Science,  1888,  227-228. 
Sur  la  question  de  la  pluralite  et  de  la  parents  des  races  in  Am^rique.     C.  R. 

VIII  Cong.  Internat.  d'Americanistes,  Paris,  1892,  288-294. 
Somatological  observations  on  Indians  of  the  Southwest.     J.  Am.   Ethnol.   & 

Arch.,  1892,  in,  119-144. 
Observations  au  sujet  des   "Recherches  anthropologiques  sur  la  Basse-Cali- 

fornie"  du  Dr.  Rivet.     L'Anthrop.,  1911,  xxii,  37-40;  Encore  I'anthropologie 

de  la  Basse-Californie.     Ibid.,  374-375. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  119 

Dynamometric  observations  among  various  peoples.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1916,  xviii, 

1(K18. 
Melanges  anthropologiques:  Indiens  d'Amerique   du   Nord.     L'Anthrop.,    1917, 

xxviii,  369  401. 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM,   SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

The  establishment  of  the  Division  of  Physical  Anthropology  in  the 
United  States  National  Museum,  1903,  has  been  briefly  touched  upon 
in  Part  B  of  this  memoir.  Since  then  and  in  close  cooperation  with 
the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  the  National  Museum  has  become 
the  center  of  activities  in  this  line  in  Washington.  The  credit  for  the 
establishment  of  the  Division  and  in  a  large  measure  also  for  its  prog- 
ress, is  due  to  Prof.  William  H.  Holmes,  formerly  Chief  of  the  Bureau 
of  American  Ethnology,  and  since  1910  Head  Curator  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Anthropology  at  the  United  States  National  Museum. 

The  Division,  from  the  modest  beginnings  which  consisted  of  a 
stack  of  trays  and  boxes  of  old  skeletal  material,  some  of  which  had 
never  yet  been  unpacked,  together  with  a  few  open  shelves  in  a  portion 
of  a  gallery  in  the  old  museum  and  one  chair  with  one  small  plain 
table,  grew  until  at  present  it  embraces  an  office,  library,  exhibition 
room  and  hall,  brain  room,  preparatory  rooms,  laboratory,  storage 
and  maceration  room;  and  its  activities  have  grown  in  proportion. 
In  view  of  the  fact  that  valuable  anthropological  material  is  generally 
and  rapidly  becoming  scarce,  the  foremost  care  was  given  from  the 
start  to  the  gathering  of  such  material  both  in  America  and  other  parts 
of  the  world,  and  to  its  preservation  in  the  best  possible  form  for  future 
reference  and  investigation.  The  old  collections  were  carefully  combed 
over  and  all  material  that  was  not  properly  identified,  of  which  there 
was  a  large  amount,  was  eliminated.  New  forms  of  drawers  and  racks 
and  new  system  of  arrangement  were  developed,  assuring  the  utmost 
practicable  safety,  ventilation,  freedom  of  dust  and  accessibility.  A 
fully  equipped  anthropometric  laboratory  was  established  for  the 
purpose  of  research  and  instruction.  The  collections  were  extended  to 
other  important  parts  of  the  body  besides  the  skeleton,  more  partic- 
ularly to  the  brain,  and  the  most  valuable  specimens  in  the  collection 
were  segregated  as  exhibits,  and  as  special  series  for  scientific  visitors. 
The  Division  has  been  made  freely  accessible  to  all  properly  equipped 
students,  and  is  being  used  for  purposes  of  investigation  by  a  steadily 
increasing  number  of  dentists,  physicians,  and  other  scientific  men. 
In  addition  the  Division  is  freely  assisting,  by  instruction  and  other- 


120  ALES   HRDLICKA 

wise,  in  anthropological  investigations  carried  on  in  other  parts  of  the 
country;  while  no  small  part  of  its  function  is  that  of  furnishing  anthro- 
pological information  to  correspondents  of  the  Institution.  There 
are  no  undergraduate  courses  of  instruction;  but  laboratory  facilities 
and  other  assistance  are  offered  to  postgraduates  desirous  to  engage 
in  anthropological  investigations. 

In  research,  the  foremost  attention  has  been  and  is  being  given  to 
the  problems  of  man's  antiquity,  particularly  that  on  the  American 
continent;  to  the  racial  identity,  origin  and  derivation  of  the  American 
Indian ;  to  the  anthropological  problems  presented  by  the  heterogeneous 
population  of  the  United  States;  and  recently  to  the  influences  on  the 
race  of  the  war. 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  of  various  gov- 
ernment departments,  and  of  expositions,  such  as  that  held  1915-1916 
at  San  Diego,  Cal.,  numerous  expeditions  for  the  collection  of  anthro- 
pological data  and  specimens  have  been  made  to  different  parts  of  the 
world ;  an  account  of  these-  is  yearly  given  in  the  Smithsonian  Explora- 
tions. 

The  publishing  of  the  American  Journal  of  Physical  Anthropology, 
while  not  its  official  function,  is  nevertheless  an  outgrowth  of  the  work 
of  the  Division, 

It  will  perhaps  be  most  convenient  to  give  in  this  place  the  bibli- 
ography of  the  anthropological  publications  of  the  writer,  cm-ator  of 
the  Division. 

Anthropological  and  medical-anthropological  publications,  by  Ales 
Hrdhcka : 

Contribution  to  the  general  pathology  of  the  insane.     (Physical  examinations 

and   measurements.)     24th    Ann.    Rep.    Middletown    St.    Hom.    Hospital, 

Middl.,  N.  Y.,  1895,  162-207. 
A  case  of  extensive  traumatic  brain  lesion  with  very  meagre  objective  symptoms. 

Med.  Record,  1895,  xlviii,  512-514,  2  fig. 
Disorders  of  sensibility  in  the  insane.     N.-Am.  J.  Homeop.,  1895,  x,  719-729. 
Contributions  to  general  etiology  and  pathology  of  the  insane:  I.  Etiological 

relation  of  tuberculosis  to  insanity;  II.  Disorders  of  smell  in  the  insane; 

III.  Reflexes  in  the  insane;  IV.  Investigations  as  to  color-blindness  and 

some    psychological    phenomena   in   the   insane.     Twenty-fifth    Ann.    Hep. 

Middletown  St.  Hom.  Hospital,  Middl.,  N.  Y.,  1896,  149-177.     Also  in  Am. 

J.  Insan.,  1896,  lii,  325-343. 
Twenty  autopsies  held  upon  the  cadavers  of  the  insane.     Twenjty-fifth  Ann. 

Rep.  Middletown  St.  Hom.  Hospital,  Middl..  N.  Y.,  1896,  179-213. 
A  trial  of  thyroid  in  a  few  cases  of  insanity.     State  Hospitals  Bulletin,  1896. 

Utica,  N.  Y.,  I,  55-63. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOOY  121 

Pathological  Institute  of  the  New  York  State  Hospitals:  Department  of  A.nthro- 
pology — Outline  of  its  scope  and  exposition  of  the  preliminary  work.  State 
Hospitals  Bull.,  1897,  ii,  1-18.  Also  in  Contributions  of  the  Pathological 
Institute  of  the  New  York  State  Hospitals,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1898,  no.  4. 

A  few  words  about  anthropometry.     Am.  J.  Insan.,  1897,  liii,  521-533. 

An  interesting  case  of  pseudo-hermaphroditismus  masculinus  completus.  Al- 
bany Med.  Annals,  1897,  xviii,  476-484.  With  4  fig.  fin  title  J.  C.  Carson 
&  A.  H.,  but  whole  paper  by  A.  H.) 

The  teeth  in  the  neuropathic.  Trans.  Hom.  Med.  Soc.  St.  N.  Y.,  1897,  xxxii, 
170-173. 

The'  medico-legal  aspect  of  the  case  of  Maria  Barbella  (with  anthropometric 
data  on  Calabrian  women).    State  Hospitals  Bull.,  1897,  ii,  213-299,  fig.  1-19. 

Trephining  in  Mexico.  Am.  Anthrop.  1897,  x,  389-396,  2  pL,  1  fig.  (With  C. 
Lumholtz,  but  all  except  first  three  paragraphs  by  A.  H.) 

Art  and  "Literature"  in  the  mentally  abnormal.  Trans.  Hom.  Med.  Soc.  St. 
N.  Y.,  1898,  XXXIII,  233-246.  Also  in  Am.  J.  Insan.,  1899,  lv,  385-404,  pi. 
1-6. 

Report  on  anthropological  work  in  the  State  Institution  for  feeble-minded  chil- 
dren, Syracuse,  N.  Y.  Forty-eighth  Ann.  Rep.  of  the  Institution.  Pub- 
lished also  separately  by  Wynkoop,  Hallenbeck,  Crawford  Co.,  N.  Y.,  and 
Albany,  8°,  1899,  98  pp.,  2  charts,  2  fig. 

Physical  differences  between  white  and  colored  children.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1898, 
XI,  347-350. 

Dimensions  of  the  pituitary  fossa  or  Sella  Turcica  in  the  white  and  the  negro 
races.     Arch.  Neurol.  &  Psychopath.,  Utica.,  N.  Y.,  1898,  i,  679-698,  3  pi. 

Study  of  the  normal  tibia.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1898,  xi,  307-312.  Also  Proc.  Ass. 
Am.  Anat.,  11th  Sess.,  Wash.,  1899,  61-66,  1  fig.  (Paper  not  quite  the  same.) 

Report  on  skeletal  remains  of  the  Seri.  In  W  J  McGee's  "The  Seri  Indians," 
17th  Ann.  Rep.,  B.  A.  E.,  Wash.,  1898,  140-147,  fig.  6. 

An  anomalous  ulna:  supracapital  foramen.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1899,  n.s.,  i,  248-250, 

Ipl. 
A  new  joint  formation  [Radio-humeral].     Ibid.,  550-551,  1  pi. 
Description  of  an  ancient  anomalous  skeleton  from  the  Valley  of  Mexico;  with 

special  reference  to  supernumerary  and  bicipital  ribs  in  man.     Bull.  Am. 

Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  N.  ¥.,  1899,  xii.  Art.  V,  81-107,  pi.  I-V,  fig.  1-10.     Transl. 

in  Anales  del  Museo  Nacional,  Mex.,  vii,  75-92. 
Esquimo  brain.     Proc.  Am.  Med.-Psychol.  Ass.,  N.  Y.,  1899,  392-397,  pi.  I-V, 

fig.  1-2. 
The  needs  of  American  anthropologists.     Am.  Naturalist,  1899,  xxxiii,  684-688. 
A  further  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  tibia,  relative  to  its  shapes.     Proc. 

Assn.  Am.  Anat.,  XII  and  XIII  Sessions,  Wash.,  1900,  12-13. 
Anthropological  investigations  on  one  thousand  white  and  colored  children  of 

both  sexes,  the  inmates  of  the  New  York  Juvenile  Asylum.     With  additional 

notes  on  one  hundred  colored  children  of  the  New  York  Colored  Orphan 

Asylum.     Wynkoop,  Hallenbeck,  Crawford  Co.,   N.  Y.,   and  Albany,   1900, 

8°,  1-86,  4  charts,  12  fig. 
Arrangement  and  preservation  of  large  collections  of  human  bones  for  purposes 

of  investigation.     Am    Naturalist,  1900,  xxxiv,  9-15. 


122  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Physical  and  physiological  observations  on  the  Navaho.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1900, 

II,  339-345. 
A  bilateral  division  of  the  parietal  bone  in  a  Chimpanzee,  with  a  special  reference 

to  the  oblique  sutures  in  the  parietal.     Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  N.  Y., 

1900,  XIII,  281-295,  fig.  1-6. 
Contribution  to  the  osteology  of  ribs.     Proc.  Assn.  Am.  Anatom.,  14th  Ann. 

Sess.,  Wash.,  1901,  61-68,  fig.  1-6. 
Typical  forms  of  shaft  of  long  bones.     Proc.  Assn.  Am.  Anatom.,  14th  Ann.  Sess., 

Wash.,  1901,  55-60,  fig.  1-2. 
Certain  racial  characteristics  of  the  base  of  the  skull.     Science,  1901,  xiii,  309, 

Also  Proc.  Assn.  Am.  Anatom.,  15th  Sess.,  in  Am.  J.  Anat.,  1901-2,  i,  508-9. 
An  Eskimo  brain.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1901,  iii,  454-500,  pi.  I-IV,  2  fig.     Also  sepa- 
rately: The  Knickerbocker  Press,  N.  Y.,  1901,  8°,  1-49,  pi.  I-IV,  2  fig. 
A  painted  skeleton  from  Northern  Mexico,  with  notes  on  bone  painting  among 

the  American  aborigines.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1901,  iii,  701-725,  pi.  XXV. 
The  crania  of  Trenton,  New  Jersey,  and  their  bearing  upon  the  antiquity  of 

man  in  that  region.     Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  N.  Y.,  1902,  xvi.  Art.  3, 

23-62,  3  charts,  pi.  I-XXII,  fig.  1-4. 
Particularidades  anatomicas  de  los  craneos  Otomies.     Cronica  Medica  Mexicana, 

1902,  V,  72-75. 
New  instances  of  complete  division  of  the  malar  bone,  with  notes  on  incomplete 

division.     Am.  Naturalist,  1902,  xxxvi,  273-294,  fig.  1-15. 
Anthropological  work  in  the  Southwestern  United  States  and  Mexico.     Am. 

Mus.  J.,  N.  Y.,  1902,  II,  No.  7,  68-72,  1  fig. 
The  Aztecs  of  yesterday  and  today.     Harpers  Monthly,  N.  Y.,  Dec,  1902,  35-42, 

map  and  3  fig. 
The  Lansing  skeleton.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1903,  v,  323-330,  1  fig. 
A  modification  in  measuring  cranial  capacity.     Science,  1903,  xvii,  1011-1014, 

1  fig. 
Divisions  of  the  parietal  bone  in  man  and  other  mamtnals.      Bull.    Am.   Mus. 

Nat.  Hist.,  N.  Y.,  1903,  xix,  Art.  VIII,  231-386,  15  pi.,  35  fig. 
The  "Chichimecs"«and  their  ancient  culture,  with  notes  on  the  Tepecanos  and 

the  ruin  of  La  Quemada,  Mexico.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1903,  v,   385-440,   8  pi., 

4  fig. 
Notes  on  the  Indians  of  Sonora,  Mexico.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1904,  vi,  51-89,  7  pi. 
Anomalous  articulation  and  fusion  of  the  atlas  with  the  occipital  bone.     Abstr., 

Wash.  Med.  Ann.,  1904,  in,  34-35. 
Further  instances  of  parietal  division.     Am.  Naturalist,  1904,  xxxvii,  301-309, 

fig.  1-4. 
Further  instances  of  malar  division.     Ibid.,  361-366,  fig.  1-5. 
Directions  for  collecting  information  and  specimens  for  physical  anthropology. 

Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Part  R,  No.  39,  Wash.,  1904,  1-25,  pi.  I-VIII. 
Crow  burial  in  Montana.     Proc.  Anthrop.  Soc.  Wash.,  Am    Anthrop.,   1904,  vi, 

753. 
Two  artificially  deformed  crania.     Trans.  Anthrop.  Soc.  Wash.,  in  Am.  Anthrop., 

1904,  VI,  756-758. 
Brain  weight  in  vertebrates.     Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  Wash.,  1905,  xlviii,  Part  1, 

No.  1582,  89-112. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  123 

Head  deformation  among  the  Klamath.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1905,  vii,  360-361. 

The  paintmg  of  human  bones  among  the  American  aborigines.     Rep.  Smiths. 

Inst,  for  1904,  Wash.,  1905,  607-617,  pi.  I-III. 
Notes  on  the  San  Carlos  Apache.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1905,  vii,  4S0-495.  3  pi.,  7  fig. 
Diseases  of  the  Indians,  more  especially  of  the  Southwest  United  States  and 

Northern  Mexico.     Wash.  Med.  Ann.,  1905,  iv,  372-394. 
Notes  on  the  Pima  of  Arizona.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1906,  viii,  39-46,  2  pi.,  8  fig. 
Brains  and  brain  preservatives.     Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1906,  xxx.  245-320b, 

fig.  1-27. 
Contribution  to  the  physical  anthropology  of  California.     Univ.  of  Cal.  Publica- 
tions American  Archeology  and  Ethnology,  1906,  iv.  No.  2,  49-64,  5  tables, 

map,  pi.  1-10. 
Anatomical  observations  on  a  collection  of  orang  skulls  from  Western  Borneo; 

with  a  bibliography.     Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1906,  xxxi.  539-568,  fig.  1-8. 
Measurements  of  the  cranial  fossae.     Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1907,  xxxii,  177-232, 

2  pi. 
Beauty  among  the  American  Indians.     Boas  Anniversary  Volume,  N.  Y.,  1906, 

38-42,  3  pi. 
Handbook  of  American  Indians  North  of  Mexico.     Bull.  XXX,  B.  A.  E.,  Wash., 

1907-1910    (and  subsequent  editions).     Articles:  Part   I — Anatomy,   53-56 

Artificial  head  deformation,  96-97;  Health  and  disease  (in  Indians),  540-541 

and  medicine  and  medicine-men,   836-839.     Part  II — Physiology,  238-240 

Scarification,  484-485. 
Physical   anthropology  and  its  aims.     Science,    1908,   xxviii,    No.   706,   33-43. 

Also  Anat.  Rec,  1908,  ii,  182-195.     Revised  ed.  in  Am.  J.  Phys.  Anthrop., 

1918,  I,  1-23. 
Skeletal  remains  suggesting  or  attributed  to  Early  Man  in  North  America.     Bull. 

33,  B.  A.  E.,  Wash.,  1907,  1-113,  pi.  I-XXI,  fig.  1-16. 
Report  on  a  collection  of  crania  from  Arkansas.     J.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc,  Phila.,  1908, 

XIII,  558-563. 
Contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  tuberculosis  in  the  Indian.     The  Southern 

Workman,  1908,  xxxvii,  626-634.     Also,  in  Trans.  VII  Internat.  Cong,  on 

Tuberculosis.     Abstr.  in  Charities  and  the  Commons,  N.  Y.,  1908,  xxi. 
New  examples  of  American  Indian  skulls  with  low  forehead.     Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 

Mus.,  1908,  XXXV,  171-175,  1  pi. 
Otis  Tufton  Mason.     Science,  1908,  xxviii,  746-748. 
Physiological  and  medical  observations  among  the  Indians  of  Southwestern  United 

States  and  Northern  Mexico.     Bull.  34,  B.  A.  E.,  Wash.,  1908,  i-ix,  1-460, 

pi.  I-XXVIII,  fig.  1-2. 
Tuberculosis  among  certain  Indian  tribes  of  the  United  States.     Bull.  42,  B.  A. 

E.,  Wash.,  1909,  i-vii,  1-48,  pi.  I-XXII. 
Report  on  the  skeletal  remains  (from  Eastern  Nebraska).     Am.  Anthrop.,  1909, 

XI,   79-84,   fig.  8.     (With   "Excavation  of  Earth-Lodge    ruins    in    Eastern 

Nebraska,"  by  Robert  F.  Gilder). 
Note  sur  la  variation  morphologique  des  Egyptiens  depuis  les  temps  prehisto- 

riques  ou  predynastic.    Bull,  et  Mem.  Soc.  d'Anthrop.,  Paris,  19C9,  x,  143-144. 
The  stature  of  the  Indians  of  the  Southwest  and  of  Northern  Mexico.     Putnam 

Anniversary  Volume,  Cedar  Rapids,  la.,  1909,  405-426. 


124  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Report  on  skeletal  material  from  Missouri  mounds,  collected  in  1906-1907  by 
Mr.  Gerard  Fowke.     In  Bull.  37,  B.  A.  E.,  Wash.,  1910,  103-112. 

Report  on  an  additional  collection  of  skeletal  remains  from  Arkansas  and  Loui- 
siana.    J.  Ac.  Sc,  Phila.,  1909,  xiv,  173-240,  9  fig. 

Contribution  to  the  anthropology  of  Central  and  Smith  Sound  Eskimo.  An- 
throp.  Papers,  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  N.  Y.  1910,  v,  part  II,  175-280,  15  pi. 

Report  on  the  Trenton  femur  and  parietal.  In  "The  archeology  of  the  Dela- 
ware Valley,"  by  E.  Volk,  Papers  of  the  Peabody  Mus.,  Cambridge,  Mass., 
1911,  244-247. 

Some  results  of  recent  anthropological  exploration  in  Peru.  Smiths.  Misc. 
Coll.,  1911,  Lvi,  No.  16,  1-16,  4  pi. 

Human  dentition  and  teeth  from  the  evolutionary  and  racial  standpoint.  Do- 
minion Dent.  J.,  Toronto,  1911,  403-422. 

The  natives  of  Kharga  Oasis,  Egypt.  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  1912,  lix,  No.  1, 
I-VI,  1-118,  pi.  I-XXXVIII. 

The  problem  of  unity  or  plurality  and  the  probable  place  of  origin  of  the  Amer- 
ican aborigines.  Symposium,  presented  before  Sect.  H.,  A.  A.  A.  S.,  1911. 
Parts  Historj^  and  Physical  Anthropology.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1912,  xiv,  5-12. 
Also  Trans.  XVIII  Internat.  Cong.  Americanists,  London,  1913,  57-62. 

Early  Man  in  South  America.  With  the  collaboration  of  W.  H.  Holmes,  Bailey 
Willis,  F.  E.  Wright  and  C.  N.  Fenner.  Bull.  52,  B.  A.  E.,  Wash.,  1912, 
i-xv,  1-405,  pi.  I-LXVIII,  fig.  1-50. 

An.  ancient  sepulchre  at  San  Juan  Teotihuacan,  with  anthropological  notes  on 
the  Teotihuacan  people.  Resena  II  Ses.  XVII  Congr.  Internac.  Amer- 
icanistas.  Mex.,  1912,  Append.,  1-7. 

Early  Man  in  America.  Am.  J.  Sc,  1912,  543-554;  also  Trans.  XVIII  Internat. 
Cong.  Americanists,  London,  1913,  10-21. 

Early  Man  and  his  "Precursors"  in  South  America.  Anat.  Anzeiger,  1913. 
XLIII,  1-14. 

Remains  in  Eastern  Asia  of  the  race  that  peopled  America.  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll., 
Wash.,  1912,  Lx,  No.  16,  1-5,  3  pi.;  also  C.  R.  XIV  Congr.  Internat.  d'An- 
thropol.  et  d'Archeol.  prehist.,  Geneve,  1913,  409-414.  Also  J.  Hered., 
Wash.,  1915,  VI,  79-91,  Transl.  in  Russian  in  Tiudy  Troickosavsko-Kiach- 
tinskago  Otd.  Imp.  Russ.  Geog.  Obsc.,  1912,  xv,  70-75. 

Report  on  skeletal  remains  from  a  mound  on  Haley  Place,  near  Red  river,  Miller 
Co.,  Ark.  J.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc.,  Phila.,  1912,  xiv,  639-640. 

Artificial  deformations  of  the  human  skull.  With  especial  reference  to  Amer- 
ica.    Abstr.  in  Actas  XVII  Cong.  Internac.  Americanistas,  Buenos  Aires, 

1913,  147-149. 

A  report  on  a  collection  of  crania  and  bones  from  Sorrel  Bayou,  Iberville  Parish, 
Louisiana.     J.  Ac.  Nat.  Sc,  Phila.,  1913,  xvi,  95-99. 

Anthropological  work  in  Peru  in  1913.  With  notes  on  the  pathology  of  the  an- 
cient Peruvians.  Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  Wash.,  1914,  lxi,  No.  18,  I-VI,  1-69, 
26  pi.,  3  fig. 

Report  on  two  crania  from  Saline  Creek.  In  Bushnell,  D.  I.,  Jr.,  Archeol.  In- 
vestigations in  Ste.  Genevieve  Co.,  Mo.,   Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Wash., 

1914,  xLvi,  656. 


PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 


125 


The  most  ancient  skeletal  remains  of  man.     Smiths.  Rep.  for  1913,  (Wash.  1914), 
491-552,  pi.  1-41.     Second  rev.  edit.,  Smiths,  publ.  2300,  8°,  Wash.,  1916, 
1-63,  40  pi.,  12  fig. 
Physical  anthropology  in  America:  History.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1914,  xvi,  508-5o4; 

revised  and  supplem.  ed.  in  Am.  J.  Phys.  Anthrop.,  1918,  i,  133-182. 
Descriptive  catalog  of  the  section  of  physical  anthropology,  Panama-California 

Exposition.     12mo.,  San  Diego,  Cal.,  Dec,  1914,  14  pp. 
Some  recent  anthropological  explorations.     Proc.  Nat.  Ac.  Sc,  1915,  i,  235-238. 
An  exhibit  in  physical  anthropology.     Proc.  Nat.  Ac.  Sc,  1915,  i,  407-410. 
Study  of  Old  Americans.     J.  Hered.,   1914,   v,  509.     Also,  The  Old  American 

stock.     Magaz.  Daughters  American  Revolution,  Sept.,  1915.  168-1/1. 
Evolution  of  man  in  the  light  of  recent  discoveries  and  in  relation  to  medicme.  ' 

Abstr.,  W'ash.  Med.  Annals,  1915,  xiv,  4  pp. 
Brief  notes  on  recent  anthropological  explorations  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum.     Proc.  Nat.  Ac 
Sc,  1916,  II,  32-37. 
Physical  anthropology  of  the  Lenape  or  Delawares  and  of  the  Eastern  Indians 
in  general.     Bull.  62,  B.  A.  E.,  W^ash.,  1916,  1-130,  map,  29  pi.     Also  m  Con- 
tributions Mus.  Am.  Indian,  N.  Y.,  1916,  in. 
The  normal  dental  arch.     Dental  Cosmos,  1916,  lviii,  1029-1032,  1059-1064. 
Goiter  among  the  Indians  along  the  Missouri.     Science,  1916,  xliv,  203-204 
The  brain  collection  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum.     Science,  1916,  xliv,  739. 
Anthropology   of  the   Chippewa.     Holmes   Anniversary  Volume,   W^ash.,    1916, 

198-227,  13  pi. 
The  Indian  Service.     Rep.  34,  Mohonk  Conf.,  N.  Y.,  1916,  26-33. 
Conditions  among  Indians  which  call  for  amelioration.     Rep.  34,  Mohonk  Conf., 

N.  Y.,  1916,  65-69. 
The  genesis  of  the  American  Indian.     Trans.  XIX  Internat.  Cong.  American- 
ists, W^ash.,  1917,  559-568.  .       . 
The  old  white  Americans.     Trans.  XIX  Internat.  Cong.  Americanists,  Wash., 

1917   58-^-601      Abstr.  with  new  illust.  in  J.  Hered.,  1917,  viii,  99-105. 
Secretary's  Report  of  the  Congress.     Trans.  XIX  Internat.  Cong.  Americanists, 

W^ash..  1917,  I-LVIII.  . 

Preliminary  report  on  finds  of  supposedly  ancient  human    remains    at    Vero, 

Florida.     J.  Geol.,  1917,  xxv,  4.3-51. 
Bohemia  and  the  Czechs.     Nat.  Geogr.  Mag.,  Feb.  1917,  xxxi,  163-187   2.  illust. 
Suggestions  relating  to  the  New  National  Army  by  the  Anthropology  Committee 

of  the  National  Research  Council.     Proc.  Nat.  Ac.  Sc,  1917,  iii,  526-528. 
The  vanishing  Indian.     Science,  1917,  xlvi,  266-267. 

Transpacific  migrations.     Man,  1917,  xvii,  29-30.  t,   i,    cc    tj     a     tt 

Recent  discoveries  attributed  to  Early  Man  in  America.     Bull.  66,  B.  A.  n.., 

W\ash.,  1918.  1-67,  14  pi.,  8  fig.  .      .t     xu     a 

Physical  anthropology:  Recent  history  and  present  state  m    North    America 

(with  bibliographies).     Am.  J.  Phys.  Anthrop.,  1918,  i,  Nos.  3  and  4 
Anthropological   studies  on    Old    American    families.      Ex-ploration  and  faeld- 
work  of  the  Smiths.  Inst,  in  1917.     Smiths.  Misc.  Coll.,  1918,  lxviii,  49-oo, 
6  illust.     The  vanishing  Indian.     Ibid.,  55-60,  7  illust. 


126  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Prof.  Wm.  H.  Holmes,  though  essentially  archeologist,  has  never- 
theless always  been  keenly  interested  in  Physical  Anthropology  and 
has  published,  both  in  and  outside  of  his  connection  with  the  United 
States  National  Museum,  a  number  of  papers  which  have  more  or 
less  direct  relation  to  our  branch  of  research  and  thought.  They 
bear  especially  on  the  question  of  man's  antiquity  on  this  continent. 
They  are: 

Are  there  traces  of  glacial  man  in  the  Trenton  gravels?  J.  Geol.,  Chic,  1893, 
I,  15-37. 

Traces  of  glacial  man  in  Ohio.     Ibid.,  147-163. 

Vestiges  of  early  man  in  Minnesota.     Am.  Geol.,  Minneapolis,  1893,  xi,  219-240, 

Vestiges  of  early  man  in  Minnesota.  The  Archeol.,  Waterloo,  Ind.,  1894,  ii, 
65-79. 

Preservation  and  decorative  features  of  Papuan  crania.  Publ.  Field  Columbian 
Mus.,  Anthrop.  series,  Chicago,  1897,  ii,  41-48. 

Primitive  man  in  the  Delaware  valley.  Proc.  46th  Meet.  A.  A.  A.  S.  (Detroit, 
1897),  Salem,  1898,  364-370. 

Preliminary  revision  of  the  evidence  relating  to  auriferous  gravel  man  in  Cali- 
fornia.    Am.  Anthrop.,  1899,  n.  s.,  i,  107-121,  614-645. 

Review  of  the  evidence  relating  to  auriferous  gravel  man  in  California.  Ann. 
Rep.  Smiths.  Inst,  for  1899,  Wash.,  1901,  419-472. 

Sketch  of  the  origin,  development,  and  probable  destiny  of  the  races  of  men. 
Am.  Anthrop.,  1902,  iv,  369-391. 

Fossil  human  remains  found  near  Lansing,  Kansas.  Am.  Anthrop.,  1902,  iv, 
743-752. 

Fossil  human  remains  found  near  Lansing,  Kansas.  Ann.  Rep.  Smiths.  Inst, 
for  1902,  Wash.,  1903,  455-462. 

Organization  of  the  Committee  on  Anthropology  of  the  National  Research  Coun- 
cil, and  its  activities  for  year  1917.  Am.  J.  Phys.  Anthrop.,  Wash.,  1918, 
I,  77-90. 

On  the  antiquity  of  man  in  America.     Science,  1918,  xlvii,  561-562. 

THE  BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 

The  Bureau  of  Ethnology  continues  to  render  valuable  assistance  to 
Physical  Anthropology  on  all  occasions.  It  has  not  only  facilitated 
the  publication  of  several  memoirs  in  this  branch,  but  has  also  assisted 
materially  in  securing  additional  collections  of  skeletal  material  and  in 
furthering  somatological  work  wherever  feasible.  In  Professor  Holmes, 
Mr.  F.  W.  Hodge,  and  Dr.  Walter  J.  Fewkes,  its  past  and  present 
chiefs,  Physical  Anthropology  has  had  and  continues  to  have  the  best 
friends  and  promoters.  The  Bureau's  publications  in  somatology  are 
given  in  other  connections. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  127 

NATIONAL   ZOOLOGICAL    PARK 

Within  the  last  fifteen  years  the  National  Zoological  Park,  first  under 
the  direction  of  Dr.  Frank  Baker  and  now  of  Mr.  N.  Hollister,  has 
rendered  considerable  assistance  to  anthropology  at  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  by  facilitating  a  prompt  transmission  of  dead  animals,  with 
necessary  data,  for  the  purpose  of  brain  extraction. 

OTHER    GOVERNMENT    INSTITUTIONS    IN    WASHINGTON 

Public  Health  Service.  Bureau  of  Immigration.  The  Immigration 
Commission.— \]m\Qv  the  co'-peration  of  the  Public  Health  Service, 
which  furnishes  the  medical  staffs  to  the  Immigration  Service,  anthro- 
pometric investigations  have  recently  been  carried  on  through  several 
seasons  on  the  various  nationalities  of  immigrants  reaching  this  coun- 
try. These  investigations,  under  the  direction  of  the  writer,  are  not 
yet  completed.  Special  credit  for  the  facilitation  of  this  most  desir- 
able work  is  due  to  Dr.  Rupert  Blue,  Surgeon  General  of  the  Public 
Health  Service. 

The  Immigration  Commission  was  a  special  body  appointed  in  1907 
by  the  United  States  Congress  for  study  of  the  various  problems  con- 
nected with  innnigration.  Under  the  auspices  of  this  Commission  a 
very  creditable  Dictionary  of  European  and  other  Immigrant  Races  or 
Peoples  was  compiled  and  published  some  years  ago  (Senate  Doc.  No. 
662,  8°,  Wash.,  1910).  It  was  the  work  of  Dr.  Daniel  Folkmar  (assisted 
by  Dr.  Eleanora  Folkmar),  who  until  recently  was  connected  with  the 
Bureau  of  Census.  Doctor  Folkmar  was  formerly  active  in  anthropology 
at  Manila,  P.  I.,  and  in  connection  with  his  work  there  published  an 
Album  on  Philippine  Tribes,  4°,  Manila,  1904,  with  80  plates  and 
individual  measurements.  The  Immigration  Commission  published 
also  a  number  of  other  volim:ies,  several  of  which  through  the  demo- 
graphic data  which  they  contain  are  of  some  interest  to  Physical 
Anthropology. 

The  United  States  Bureau  of  Census,  while  not  concerned  directly 
with  anthropological  investigations,  is  furnishing  our  science  with 
invaluable  docmnents  on  the  population.  The  racial  data  and  com- 
parisons which  it  has  published  in  such  useful  form  within  the  last 
years  are  especially  helpful  (See  "Circular  of  Information  Concerning 
Census  Publication,"  Bur.  of  Census,  8°,  Wash.,  1914,  91  pp.). 


128  ALES    HRDLICKA 

THE    UNITED    STATES    BUREAU    OF    INDIAN    AFFAIRS 

The  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs,  while  not  engaging  directly  in  anthro- 
pological work,  has  always  been  most  favorable  and  helpful  to  explorers 
and  workers  in  all  branches  of  anthropology.  Moreover  its  Annual 
Reports  are  a  mine  of  statistical  and  other  information  on  the  Indians; 
and  under  its  auspices  or  directly  by  the  Bureau  there  have  been  con- 
ducted, beginning  in  1907  with  the  writer's  study  on  tuberculosis,  in- 
vestigations on  diseases  among  the  Indians,  the  results  of  which  and  the 
practical  appHcations  of  these  results  are  of  decided  concern  to  physical 
anthropology. 

THE   children's  BUREAU 

The  Cliildren's  Bureau  was  estabhshed  under  the  Department  of 
Labor,  in  Washington,  in  1912,  and  has  since  been  ably  directed  by 
Miss  Julia  C.  Lathrop.  It  employs  a  number  of  lady  physicians  and 
other  investigators  who  devote  most  of  their  time  to  field  work.  The 
chief  aim  of  the  Bureau  is  to  "investigate  and  report  upon  all  matters 
pertaining  to  the  welfare  of  children,"  but  the  researches  which  it 
carries  on  and  which  are  rapidly  increasing,  are  of  very  close  interest 
to  Physical  Anthropology.  It  is  hoped,  moreover,  that  these  studies 
may  soon  extend  to  such  subjects  as  the  growth  and  the  general  devel- 
opment of  the  American  child  under  radically  different  conditions  of 
derivation,  environment,  occupation  and  social  position.  The  Bureau 
has  already  issued  a  series  of  very  creditable  publications  dealing  with 
maternal  and  infant  mortality,  statistics  of  children,  and  related  subjects. 

THE  NATIONAL  RESEARCH  COUNCIL 

The  National  Research  Council  was  organized  in  Washington  during 
1916-1917,  under  Government  auspices,  and  in  close  cooperation  with 
the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science  and  other  important  societies.  The  object 
of  the  council  is  to  advise  and  assist  the  Government  in  all  matters 
where  science  can  be  of  help  under  the  present  critical  conditions;  and 
its  original  plan  included  the  selection  of  a  representative  committee 
from  each  branch  of  science  that  could  be  useful  in  connection  with  the 
war.  It  is  gratifying  to  state  that  one  of  the  first  committees  brought 
into  existence  was  that  on  Anthropology.  The  aspirations  and  activ- 
ities of  this  Committee  have  been  described  in  the  first  number  of  this- 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  129 

Journal'^  and  need  not  be  repeated.  It  will  suffice  to  say  that  at  the 
end  of  the  first  year  of  its  existence  the  condition  of  this  Committee 
and  its  prospects  of  accomplishing  good  work  were  quite  propitious. 
There  were  many  material  difficulties  in  the  way,  but  possibly  they 
would  have  been  surmounted. 

Due  to  unfortunate  circumstances,  the  year  1918  has  been  most  un- 
favorable for  the  Committee,  with  the  result  that  this  has  finally  passed 
out  of  existence.  This  is,  however,  not  the  time  or  place  to  enter 
into  details  about  these  conditions;  but  some  day  the  history  of  the 
Committee  will  make  instructive  though  perhaps  not  very  cheerful 
reading. 

At  present  (1919),  the  prospects  of  Anthropology  under  the  National 
Research  Council  are  again  improving,  and  there  is  substantial  hope 
that  before  the  end  of  the  year  an  efTective  section  of  Anthropology 
(general)  shall  have  been  organized  under  the  auspices  of  the  Council. 

ADDITIONAL 

In  connection  with  various  other  government  departments  there 
arose  in  Washington  within  the  last  few  decades  a  number  of  men 
who,  though  not  regular  workers  in  Physical  Anthropology,  have 
through  their  writings  and  otherwise  contributed  to  the  progress  of  the 
branch.  Among  those  of  this  class  who  are  still  with  us,  the  first  men- 
tion is  due  to  Doctor  Yarrow. 

Dr.  H.  C.  Yarrow  assisted  Severance  in  his  study  of  human  crania 
and  skeletons  from  the  southwest  (Vol.  vii,  U.  S.  Geog.  Surv.  W.  100th 
Merid.,  Wash.,  1879,  391),  and  gave  us  a  number  of  papers  of  interest 
to  somatology,  the  most  valuable  of  which  is  that  on  burial  customs 
of  the  North  American  Indians.     They  are: 

List  of  skeletons  and  crania.     Army  Med.  Mus.,  Wash.,  8°,  1876,  52  pp. 

On  the  explorations  of  some  Indian  graves  in  Utah.  Field  and  Forrest,  1877, 
II,  185-188. 

Notes  on  Indian  graves  in  Utah.     Ibid.,  1877,  ii,  207. 

Exploration  of  ancient  aboriginal  graves  in  New  Mexico.     Ibid.,  1877,  ii,  8-10. 

A  further  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  mortuary  customs  of  the  North  Amer- 
ican Indians.     First  Ann.  Rep.  B.  A.  E.,  Wash.,  1881,  89-203. 


»  See  "Organization  of  the  Committee  on  Anthropology  of  the  National  Re- 
search Council,  and  its  Activities  for  year  1917"  by  William  H.  Holmes,  Am.  J. 
Phys.  Anthrop.,  1918,  i,  77-90. 


130  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Still  another  anthropological  investigator  of  Washington  was  Dr- 
Arthur  MacDonald.  Connected  (1891-1903)  with  the  United  States 
Bureau  of  Education  as  ''Specialist  in  Education  as  Preventive  of 
Pauperism  and  Crmie,"  he  devoted  his  attention  in  a  measure  to  the 
study  of  children,  but  his  main  lines  of  interest  were  always  criminology 
and  the  abnormal  classes  of  the  population.  He  published  numerous 
contributions  to  these  subjects,  the  more  noteworthy  of  which  are: 

Experimental  study  of  children.     Wash.,  Govt.  Print.  Office,  8°,  1899,  406  pp. 
Statistics  of  crime,  suicide  and  insanity.     A  Senate  document,  Wash.,  Govt. 

Printing  Office,  8°,  1903,  195  pp. 
Juvenile  crime  and  reformation.     Wash.,  Govt.  Printing  Office,  8°,  1908,  339  pp. 

Doctor  MacDonald's  work  unfortunately  has  remained  in  a  large 
measure  individuahstic  and  has  failed  to  bring  the  desired  results. 
Since  1911  he  is  again  connected  with  the  Bureau  of  Education,  but 
not  in  scientific  capacity.  The  anthropometric  laboratory  which  he 
was  instrumental  in  establishing  at  the  Bureau  has  been  abandoned. 

Under  the  auspices  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Education  were 
also  published  two  memoirs  on  anthropometric  studies  of  children  by 
outside  investigators — the  first,  by  Dr.  F.  Boas,  on  "The  Growth  of 
Toronto  Children"  (Ann.  Rep.  Comm.  Educ.  for  1896-1897,  Wash. 
1898,  1541-1599)  and  the  second,  by  F.  Boas  and  Clark  Wissler,  on 
"Statistics  of  Growth"  {Ihid.,  for  1904,  Wash.  1905,  25-132). 

THE    ANTHROPOLOGICAL    SOCIETY    OF    WASHINGTON 

This  section  would  be  incomplete  without  an  additional  mention  of 
the  services  to  somatology  and  American  anthropology  in  general,  of 
the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington.  Established  in  1879, 
this  Society  has  been  active  to  this  day  without  interruption.  The 
object  of  the  Society,  as  stated  in  the  original  constitution,  was  "to 
encourage  the  study  of  the  natural  history  of  man,  especially  with 
reference  to  America,"  and  its  sections  included  in  the  first  place 
Somatology  (for  details  see  "The  Story  of  the  Anthropological  Society 
of  Washington,"  by  D.  C.  Lamb,  Am.  Anthrop.,  1906,  n.  s.  viii,  564- 
579).  It  was  under  the  auspices  of  this  Society  that  the  American 
Anthropologist  was  established,  and  under  its  auspices,  also,  were 
given  the  series  of  "Saturday  lectures"  on  Anthropology  at  the  United 
States  National  Museum.  Since  1916  the  program  of  the  Society  at 
its  bi-weekly  meetings  has  been  devoted  essentially  to  war  anthropology. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  131 

Between  1885  and  1899  there  existed  in  Washington  also  a  Women's 
Anthropological  Society,  one  of  whose  members,  Dr.  Clara  Bliss  Hinds, 
left  us  an  interesting  contribution  on  "Child  Growth,"  which  in  1886 
was  published  by  the  Society  (8°,  8  pp.). 

Central  and  Western  States 

In  the  central  and  western  states,  where  the  development  of  indig- 
enous research  is  of  more  recent  date,  physical  anthropology,  as  quite 
natural,  has  not  thus  far  found  as  favorable  a  culture-medium  as  in 
the  east.  But  there  are  several  foci  where  the  prospects  are  promising 
for  the  future. 

the    western    reserve    university,   CLEVELAND,   OHIO 

The  Anatomical  Laboratory  at  the  Medical  School  of  the  University 
has  since  1912  been  in  charge  of  Prof.  T.  Wingate  Todd,  who  as  far 
as  his  other  strenuous  duties  permit,  has  been  actively  interested  in 
anthropology.  He  includes  regularly  a  course  of  instruction  in  Phys- 
ical Anthropology  with  his  anatomical  lectures,  has  made  creditable 
collections  in  this  line  and  published  the  following  anthropological 
papers : 

The  dentition  of  the  apes,  etc.     Cleveland  Med.  J.,  1914,  xiii,  157-167. 

Early  types  of  man.     Ibid.,  307-315. 

Neanderthal  man.     Ibid.,  375-384. 

The  ancestry  of  Homo  Sapiens.     Ibid.,  460-469. 

Paleolithic  giants  and  dwarfs.     Ibid.,  533-539. 

The  story  of  the  tombs.     Western  Reserve  Bull.,  1914,   xvi. 

L'apophyse  transverse  de  la  7^  vertebre  cervicale.     Bull,  et  Mem.  Soc.  d'An- 

throp.,  Paris,  1914,  v,  282-294. 
(With  B.  G.  Dupre) 

A  transitional  type  of  cervical  rib.     Anat.  Rec,  1901,  viii,  313-324. 
Geological  evidence  of  man's  antiquity.     Cleveland  Med.  J.,  1915,  xiv,  24-30 
The  teeth  of  the  primitive  man.     Ibid.,  253-264. 
The  romance  of  teeth.     Western  Reserve  Bull.,  1915,  xvir. 
Report  on  skeletons  of  Westenhaver  Mound.     Ohio  Arch,  and    Hist.    Quart., 

1917,  XXVI,  238-256. 

MUSEUM    OF    THE    OHIO     STATE    ARCHAEOLOGICAL    SOCIETY,     COLUMBUS, 

OHIO 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  of  the  Ohio  State  Archeological 
Society,  founded  in  1885,  is  since  1898  under  the  efficient  curatorship 
of  Mr.  W.  C.  Mills.     While  essentially  a  department  of  archeology, 


132  ALES    HRDLICKA 

it  has  been  of  service  to  Physical  Anthropology  through  careful  collec- 
tion of  skeletal  material  from  the  Ohio  mounds.  A  report  on  some  of 
these  remains  was  recently  published  by  Prof.  T.  Wingate  Todd,  in 
Mills'  Explorations  of  the  Westenhaver  Mound  (see  above).  The  excel- 
lent publications  of  Mr.  Mills,  gathered  in  Certain  Mounds  and  Village 
Sites  in  Ohio,  3  vol.,  S°,  Columbus,  1902-1918,  contain  also  various 
references  and  illustrations  relating  to  the  skeletal  remains  discovered 
in  the  excavations.  A  collaborator  of  Mr.  Mills,  Mr.  H.  C.  Shetrone, 
has  recently  given  us  a  good  book  on  The  Indian  of  Ohio,  in  which  he 
presents  a  sensible  view  of  the  "mound-builder"  question. 

FIELD  MUSEUM   OF  NATURAL  HISTORY,    CHICAGO 

In  1891,  in  preparation  for  the  World's  Columbian  Exposition  at 
Chicago,  there  was  established,  as  already  mentioned  in  another  connec- 
tion, a  Department  of  Anthropology,  under  the  direction  of  Prof. 
F.  W.  Putnam.  The  broad  and  ambitious  plans  of  the  Department 
contemplated  the  securing  of  extensive  archeological  and  ethnological 
collections,  and  at  the  same  time  an  initiation  of  a  comprehensive 
research  in  Physical  Anthropology.  Dr.  F.  Boas  was  placed  in  charge 
of  the  somatological  investigations,  which  were  carried  on  by  a  corps 
of  students  trained  for  the  occasion,  and  the  work  extended  eventually 
to  many  of  the  native  tribes,  as  well  as  to  the  school-children  of  To- 
ronto (Canada)  and  Oakland  (California).  The  object  was  an  exten- 
sive anthropometric  survey  of  the  tribes,  and  an  advance,  as  far  as 
possible,  of  studies  on  the  development  of  the  child  in  different  parts 
of  this  country.  The  work  on  the  tribes  was  practically  an  extension 
of  that  carried  on  by  Doctor  Boas  and  associates  during  several  pre- 
ceding years  on  the  northwestern  tribes  of  Canada;  while  the  investiga- 
tions on  the  children  were  to  supplement  the  auspicious  beginnings 
made  in  that  line  at  Boston  and  Worcester. 

In  1892  Dr.  G.  M.  West  became  associated  with  the  Department  as 
Assistant  in  Physical  Anthropology;  and  it  was  partly  under  his  super- 
vision that  the  extensive  series  of  measurements  were  obtained  on 
school  children,  as  well  as  on  the  Indians.  This  field  work  engaged 
some  fifty  students,  mostly  from  the  Harvard  Medical  School,  and 
extended  to  tribes  from  Alaska  and  Canada  to  Mexico.  Important 
abstracts  of  the  results  were  later  published  by  Doctor  Boas.  (See 
his  bibhography,  p.  292f.).  An  anthropometric  laboratory  and  instruc- 
tive somatological  exhibits  were  also  arranged  for  the  Exposition. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  133 

Besides  the  anthropometric  data,  the  just  mentioned  field  workers 
brought  together  considerable  osteological  material,  to  which  were 
added  a  series  of  crania  collected  in  previous  years  by  Doctor  Boas 
himself;  and  when  the  Exposition  closed,  to  be  succeeded  by  the  Field 
Columbian  Museum  (now  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History),  these 
gatherings  together  with  the  anthropological  exhibits  and  equipment, 
became  the  foundation  of  the  section  of  Physical  Anthropology  at  the 
Museum.^  Dr.  G.  M.  West  acted  for  a  time  as  the  Curator  of  the 
section. 

In  1895,  a  position  of  Assistant  Curator  in  charge  of  Physical  An- 
thropology at  the  Field  Museum  was  given  to  Dr.  George  A.  Dorsey. 
Additional  anthropometric  work  was  carried  on  the  living  Indians  as 
well  as  on  their  skeletal  remains,  numerous  casts  of  racial  types  were 
made,  and  more  osteological  material  was  collected.  In  1897  an  inter- 
esting exhibit  showing  variations  in  the  himian  skeleton  was  arranged, 
filling  twenty-six  cases. 

In  1898  Doctor  Dorsey  became  Curator  of  the  Department  of  An- 
thropology at  the  Field  Museum,  which  position  he  held  until  1915. 
Between  1898  and  1913  he  served  also  as  Professor  of  Comparative 
Anatomy  at  the  Northwestern  University  Dental  School;  and  between 
1905-1908  as  assistant  professor  and  from  1908-1915  as  Associate  Pro- 
fessor in  Anthropology  at  the  University  of  Chicago.^ 

While  active  in  Physical  Anthropology  Doctor  Dorsey  published 
numerous  contributions  to  that  science,  a  list  of  which  is  appended: 

Crania  from  the  necropolis  of  Ancon,  Peru.     Proc.  A.  A.  A.  S.,  1894,  358-369. 

The  lumbar  curve  in  some  American  races.  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  Salem,  1895, 
XXVII,  53-73. 

History  of  the  study  of  anthropology  at  Harvard  University.  Denison  Quar- 
terly, 1896,  IV,  77-97. 

Photograph  and  skeleton  of  a  native  Australian.  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  1896,  xxviii, 
57-69. 

A  Maori  skull  with  double  left  parietal  bone.  Chic.  Med.  Record,  1897.  xii. 
(repr.  4  pp). 

Notes  on  the  numerical  variations  of  the  teeth  in  fifteen  Peruvian  skulls.  Den- 
tal Cosmos,  1897,  xxxix,  (repr.  3  pp). 

2  For  details  see  An  Historical  and  Descriptive  Account  of  the  Field  Columbian 
Museum,  Publ.  I  (Vol.  i,  No.  1),  of  the  Museum,  8°,  Chicago,  1894,  90  pp.;  and 
Dorsey,  Geo.  A.  The  Department  of  Anthropology  of  the  Field  Columbian 
Museum,  Am.  Anthrop.,  1900,  n.  s.  11,  247-265. 

'  In  1915,  regrettably,  he  gave  up  all  these  positions,  to  devote  himself  to 
travel,  journalism,  and  motion  pictures  of  primitive  peoples.  Recently  he  has 
been  commissioned  in  the  Intelligence  Service  of  the  United  States  Army. 


134  ALES    HRDLICKA 

Numerical  variations  in  the  molar  teeth  of  fifteen  New  Guinea  crania.     Dent. 

Rev.,  Chic,  1897,  xi,  (repr.  7  pp). 
A  Peruvian  cranium  with  suppressed  upper  lateral  incisors.     Dental  Cosmos, 

1897,  XXXIX,  (repr.  3  pp). 
Physical   anthropology.     Science,    1897,    vi,    109-120.     (a,    Scope;   b,    Problem; 

c.  Museum  exhibit;  d.  Importance.) 
A  rare  form  of  occipito-atlantal  articulation.     Bost.   Med.   &  Surg.   J.,   1897, 

cxxxvii,  (repr.  7  pp). 
A  sexual  study  of  the  size  of  the  articular  surfaces  of  the  long  bones  in  aboriginal 

American  skeletons.     Bost.  Med.  &  Surg.  J.,  1897,  cxxxvii,   (repr.  12  pp). 
Wormian  bones  in  artificial  deformed  Kwakiutl  crania.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1897, 

X,  169-173. 
The  long  bones  of  Kwakiutl  and  Salish  Indians.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1897,  x,  174-182. 
Observations  on  a  collection  of  Papuan  crania.     Anthrop.  Series,  Field  Colum- 
bian Mus.,  Aug.  1897,  II,  No.  1,  1-48. 
Observations  on  the  scapulae  of  Northwest  coast  Indians.     Am.  Natur.,  1897, 

XXXI,  736-745. 
A  bibliography  of  the  anthropology  of  Peru.     Field  Columbian  Mus.  Publ.  23, 

Chicago,  1898,  55-206. 
The  Department  of  Anthropology  of  the  Field  Columbian  Museum.     A  review 

of  6  years.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1900,  ii,  247-265. 
Recent  progress  in  Anthropology  at  the  Field  Columbian  Museum.     Ibid.,  1901, 

III,  737-750. 

At  present,  the  section  of  Physical  Anthropology  at  the  Field  Mu- 
seum is  in  charge  of  Dr.  F.  C.  Cole.  Doctor  Cole,  together  with  the 
■late  Dr.  Wm.  Jones,  carried  out  some  years  ago,  in  connection  with 
the  Cummings  Expedition,  considerable  anthropometric  work  on  the 
natives  of  the  Philippines.  The  records,  extending  to  more  than  2,000 
living  Filipinos,  are  being  prepared  for  publication.  We  also  owe  to 
Doctor  Cole  a  report  on  the  "Distribution  of  the  Non-Christian  Tribes 
of  Northwestern  Luzon,"  Am.  Anthrop.,  1909,  xi,  329-347;  and  a 
memoir  on  "The  Wild  Tribes  of  Davao  District,  Mindanao,"  Anthro- 
pological series,  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  1913,  xii.  No.  2,  49-203. 

The  twenty-nine  cases  of  exhibits  relating  to  Physical  Anthropology 
now  in  the  Field  Museum,  contain  material  illustrating  the  methods 
and  purposes  of  work  in  this  branch,  crania  showing  differences  in 
race,  sex,  and  age,  skeletal  variations,  and  some  pathological  spec- 
imens. The  stored  collections  comprise  several  hundred  crania  and 
skeletons,  which  will  be  noted  more  especially  on  another  occasion. 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  at  the  Field  Museum  is  now  under 
the  curatorship  of  Dr.  Berthold  Laufer,  who  though  principally  an 
ethnologist  and  sinologue,  is  a  warm  friend  of  Physical  Anthropology; 
and  when  the  new  building  of  the  Museum  now  under  construction  is 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY-  •  135 

completed,  affording  chance  for  more  extensive  exhibits  as  well  as 

laboratory  room   and   proper  storage  with   possibility  of  expansion, 

the  development  of  the  section  of  Physical  Anthropology  will  doubtless 

proceed  with  a  renewed  vigor. 

1 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO 

Some  attention  has  been  given  to  Physical  Anthropology  at  the 
University  of  Chicago  since  its  opening  in  1892.  Two  courses,  ele- 
mentary and  advanced,  were  offered  in  this  branch  by  Frederick  Starr, 
Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology  at  the  University  1892-1895,  and 
Associate  Professor  of  the  branch  as  well  as  Curator  in  the  Walker 
Museum  of  the  University  since  1895.  Both  courses  have  been  given 
until  recently.  Between  1893  and  1895  Professor  Starr  was  assisted 
by  Dr.  G.  M.  West,  who  was  appointed  a  Docent  in  Anthropology 
at  the  University  and  gave  particular  attention  to  somatology. 

In  1905  a  second  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology  appears  at 
the  University  in  Dr.  Geo.  A.  Dorsey,  and  in  1908  he  also  is  named 
Associate  Professor.  The  instruction  in  Physical  Anthropology  was 
relegated  to  him  and  continued  until  1915,  since  when  the  courses 
have  again  been  in  charge  of  Professor  Starr. 

Professor  Starr's  main  published  contribution  to  Physical  Anthro- 
pology is  the  "Physical  Characters  of  the  Indians  of  Southern  Mexico" 
{The  Decennial  Puhl.  Univ.  Chicago,  4°,  1902,  iv,  59  pp.),  in  which  he 
gives  measuiements  on  a  number  of  tribes  of  the  Mexican  natives. 
But  items  of  anthropological  interest  are  also  found  in  his  "Ethno- 
graphic Notes  from  the  Congo  Free  States,"  Proc.  Davenport  Acad. 
Nat.  Sc,  1909,  xii,  95-222;  and  in  his  Notes  upon  the  Ethnography  of 
Southern  Mexico,  Ibid.,  1899-1903,  viii-ix. 

Doctor  Dorsey,  after  leaving  the  Field  Museum,  has  also  severed  his 
connection  with  the  University. 

MILWAUKEE,   WISCONSIN 

As  early  as  1881  a  large  series  of  measurements  on  school  children 
were  made  at  ^Milwaukee,  under  the  direction  of  George  W.  Peckham, 
teacher  of  biology  in  the  Milwaukee  high  school,  and  the  results  were 
published  in  the  Sixth  and  Seventh  Annual  Reports  of  the  State  Board  of 
Health  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  1882,  28-73,  12  charts;  1883,  185-189). 
Regrettably  this  very  creditable  effort  remained,  so  far  as  Milwaukee 
and  Wisconsin  are  concerned,  quite  isolated. 


136  ALES   HRDLICKA 

ST,  LOUIS,  MISSOURI 

In  1892  Dr.  W.  Townsend  Porter  of  St.  Louis  with  his  assistants 
measured  not  less  than  33,500  boys  and  girls  in  the  pubHc  schools  of 
that  city.  The  main  object  of  these  measurements  were  to  determine 
the  relations  between  physical  and  mental  development  of  the  children, 
and  the  work  resulted  in  the  following  publications  by  Doctor  Porter: 

The  physical  basis  of  precocity  and  dullness.  Trans.  Ac.  Sc.  St.  Louis,  1893> 
VI,  No.  7. 

The  relation  between  the  growth  of  children  and  their  deviation  from  the  phys- 
ical type  of  their  sex  and  age.     Ibid.,  No.  10. 

TJntersuchungen  der  Schulkinder  in  Bezug  auf  die  physischen  Grundlagen  ihrer 
geistigen  Entwickelung.  Verhandl.  der  Berl.  anthropol.  Ges.,  Sitz.  Juli 
15,  1893,  337-354. 

This  important  effort  remained  also  isolated. 

THE    WASHINGTON    UNIVERSITY    MEDICAL    SCHOOL,    ST.    LOUIS,    MISSOURI 

The  Anatomical  Department  of  this  school  is  in  charge  of  Prof. 
R.  J.  Terry,  who  is  actively  interested  in  Physical  Anthropology. 
A  brief  course  on  Anthropology  is  included  in  the  University  subjects 
giving  credit  for  higher  degrees,  and  ''facts  of  Physical  Anthropology 
and  hues  of  investigation  have  always  been  discussed  in  the  lectures 
and  laboratory  course  for  medical  students"  (letter  from  Professor 
Terry).  The  hbrary  of  the  Department  includes  current  and  other 
anthropological  literature  and,  mainly  due  to  the  efforts  of  Professor 
Terry,  there  are  now  in  the  Department  important  anthropological 
collections.  Dr.  Chas.  Danforth,  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  Depart- 
ment, has  recently  paid  considerable  attention  to  anthropological 
problems.     In  dissection  a  particular  care  is  given  to  variations. 

Publications  of  anthropological  bearing  from  the  Department  are  as 
follows : 

Terry  (R.  J.) — Rudimentary  clavicles  and  other  abnormalities  of  the  skeleton 

of  a  white  woman.     J.  Anat.  &  Physiol.,  1899,  xxxiii,  413-422. 
Bartlett  (Willard) — A  contribution  to  the  surgical  anatomy  of  the  middle 

cranial  fossa.     Annals  of  Surg.,  1902. 
Terry  (R.  J.)  and  Nathaniel  Allison— Tuberculosis  of  the  skeleton.     Am. 

J.  Orthop.  Surg.,  1906-1907,  iv,  398-408. 
Terry   (R.   J.)— Observations  on  the  development  of  the  mammalian  vomer, 

Anat.  Record,  1909,  in,  525-529. 
Danforth  (C.  H.)— Some  notes  on  a  family  with  hereditary  congenital  cataract. 

Am.  J.  Ophth.,  1916. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  137 

Danforth  (C.  H.) — The  inheritance  of  congenital  cataract.     Am.  Naturalist, 

1916,  I,  442-448. 
Danforth  (C.  H.) — Some  aspects  of  the  study  of  hereditary  eye  defects.     Am. 

J.  Ophth.,  March,  1916,  repr.  3-8. 
Danforth  (C.  H.)— Is  twinning  hereditary?     J.  Hered.,  1916,  vii,  195-202. 

UNIVERSITY   OF   MINNESOTA,    MINNEAPOLIS 

In  1906  the  Department  of  Sociology  at  the  University  was  renamed 
"The  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology,"  and  Dr.  Albert 
E.  Jenks,  a  well  known  anthropologist,  was  added  to  the  Department. 
Doctor  Jenks  was  formerly  connected  with  the  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology  (1901-1902),  and  served  as  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Bureau 
of  Non-Christian  Tribes,  Manila,  P.  I.  (1902),  and  as  Chief  of  the 
Ethnological  Survey,  P.  I.  (1903-1905).  In  1907  Doctor  Jenks'  title 
was  changed  to  that  of  Professor  of  Anthropology.  After  the  death 
of  Doctor  Smith,  head  of  the  Department,  the  latter  was  enlarged  and 
reorganized  by  the  introduction  of  practical  social  service  courses,  and 
Professor  Jenks  was  made  Chairman  of  the  Department. 

An  instructional  course  entitled  Physical  Anthropology,  largely  a 
lecture  course  for  a  single  semester  each  year,  was  introduced  in  the 
University  year  1907-1908.  A  "Seminar  in  Anthropology"  has  been 
given  since  1910,  usually  each  semester,  confined  generally  to  subjects 
in  the  field  of  Physical  Anthropology  and  to  laboratory  methods. 
There  is  a  modest  collection  of  racial  skeletal  material,  hair,  and  casts. 

Professor  Jenks'  pubhcations  of  more  direct  interest  to  physical 
anthropology  are  as  follows: 

The  Bontoc  Igorot.     Ethnol.  Surv.  Publ.,  Manila,  1905,  i,  266  pp. 
The  people  of  Minnesota.     Papers  and  Proc.  Minn.  Ac.  Social  Sc,  ii,  1908.     Pub- 
lished also  by  Northfield  News,  1909,  198-213. 
Bulu  knowledge  of  the  gorilla  and  chimpanzee.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1911,  xiii,  56-64. 
Ethnic  census  of  Minneapolis.     (Amalgamation  study.)     Am.  J.  Sociol.,  May, 

1912,  XVII,  776-782. 
Science  of  anthropology  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  and  the  Pacific  Islands. 

In  Reports  upon  the  present  condition  and  future  needs  of  the  science  of 

anthropology.     Carnegie  Inst,  of  Wash.,  1913,  29-59. 
A  Piebald  family  of  White  Americans.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1914,  xvi,  221-237. 
The  legal  status  of  Negro-White  amalgamation  in  the  United  States.     Am.  J. 

Sociol.,  1916,  XXI,  666-679. 
The  failure  and  revival  of  the  process  of  pigmentation  in  the  human  skin.     Proc. 

Nat.  Ac.  Sc,  1916,  ii,  164-167. 
Spotted  asses.     J.  Hered.,  1916,  vii,  165-168. 
Indian-White  amalgamation.     An  Anthropometric  study.     Studies  in  the  Social. 

Sciences,  Univ.  of  Minn.,  March,  1916,  No.  6,  24  pp. 


138  ALES   HRDLICKA 

Pitted  ear  lobes  of  congential  origin.     J.  Hered.,  1916,  vii,  553-554. 
The  "  Half-breed"  as  an  ascendant.     In  Papers  and  Proc.  Ann.  Meet.  Am.  Sociol. 
Soc,  1917,  7  pp. 

UNIVERSITY    OF    CALIFORNIA 

The  Department  of  Anthropology  at  the  University  of  California 
begun  in  1899  with  a  series  of  important  expeditions,  but  was  not  for- 
mally organized  until  1901,  when  Dr.  A.  L.  Kroeber  and  Dr.  P.  E.  God- 
dard  were  appointed  to  positions  in  connection  with  the  Department 
and  when  plans  for  a  museum  were  initiated.  It  received  a  great 
impetus  in  1903,  through  the  appointment  of  Prof.  F.  W.  Putnam  as 
Professor  of  Anthropology  at  the  University  and  as  Curator  of  its  new 
Anthropological  Museum,  positions  which  he  occupied  until  1909, 
dividing  his  time  between  California  and  Harvard.  One  of  the  most 
notable  events  of  his  administration  from  the  standpoint  of  Physical 
Anthropology,  was  the  active  prosecution  of  the  Hearst  Egyptian 
Expedition,  under  Dr.  Geo.  A.  Reisner,  which  resulted  in  the  acquisi- 
tion of  a  great  and  precious  collection  of  pre-dynastic  and  early  dynas- 
tic skeletal  material  from  the  Nile  valley,  now  partly  at  the  Museum 
of  the  University  of  California  and  partly  at  the  Peabody  Museum, 
Cambridge. 

From  1902  to  1909,  we  also  find  cooperating  with  the  Department 
Dr.  J.  C.  Merriam,  Assistant,  later  Associate  and  now  (1912 — )  full 
Professor  of  Palaeontology  and  Historical  Geology  at  the  University 
of  California.  During  these  years  he  deUvered  in  the  Department, 
during  the  second  half  of  each  season  and  as  a  course  in  Physical  Anthro- 
pology, a  series  of  lectures  on  the  "Geological  Historj^  of  Man."  Pro- 
fessor Merriam  remains  one  of  the  most  earnest  students  of  the  prob- 
lems of  man's  antiquity  on  this  continent.  For  years  now  he  has 
carried  on  careful  explorations  in  the  California  caves;  he  re-investi- 
gated the  histor}^  of  the  Calaveras  skull  and  the  deposits  of  the  Table 
Mountain;  and  we  owe  to  him  a  careful  examination  into  the  La  Brea 
find  of  human  bones,  which  a  few  years  ago  created  such  unwarranted 
expectations.  His  published  contributions  to  these  subjects  are  as 
follows : 

Recent  cave  exploration  in  California.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1906,  viii,  221-228. 
Preliminary  report  on  the  discovery  of  human  remains  in  an  asphalt  deposit  at 
Rancho  La  Brea.     Science,  1914,  xl,  198-203. 

At  this  year's  spring  meeting  of  the  National  Academy  Professor 
Merriam  delivered  the  two  William  Ellery  Hale  Lectures,  on  "The 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  139 

Beginnings  of  Human  History  from  the  Geological  Record;"  and  since 
the  organization  in  1916  of  the  National  Research  Council,  he  has 
taken  a  large  part  in  the  activities  of  this  body  and  has  shown  him- 
self invariably  an  earnest  friend  of  Physical  Anthropology. 

Doctor  Kroeber,  since  1908  Curator  of  the  Anthropological  Museum 
of  the  University  and  since  1911  Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology, 
while  professionally  an  ethnologist,  has  always  favored  the  develop- 
ment of  Physical  Anthropology  and  the  promotion  of  research  relat- 
ing to  man's  antiquity  in  the  California  mounds,  as  well  as  in  other 
directions.  We  owe  to  him  an  early  recognition  of  the  modern  char- 
acter of  the  La  Brea  skull,  and  two  papers  dealing  directly  with  an- 
thropometric observations.     These  are: 

Measurements  of  Igorotes.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1906,  viii,  194-195. 
Measurements  of  Chukchis.     Am.  Anthrop.,  1909,  xi,  531-533. 

In  1906,  at  the  request  of  Doctor  Kroeber,  the  skeletal  collections 
from  Cahfornia  preserved  at  that  time  in  his  Department  were  sub- 
jected to  examination  by  the  writer,  the  report  upon  them  being  pub- 
lished in  Vol.  IV,  No.  2,  of  the  University  Publications. 

In  1910-1912,  a  course  of  lectures  in  connection  with  the  Depart- 
ment, on  "Origin  and  Antiquity  of  Man,"  was  given  yearly  by  Mr. 
N.  C.  Nelson;  and  in  1915-1916  a  similar  course  was  in  charge  of  Dr. 
W.  D.  Wallis.  For  many  years  there  has  also  been  given  a  compre- 
hensive course  in  General  Anthropology^  deahng  for  one  semester  with 
man's  evolution,  antiquity,  heredity,  etc.,  through  the  medium  of  three 
lectures  and  one  conference  a  week.  This  course  is  given  by  the 
department  staff  in  cooperation. 

THE   SAN   DIEGO  MUSEUM 

This  Museum,  which  dates  only  from  the  beginning  of  1917,  is 
located  in  one  of  the  permanent  structures  of  the  Panama-Cahfornia 
Exposition  (1915-1916),  and  its  collections  are  a  heritage  from  the 
Exposition.  This  heritage  includes  however  the  most  comprehensive 
and  in  many  respects  the  most  valuable  existing  exhibits  in  Physical 
Anthropology. 

These  exhibits  came  to  existence  through  an  arrangement  entered 
into  in  1912  between  the  Exposition  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
under  plans  and  in  charge  of  the  writer.  They  consist  almost  wholly 
of  original  material,  secured  for  the  purpose  on  a  series  of  expeditions, 
and  extend  to  the  subjects  of  (1),  Human  evolution  and  early  man; 


140  ALES    HRDLICKA 

(2)  Human  development  (from  the  egg  onward);  (3)  Human  variation; 
and  (4)  Man's  decline  and  elimination,  together  with  racial  pathology. 
The  exhibits  and  the  expeditions  undertaken  in  connection  with  their 
preparation,  were  briefly  described  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences,  of  1915  and  1916  (i,  235-238;  ibid.,  407^10; 
and  II,  32-37). 

A  due  credit  for  the  possibilities  of  reahzation  of  these  exhibits  is 
due  to  Dr.  Edgar  L.  Hewett,  Director  of  the  Exposition  and  now  head 
of  the  Museum,  and  Mr.  D.  C.  Collier,  the  first  President  of  the 
Exposition. 

Miscellaneous 

While  the  preceding  notes  touch  briefly  on  all  the  more  important 
centers  of  anthropological  activity  in  this  country,  they  fail  to  mention 
a  number  of  incipient  or  detached  collections  in  Physical  Anthropology, 
such  as  those  at  the  Valentine  Museum,  Richmond,  the  Carnegie 
Museum,  Pittsburgh,  the  Davenport  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  those 
of  several  of  the  Anatomical  departments  connected  with  our  Universi- 
ties, such  as  Ithaca,  Stanford,  etc.;  they  do  not  touch  upon  the  subject 
of  gymnasium  anthropometry,  practiced  in  many  colleges,  of  prison 
anthropometry,  or  that  of  the  various  developing  stations  for  child 
welfare;  they  do  not  include  a  number  of  detached  students,  who  have 
within  recent  years  begun  to  contribute  to  knowledge  in  our  branch; 
and  they  of  necessity  have  avoided  the  important  collateral  fields  of 
heredity  and  eugenics. 

As  to  the  various  American  collections  in  Physical  Anthropology, 
they  will  receive  separate  attention  in  the  Journal  in  the  future.  Col- 
lege and  prison  anthropometry  follow,  regrettably,  their  own  lines 
and  use  more  or  less  separate  instruments,  in  result  of  which  most  of 
the  work  is  lost  to  Anthropology;  and  the  many  measurements  that 
are  being  taken  by  nurses,  teachers,  physicians,  etc.,  on  children,  while 
of  practical  utility,  do  not  possess  sufficient  accuracy  to  be  of  strict 
scientific  value. 

Of  individual  investigators,  a  special  mention  should  be  made,  in 
New  York — of  Prof,  R.  S.  Woodward,  for  his  work  in  racial  psychology; 
Prof.  E.  L.  Thorndike,  for  his  Mental  and  Social  Measurements,  which 
are  useful  to  anthropometry;  and  of  Dr.  Maurice  Fishberg,  for  his 
contributions  on  the  anthropology  and  eugenics  of  the  Jews;  at  Cor- 
nell— of  Prof.  Burt  G.  Wilder,  now  retired,  who  brought  together  the 
remarkable    brain    collection    of   that    University;    at    Princeton — of 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  141 

Prof.  E.  G.  Conklin,  who  has  given  us  recently  an  excellent  work  on 
Heredity  and  Environment  in  the  Development  of  Men  (2d  ed.,  Princ, 
1918);  in  Washington,  D.  C. — of  Alexander  Graham  Bell,  who  has 
given  us  a  series  of  valuable  papers  and  memoirs  on  heredity,  longevity 
and  related  subjects;  of  Dr.  J.  B.  Nichols,  for  his  painstaking  study  on 
the  numerical  proportions  of  the  sexes  at  birth ;  of  Dr.  Tom  Williams, 
for  his  very  interesting  studies  on  delinquent  and  abnormal  children; 
of  Drs.  Frank  Baker  and  Geo.  M.  Kober,  sincere  and  active  friends  of 
Physical  Anthropology;  of  Mr.  Paul  Popenoe,  the  very  active  and 
efficient  editor  of  The  Journal  of  Heredity;  of  Mr.  Wm.  H.  Babcock, 
the  1917-1918  President  of  the  Anthropological  Society  of  Washington, 
who  has  devoted  years  of  work  to  the  problems  of  pre-Columbian 
European  contacts  with  this  continent;  of  Mr.  E.  T.  Williams,  chief 
of  the  Far-Eastern  Division  at  the  State  Department  and  actual  Pres- 
ident of  the  Anthropological  Society,  a  close  student  of  the  racial  prob- 
lems of  eastern  Asia;  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin — of  Prof.  C.  R. 
Bardeen,  who  has  contributed  much  to  our  knowledge  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  skeleton  and  other  parts;  at  the  Stanford  University — 
of  Prof.  A.  W.  Myer,  who  has  given  us  a  series  of  careful  notes  on 
osteological  and  other  anomalies  observed  by  him  or  his  students 
during  dissections.  This  list  could  be  enlarged  and  prolonged  to 
other  cities;  it  should  include  workers  in  collateral  lines,  particularly 
in  racial  pathology  and  insurance  statistics,  such  as  Messrs.  F.  L. 
Hoffman  and  L.  I.  Dublin,  and  in  various  branches  of  biology,  such 
as  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  and  others.  It  represents  collectively  a  very  con- 
siderable asset  to  Physical  Anthropology.  How  important  is  the 
total  of  these  side  contributions  can  best  be  seen  from  the  following 
lists,  which  represent  publications  relating  to  physical  anthropolog}^ 
by  living  authors  which  were  not  mentioned  in  this  report  in  other 
connections,  from  the  four  most  closely  related  periodicals,  namely 
the  American  Anthropologist,  the  Anatomical  Record,  the  American 
Journal  of  Anatomy,  and  the  Journal  of  Heredity,^  since  the  beginning 
of  their  publication. 

*  Some  of  these  papers  are  not  exclusively  somatological,  but  contain  extended 
observations  of  value  to  Physical  Anthropologj'. 

^  Before  this  the  journal  was  known  as  The  American  Breeders  Magazine, 
which  also  contains  a  number  of  articles  relating  more  or  less  directly  to  Physical 
Anthropology. 


YEAR 
1899, 

VOL. 
I, 

1900, 

n, 

1901, 

III, 

142  ALES   HRDLICKA 

THE  AMERICAN  ANTHROPOLOGIST,  N.  S. 
Lancaster,   Pa.,   1899-1918 

NO. 

1.     Babcock  (W.  H.)— The  Nanticoke  Indians  of  Indian  River, 

Del. ;  277-282. 
3.     MooNEY  (J.)— The  end  of  the  Natchez;  510-521. 
3.     Cook    (Alice    C.)— The   aborigines  of  the    Canar}'   Islands; 
451-493. 

1.  BoGORAS  (W.)— The  Chukchi  of  Northeastern  Asia;  80-108. 
Johnston  (W.  W.)— The  ill  health  of  Charles  Darwin;  138- 

158. 

1902,  IV,  Huxley    (H.  M.)— Preliminary  report  of  an  anthropological 

expedition  to  Sj'ria,  47-51. 

2.  Wright  (R.  R.) — Negro  companions  of  the  Spanish  explorers; 

217-228. 

3.  Wardle  (H.  Newell) — Evanescent  congenital  pigmentation 

in  the  sacro-lumbar  region ;  412-420. 
Cutler  (J.  E.)— Tropical  acclimatization;  421-440. 

4.  FiSHBERG  (M.)— Physical  anthropology  of  the  Jews. 
I.— The  Cephalic  Index;  684-706. 

1903,  V,  1.     FiSHBERG    (M.)— Physical  anthropology  of  the  Jews;   II.— 

Pigmentation;  89-106. 

3.  Verner  (S    p.)— The  yellow  men  of  central  Africa;  539-544. 

4.  Wood    (Edith   E.)— Notes    on    oriental    [Chinese,  Japanese] 

babies,  659-666. 

1904,  VI,  2.     Skinner  (G.  A.)—" Casco  foot"  in  the  Filipino;  299-302. 

5.  Moore  (Clarence  B.) — Aboriginal  urn-burial  in  the  United 

States;  660-669. 
Crampton  (C.  W.)— Pubescence;  705-709. 

1905,  VII,         /.     Nichols   (J.  B.) — The  sex  composition  of  human  families; 

24-36. 
Henshaw  (H.  W.) — Popular  fallacies  respecting  the  Indians; 
104-113. 
4.     Merriam  (C.  Hart) — The  Indian  population  of  California; 
594-606. 

1906,  VIII,        2.     Brewster   (E.  T.) — Notes  on  the  determination  of  sex  in 

man ;  236-242. 
Stefansson     (V.) — The     Icelandic     colony     in     Greenland; 

262-270. 
Hitz  (J.)— Helen  Keller;  308-324. 
4.     Montgomery    (H.) — Remains    of    prehistoric    man    in    the 

Dakotas;  640-651.     (Mainly  archeological.) 

1907,  IX,  1.     Brenneman     (J.) — The    sacral    or    so-called    "Mongolian" 

pigment  spots  of  earliest  infancy  and  childhood,  with 
especial  reference  to  their  occurrence  in  the  American 
negro:  2-30. 


PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  143 

1907.  IX,  2.     Kexnard    (A.    S.) — The    racial    derivation    of   the   Ossetes; 

276-286. 

3.  Wright  (G.  F.) — Recent  geolgic  changes  as  affecting  theories 

of  man's  development;  529-532. 

1908,  X,  1.     Montgomery  (H.) — Prehistoric  man  in  Manitoba  and  Sas- 

katchewan; 33-40.     (Mainly  archeological.) 
Herzog  (M.) — The  brain  weight  of  the  Filipino;  41-47. 

2.  North    (A.    W.) — The   native    tribes    of    Lower    California; 

236-250. 

4.  Montgomery  (Ch.  J) — Survivors  from  the  cargo  [of  slaves] 

of  the  negro  slave  yacht  "Wanderer;"  611-623. 
1910,     XII,         3.     Barrows  (D.  P.) — The  Negrito  and  allied  types  in  the  Phil- 
ippines; 358-376. 

1912,  XIV,         1.     Fewkes  (J.  W.)  etc.— Symposium  on  "The  problem  of  the 

unity  or  plurality  and  the  probable  place  of  origin  of  the 
American  aborigines;"  1-59. 
Fishberg  (M.) — Remarks  on  Radosavljevich's  critical  con- 
tribution to  "School  Anthropology;"  131-141. 

1913,  XV,  4.     Scottsberg   (C.) — Observations  on  the  natives  of  the  Pa- 

tagonian  Channel  region;  578-616. 
Pearl  (R.)  and  R.  N.  Salam.\n — The  relative  time  of  fertil- 
ization in  the  ovum  and  the    sex    ratio    amongst    Jews; 
668-674. 

1914,  XVI,         1.     Emmons  (G.  T.)— Portraiture  among  the  north  Pacific  coast 

tribes ;  59-67. 
1915;      XVII,       2.     Hatt  (G.)— Artificial  moulding  of  the  infant's  head  among 
the  Scandinavian  Lapps;  245-256. 

3.  Poynter  (C.  W.  M.) — A  study  of  Nebraska  crania;  509-524. 

1916,  XVIII.      2.     Speck   (F.   G.)— Remnants   of  the  Machapunga   Indians   of 

North  Carolina;  271-276. 

3.  Gregory  (W.  K.)— Note  on  the  molar  teeth  of  the  Piltdown 

mandible;  384-387. 

1917,  XIX,        4.     Poynter    (C.    W.) — Some   conclusions   based   on   studies   in 

cerebral  anthropology';  495-502. 

ANATOMICAL  RECORD 

Philadelphia,   1907 

1908,      II,  3.     BooKW alter  (C.  F.)— Report  on  a  curious  variation  in  the 

insertion  of  the  Rhomboideus  major  in  a  negro;  96-98. 

4.  Corson    (E.    R.) — Fusion   of  the   semilunar   and   cuneiform 

bones  in    both  wrists  of  an  adult  male  negro;  143-145. 
9.     Evans  (H.  M.) — On  an  instance  of  two  subclavian  arteries  to 
the  early  arm  bud  in  man;  411-424. 
1910,     IV,  3.     Murphy  (J.  B.)— Note  on  the  sulcus  lunatus  in  negro  and 

white  brains  and  its  relation  to  the  area  striata;  11.5-122. 
4.     Johnston    (J.    B.)— The   evolution   of   the    cerebral   cortex; 
14.3-166. 


144  ALES    HRDLICKA 

1911,  V,  4-     Orton  (S.  T.) — Note  on  an  anomaly  of  the  postcentral  sulcus 

simulating  the  double  rolandic  of  Giacomini;  179-182. 
8.     Hatai    (Shinkishi) — An    interpretation    of    growth    curves 

from  a  dynamical  standpoint;  373-382. 
10.     Mellus  (E.  L.) — A  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  cerebral 

cortex  in  man;  473-482. 
12.     Smith  (G.  M.)— A  statistical  review  of  the  variations  in  the 
anatomic  positions  of  the  caecum  and  the  processus  vermi- 
formis  in  the  infant;  549-556. 

1912,  VI,  12.     GivENS  (M.  H.) — Duplication  of  the  inferior  vena  cava  in 

man ;  475-486. 

1913,  VII,  1.     ScHAEFFER  (J.  P.) — On  two  muscle  anomalies  of  the  lower 

extremity;  1-8. 
6.     Ingalls  (N.  W.) — Musculi  sternales  and  infra-clavicularis; 
203-206. 
10.     Lord    (F.    P.) — Observations    on    the    temporo-mandibular 
articulation;  355-368. 

1914,  VIII,  /.     ScHAEFFER  (J.  P.)  AND  L.  H.  Nachamofsky — Some  observa- 

tions on  the  anatomy  of  the  upper  extremities  of  an  infant 

with  complete  bilateral  absence  of  the  radius;  1-14. 
CoBEY    (J.    F.) — An    anomalous    right    subclavian    artery; 

15-19. 
Perkins,    Jr.    (J.    D.) — An   anomalous   muscle   of  the  leg: 

Peroneo-calcaneus  internus;  21-25. 

4.  Johnston  (J.  B.) — The  nervus  terminalis  in  man  and  mam- 

mals; 185-198. 

5.  Santee   (H.  E.) — The  brain  of  a  black  monkey  (Macacus 

maurus) :  The    relative    prominence    of    different    gyri; 
257-266. 

6.  DuPRE  (B.  G.)  AND  T.  W.  Todd.— A  transitional    type   of 

cervical  rib,  with  a  commentary;  313-324. 
Leonhart    (G.    p.) — A    case    of    stylo-hyoid    ossification; 

325-332. 
Harvey  (R.  W.) — A  case  of  multiple  renal  arteries;  333-339. 
Driver  (J.  R.)  and  A.  B.  Denison — The  morphology  of  the 

long  accessorius  muscle;  341-347. 
8.     Miller  (J.  C.)— Ossiculum  lus;  415-419. 

1915,  IX,  2.    Decker  (H.  R.) — Report  of  the  anomalies  in  a  subject  with 

a  supernumerary  lumbar  vertebra;  181-189. 
Dockeray  (F.  C.) — Volumetric  determinations  of  the  parts 
of  the  brain  in  a  human  fetus  156  mm.  long  (crown-rump) ; 
207-211. 

6.  Lord   (F.  P.) — Some  anatomical  deductions  from  a  path- 

ological temporo-mandibular  articulation;  459-464. 

7.  Meyer  (A.  W.) — Spolia  anatomica,  addenda  I;  483-527. 
10.    Bevier  (George) — An  anomalous  origin  of  the  subclavian 

artery;  785-789. 


PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY  145 

1915,  X,  1.    IxGALLS  (N.  W.) — Truncus  arteriosus  communis  persistens; 

9-14. 
Atwell  (W.  J.) — On  the  conversion  of  a  photograph  into 
a  line  drawing;  39-41. 

1916,  X,  5.    McCoTTER  (R.  E.) — Three  cases  of  the  persistence  of  the 

left  superior  vena  cava;  371-383. 
9.     McCoTTER  (R.  E.) — Regarding  the  length  and  extent  of  the 
human  medulla  spinalis;  559-564. 

1916,  XI,  3.     GiLLASPiE   (C),  Lewis  I.  Miller  and  Morris  Baskin — 

Anomalies  in  lobation  of  lungs  with  review  of  literature; 
65-75. 
GiLLASPiE  (C),  L.  I.  Miller  and  Morris  Baskin — Anom- 
alous renal  vessels  and  their  surgical  significance;  77-86. 

1917,  XII,  1.     Meyer  (A.  W.) — Spolia  anatomica,  addenda  II;  43-94. 

Clark  (E.)  and  R.  K.  Lhamon — Observations  on  the  sweat 
glands  of  tropical  and  northern  races;  139-147. 

O'Malley  (T.  S.) — An  anomalous  Vena  pulmonalis  within 
the  lung;  173-175. 

2.  Wallis    (W.    D.) — The   development    of   the   human    chin; 

315-328. 
Harvey  (R.  W.) — Notes  on  two  cases  of  anomalous  right 
subclavian  artery;  329-330. 
1917,      xiii,  2.     Reynolds  (L.  R.) — Hyperphalangism  accompanied  by  epiph- 

yses and  muscular  deficiencies;  11.3-126. 

3.  Lillie  (R.  D.) — Variations  of  the  canalis  hypoglossi;  131- 

144. 
5.     Howell  (J.   A.) — An  experimental  studj'  of  the  effect  of 
stress  and  strain  on  bone  development ;  233-252. 
Lyon,  Jr.   (M.  W.) — An  hereditary  case  of  congenital  ab- 
sence of  one  kidne}-;  303-304. 

THE  AMERICAN  JOURNAL  OF  ANATOMY, 

Baltimore,  Md.,  1901- 

1901,  I,  1.     Bardeen   (C.  R.)   and  W.  H.   Lewis— Development  of  the 

limbs,  body-wall  and  back  in  man;  1-37. 

1902,  I,  2.     Lewis  (W.  H.)— The  development  of  the  arm  in  man ;  145-183. 

Bardeen    (C.   R.) — A    statistical    study    of    the    abdominal 
and  border-nerves  in  man ;  203-228. 
4.     Sudler  (M.  T.) — The  development  of  the  nose,  and  of  the 
pharj'nx  and  its  derivatives  in  man;  391-416. 

1903,  IT,  2.     Schlapp    (M.    G) — The    microscopic    structure    of    cortical 

areas  in  man  and  some  mammals;  259-281. 

1904,  IV,  1.     Mc^NIcRRiCH   (J.   P.)— The  phylogeny  of  the  crural   flexors; 

33-76. 

1905,  IV,  2.     Bardeen   (C.  R.)— The  development  of  the  thoracic  verte- 

brae in  man ;  163-174. 


146 

1905, 

IV, 

3. 
4. 

1906, 

V, 

4. 

1906, 

VI, 

1. 

1907, 

VI, 

3. 

4. 

1907, 

VII, 

1. 

1908, 

VIII, 

1. 

2. 

1909, 

IX, 

1. 

1910, 

X, 

2. 

1911, 

XI, 

3. 

1911, 

XII, 

1. 

1912,  XIII,  1. 

1912,  XIV,  1. 

1913,  XIV,  4- 

1913,  XV,  3. 

1914,  xvii,  /, 

1915,  xvii,  2. 


ALES   HRDLICKA 

Bardeen  (C.  R.) — Studies  of  the  development  of  the  human 
skeleton;  265-303. 

Gage  (Susanna  P.) — A  three  weeks'  human  embryo,  with 
especial  reference  to  the  brain  and  the  nephric  system; 
409-444. 

Bremer  (J.  L.) — Description  of  a  4-mm.  human  embryo; 
459-480. 

Flint  (J.  M) — The  development  of  the  lungs;  1-137. 

Bardeen  (C.  R.) — Development  and  variation  of  the  nerves 
and  the  musculature  of  the  inferior  extremity  and  of  the 
neighboring  regions  of  the  trunk  in  man;  259-390. 

McMurrich  (J.  P.) — The  phylogeny  of  the  plantar  muscula- 
ture ;  407-437. 

EssiCK  (C.  R.) — The  corpus  ponto-bulbare — A  hitherto 
undescribed  nuclear  mass  in  the  human  hind  brain;  119-137. 

Mellus  (E.  L.) — Relations  of  the  frontal  lobe  in  the  mon- 
key; 227-244. 

Streeter  (G.  L.) — The  cortex  of  the  brain  in  the  human 
embryo  during  the  fourth  month  with  special  reference  to 
the  so-called  "Papillae  of  Retzius;"  337-344. 

Taussig  (F.  J.) — The  development  of  the  hymen;  89-108. 

Bardeen  (C.  R.) — Early  development  of  the  cervical  verte- 
brae and  the  base  of  the  occipital  bone  in  man;  181-186. 

Jackson  (C.  M.) — On  the  prenatal  growth  of  the  human 
body  and  the  relative  growth  of  the  various  organs  and 
parts;  119-161. 

Schaefper  (J.  P.) — The  sinus  maxillaris  and  its  relations  in 
the  embryo,  child  and  adult  man;  313-368. 

GuDERNATscH  (J.  F.) — Hermaphroditismus  verus  in  man; 
267-278. 

LissER  (H.) — Studies  on  the  development  of  the  human 
larynx;  27-66. 

Whitehead  (R.  H.)  and  J.  A.  Waddell — The  early  develop- 
ment of  the  mammalian  sternum;  89-106. 

ScHAEFFER  (J.  P) — The  genesis  and  development  of  the  naso- 
lacrimal passages  in  man ;  1-24. 

EssiCK  (C.  R.) — The  development  of  the  nuclei  pontis  and 
the  nucleus  arcuatus  in  man;  25-54. 

Bullard  (P.  B.) — A  comparative  study  of  the  three  principal 
regions  of  the  spinal  cord  in  a  series  of  mammals;  73-105. 

Mellus  (E.  L.) — The  development  of  the  cerebral  cortex; 
107-117. 

Wieman  (H.  L.) — Chromosomes  in  man;  461-471. 

Wallin  (I.  E.) — A  human  embryo  of  thirteen  somites;  319- 
331. 

Thyng  (F.  W.) — The  anatomy  of  a  17.8  mm.  human  embryo; 
31-112. 

Davis  (H.  K.) — A  statistical  study  of  the  thoracic  duct  in 
man;  211-244. 


1915, 

XVIII; 

1916, 

XX, 

1917, 

XXI, 

1917, 

XXII, 

PHYSICAL   ANTHROPOLOGY  147 

1914,     XVI,        3.     Macklix  (C.  C.)— The  skull  of  a  human  fetus  of  40  mm.; 
317-385;  387-426. 
Bremer  (J.  L.) — The  earliest  blood-vessels  in  man;  447-475. 
.     Kingsbury  (B.  F.)— The  development  of  the  human  pharynx. 

I.  The  pharyngeal  derivatives;  329-397. 
.     ScHAEFFER    (J.    P.) — The   genesis,    development,    and   adult 

anatomy  of  the  naso-frontal  region  in  man;  125-146. 
.     Koch  (J.  C.) — The  laws  of  bone  architecture;  177-298. 
.     Streeter  (G.  L.) — The  factors  involved  in  the  excavation  of 
the  cavities  in  the  cartilaginous  capsule  of  the  ear  in  the 
human  embryo;  1-25. 
3.     Watt  (J.  C.) — Anatomy  of  a  seven  months'  foetus  exhibiting 
bilateral  absence  of  the  ulna  accompanied  by  monodactyly 
(and  also  diaphragmatic  hernia) ;  385-437. 

THE  JOURNAL  OF  HEREDITY, 
Washington,  D.  C,  1914- 

1914,  V,  1.     Bell  (A.  G.) — How  to  improve  the  race;  1-7. 

Jordan  (D.  S.) — Prenatal  influences;  38-39. 

3.  Johnson  (R.  H.) — Marriage  selection;  102-110. 

4.  WiLLCOX  (W.  F.)— Differential  fecundity  [in  U.  S.  popula- 

tion]; 141-148. 
Editorial — Eugenics  in  the  colleges;  186. 

5.  Chase  (J.  H.)— Weakness  of  eldest  sons;  209-211. 
Editorial — Extinction  of  family  names;  212-215. 

6.  Kellogg  (V.  L.) — Faces  and  races;  249. 
Editorial — A  Polynesian-Norwegian  metisse;  249-254. 

7.  Editorial— Second  report  of  the  Committee  on  Immigration 

of  the  Eugenics  Section  of  the  American  Genetic  Associa- 
tion; 297-300. 

Cole  (L.  J.) — Biological  eugenics;  305-312. 

Redfield  (C.  L.) — Results  of  early  marriage;  316-317. 

8.  Hankins  (F.  H.)— The  declining  birth  rate;  361-367. 

9.  Smith  (G.  E.)— Man's  pedigree;  377-388. 
Southard  (E.  E.)— Eugenics  vs  cacogenics;  408-414. 

10.  Hoffmann,  G.  v. — Eugenics  in  Germany;  435-436. 
Editorial — Constructive  eugenics;  458-462. 

11.  Blakeslee  (A.  F.) — Corn  and  men;  511-518. 
18. 

1915,  VI,  1.     Editorial — Feeblemindedness;  32-36. 

2.  Bailey  (L.  H.) — War  and  biology;  51-54. 
Editorial — The  early  marriage  question;  92-95. 

3.  Editorial — Eugenic  legislation;  142-144. 

4.  Sprague  (R.  J.) — Education  and  race  suicide;  158-162. 
Miller  (N.) — Heredity  of  white  fore-lock;  165-169. 
CoFER  (L.  E.) — Eugenics  and  immigration;  170-174. 


148  ALES    HRDLICKA 

1915,  VI,  5.     RucKEE  (W.  C.)— More  "Eugenic  Laws;"  219-226. 

J5(ii7onaZ— Nature  or  Nurture?  227-240. 
6.     Johnson   (R.   H.)   and   B.   Stutzmann— Wellesley's  birth- 
rate; 250-253. 
Nettleship  (E.) — The  marriage  of  kin;  257-261. 
8.     RosANOFF  (A.  J.)  AND  H.  E.  Martin — Offspring  of  the  in- 
sane; 355-356. 
Editorial — Genealogy  and  eugenics;  372-383. 

10.  Billings  (W.  C.) — Oriental  immigration;  462-467. 

11.  Editorial — Natural  selection  in  man;  497-498. 
Editorial — Maternal  impressions;  512-518. 

12.  Conklin  (E.  G.) — Value  of  negative  eugenics;  538-541. 
Johnson  (R.  H.) — Natural  selection  in  war;  546-548. 

1916,  VII,  1.     Hoffmann  (G.  von) — Race  hygiene  in  Germany;  32. 

Mackie  (D.  B.) — Igorrot  x  American  Metis;  34-35. 
2.     Editorial — Brigham  Young;  51-54. 

Hamilton  (A.  E.) — What  to  say  about  marriage?  77-81. 

5.  Editorial — Long  life  means  many  children;  99-101. 
WiLLCOX  (W.  F.) — Fewer  births  and  deaths:  what  do  they 

mean?     119-127. 
Lane  (W.  C.)— Hereditary  nose  bleed;  132-1.34. 
4.     Stuckey  (H,  p.) — The  slit-eyed  people;  147. 

Knox  (H.  A.) — A  family  with  abnormal  hands;  224. 
Editorial — Eugenic  survey  of  Nassau  County,  New  York; 

237-238. 

6.  Editorial — War,    immigration,    eugenics.     Third   Report   of 

the  Committee  on  Immigration,  American  Genetic  Asso- 
ciation; 243-248. 
Cook  (O.  F.) — Eugenics  and  agriculture;  249-254. 

7.  Editorial— Extra  fingers  and  toes;  320-324. 
Editorial — Concerning  prepotency;  330-336. 

8.  Editorial — Consanguineous  marriage;  343-346. 
Osborn  (Dorothy) — Inheritance  of  baldness;  347-355. 
Metcalf  (M.  M.) — Evolution  and  man;  356-364. 

9.  Editorial— The  long-lived  first-born;  395-398. 
PiTTiER  (Hy.) — A  change  in  sex-ratio;  406-411. 
Editorial — Heredity  of  hair-form;  412-413. 

Editorial — Constitutional  vigor  in  the  ancestry  of  Thomas 
A.  Edison;  414-415. 

1916,  VII,  10.     £'fK<onaZ— Heredity  and  the  mind ;  456-462 

Editorial — Women's  eyes  and  potato  skins;  475-477. 
Editorial — Extremes  of  human  stature;  479. 

11.  Editorial — Hand  and  foot  prints;  511-523. 

12.  GuLiCK  (S.  L.)— An  immigiation  policy;  546-552. 

1917,  VIII,  1.     EsTABROOK  (A.  H.)— Heredity  vs.  environment;  41-42. 

Editorial — Coeducation  and  marriage;  43-45. 
Bryant    (F.    A.)— Influence    of    heredity    in    stammering; 
46-47. 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  149 

1917,     VIII  2.     Sprague    (R.    J.) — Constructive   aspect   of   birth   control; 

58-62. 
Atwood    (E.    S.)    and   Clara   P.    Pond — A   polydactylous 
family;  96. 

3.  Editorial— The  '  'Melting  Pot' '  a  myth ;  99-105. 

Woods  (F.  A.) — Significant  evidence  for  mental  heredity; 
1C6-112. 

4.  AVard  (R.  de  C.) — Immigration  after  the  war;  147-151. 

Duncan  (F.  N.)— Orthodactyly ;  174-175. 

5.  Pike  (F.  H.)— The  utility  of  death;  195-199. 
Banker  (H.  J.)—  Coeducation  and  eugenics;  208-214. 
East  (E.  M.)— Hidden  feeblemindedness;  215-217. 

6.  Editorial — The  celibacy  of  teachers;  259-260. 

7.  Sessions  (MiNA  A.)— Feeble-minded  in  Ohio;  291-298. 

8.  Holmes  (S.  J.)  and  R.  O.  Schofield — Inheritance  of  .vhite 

forelock;  359-360. 

9.  Editorial — The  parents  of  great  men;  400^08. 

Johnson   (R.  H,) — Select  Array  Aviators  by  test,  not  by 
education;  425. 

10.  Editorial — America's  fighting  stocks;  435-441.    ^ 
Editorial — The  birth  rate  of  Methodist  clergymen;  455-459. 
Punnett  (R.  C.) — Eliminating  feeblemindedness;  464^65. 

11.  Editorial — Marriage  rate  of  nurses;  510-511. 

Schofield  (Richard) — Inheritance  of  a  bi-lobed  ear;  517- 
518. 

12.  Fishberg  (M.) — Eugenics  in  Jewish  life;  543-549. 

Canada 

The  recent  history  of  Phj'sical  Anthropology  in  Canada  relates  to 
the  northwestern  explorations,  under  the  auspices  of  the  British 
Association  for  Advancement  of  Science  and  of  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History;  to  explorations  of  various  ossuaries  in  the  eastern 
lake  region;  and  to  the  work  carried  on  within  recent  years  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Geological  Survey  of  Canada. 

In  1884,  at  its  meeting  in  Montreal,  the  British  Association  for 
Advancement  of  Science  voted  that, 

Dr.  E.  B.  Tylor,  Dr.  G.  M.  Dawson,  General  Sir  J.  H.  Lefroy,  Dr.  Daniel 
Wilson,  Mr.  Horatio  Hale,  Mr.  R.  G.  Haliburton,  and  Mr.  George  W.  Bloxam  be 
a  Committee  for  the  purpose  of  investigating  and  publishing  reports  on  the 
physical  characters,  languages,  industrial  and  social  condition  of  the  North- 
western tribes  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada;  that  Mr.  Bloxam  be  the  Secretary, 
and  that  the  sum  of  50  L.  s.  be  placed  at  their  disposal  for  the  purpose. 

The  activities  of  this  important  Committee  extended  until  1898, 
and  twelve  annual  reports  on  the  results  of  its  work  were  presented  to 


150  ALES   HRDLICKA 

the  Association.     These  contain  the  following  contributions  of  interest 
to  Phj^sical  Anthropology: 

3rd  Report — Suggestions  for  investigation  of  physical  characters,  senses  and 
mental  characters.     Rep.  B.  A.  A.  S.,  1888,  174-175. 

4th  Report — A  letter  of  Dr.  F.  Boas,  on  his  first  investigations.  Ibid.,  1889, 
233-236. 

Wilson  (Rev.  E.  F.)— Report  on  the  Sarcee  Indians.     Ibid.,  242-255. 

5th  Report  (published  separately) — First  general  report  on  the  Indians  of  British 
Columbia.     By  Dr.  Franz  Boas. 

6th-12th  Report — Articles  by  Dr.  Boas  (see  his  bibliography) ;  Physical  char- 
acteristics of  the  tribes  of  British  Columbia,  12th  Rep.,  1899,  628-644. 

Report  on  the  Kootenay  Indians  of  south-eastern  British  Columbia  (includes 
some  measurements  of  the  Shushwap),  by  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  8th  Rep., 
1893,  5-71;  and  the  Summary  of  the  work  of  the  Committee,  by  Dr.  Boas, 
with  Index  to  Reports,  and  detailed  tables  of  measurements  (4-12),  12th 
Rep.,  667-688. 

The  somatological  observations  secured  under  the  auspices  of  this 
Committee  extended  to  eighteen  of  the  westermost  tribes  of  Canada, 
in  addition  to  which  some  skeletal  material  was  secured  from  this 
region.  And  the  investigations  and  collections  thus  favorably  initiated 
have  continued  since  under  the  auspices  of  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History,  by  the  Jesup  Expedition  and  by  Mr.  Harlan  I. 
Smith,  with  the  result  that  from  the  physical  as  well  as  other  stand- 
points the  northwestern  tribes  are  now  among  the  best  known  and 
best  represented  in  our  collections. 

The  work  of  Mr.  Harlan  I.  Smith,  since  1911  Archeologist  of  the 
Geological  Sm-vey  of  Canada,  deserves  a  special  mention  in  this  con- 
nection. Though  primarily  interested  in  a  separate  branch  of  Anthro- 
pology, he  has  always  taken  great  interest  and  scrupulous  care  in  col- 
lecting skeletal  material,  and  we  owe  him  a  grateful  appreciation  for 
valuable  collections  of  this  nature  from  Kentucky,  from  Lytton,  B.  C, 
from  the  Thompson  and  Frazer  river  regions,  and  from  other  localities. 

As  to  explorations  in  ossuaries,  mounds  and  village  sites,  special 
mention  in  Canada  is  due  to  Mr.  A .  F.  Hunter,  who  has  made  extensive 
explorations  in  the  Huron  village  sites  of  Ontario,  which  resulted  in 
additions  to  our  collections  of  skeletal  material  from  that  important 
region;  and  to  Prof.  H.  Montgomery,  of  Toronto,  who  for  many  years 
has  explored  in  ossuaries,  burial  pits  and  burial  mounds  in  Canada  and 
North  Dakota.  Professor  Montgomery  has  published  a  number  of 
papers  on  his  explorations  which  are  indirectly  of  interest  to  Physical 
Anthropology.     In  one  of  these,  on  the  Otonabee,  Ont.,  mounds,  he 


PHYSICAL    ANTHROPOLOGY  151 

figures  some  skulls  from  the  'Serpent'  mound  and  compares  them  with 
a  Huron  cranium  (Trans.  Can.  Inst.,  1910,  ix,  Pt.  I).  A  valuable  col- 
lection of  skulls  which  he  secured  from  the  mounds  in  North  Dakota 
form  part  of  the  collection  of  the  United  States  National  Museum. 

Dr.  R.  B.  Orr  and  :\Ir.  A.  Blue  of  Toronto,  Mr.  C.  Hill-Tout  of 
British  Columbia,  Mr.  J.  C.  Tache  and  Mr.  W.  D.  Lightfall,  have  all 
explored  buried  sites  and  collected  skeletal  material,  which  is  deposited 
in  various  Canadian  museums  and  will  be  dealt  with  more  especially 
on  another  occasion. 

Still  another  living  worker  in  Canada  who  has  excavated  consider- 
ably in  ossuaries  and  whose  explorations  have  resulted  in  important 
additions  of  skeletal  material  to  our  collections,  is  Col.  George  E.  Laid- 
law,  of  Ontario. 

THE    GEOLOGICAL   SUKVEY,    OTTAWA,    CANADA^ 

The  Division  of  Anthropology^  in  connection  with  the  Geological 
Survey  of  Canada  was  established  in  1910,  and  the  section  of  Phj'sical 
Anthropology  was  added  in  1914,  being  placed  in  charge  of  Dr.  (Sir) 
Francis  H.  S.  Knowles.  Doctor  Knowles'  work  began  in  fact  in  the 
summer  of  1912,  when  he  spent  six  months  in  field  work  among  the 
Iroquois.  There  is  no  public  or  laboratory  instruction  in  connection 
with  the  Division,  and  it  is  regrettable  to  say  that  no  such  instruction 
has  been  given  thus  far  anywhere  in  Canada.  Doctor  Knowles  him- 
self has  been  mainlj-  interested  in  the  Iroquois  people,  but  unfortu- 
nately his  work  was  interfered  with  for  a  time  by  poor  health.  He 
has  published  a  paper  on  "The  Glenoid  Fossa  in  the  Skull  of  the 
Eskimo"  (Geol.  Surv.,  1915,  Bull.  No.  9,  1-25);  and  also  a  "Report  on 
a  Skeleton  from  near  Savona,  B.  C."  (Summary  Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  for 
1918). 

Mr.  /.  A.  Teit,  engaged  for  the  Division  upon  the  field  work  in  the 
Interior  of  British  Columbia,  has  taken  a  large  number  of  photographs 
of  Indian  types,  made  a  series  of  measurements,  and  collected  valu- 
able notes  on  the  Physical  Anthropology  of  the  Indians  of  the  Thomp- 
son River  and  other  tribes  of  that  region.  Mr.  D.  Jenness,  ethnologist 
attached  to  the  Canadian  Arctic  Expedition,  1913-1916,  has  collected 
much  Eskimo  skeletal  material  and  has  prepared  a  valuable  collection 
of  measurements,  notes  and  MSS.  on  the  Physical  Anthropology  of  the 
Eskimo,  that  awaits  his  return  from  the  war  for  publication. 

^  For  much  assistance  in  connection  with  his  report  on  Canada  and  especially 
the  Geological  Survey  the  wTiter  is  indebted  to  Dr.  Francis  H.  S.  Knowles  of  the 
Survey. 


152  ales  hrdlicka 

Remarks  on  Mexico 

As  already  mentioned  under  Part  B,  the  historj^  of  Physical  Anthro- 
pology in  Mexico  is  being  written  by  Prof.  Nicolas  Leon,  of  the  Na- 
tional Museum,  Mexico,  in  consequence  of  which  a  brief  note  on  the 
subject  in  this  place  must  suffice. 

Up  to  recently  somatology  in  Mexico  was  represented  practically  by 
Doctor  Leon  alone,  and  he  did  or  at  least  tried  to  do  creditable  work 
under  many  difficulties.  In  1910,  following  the  IVIexican  session  of  the 
XVII  International  Congress  of  Americanists,  there  was  organized  in 
Mexico  City  the  "International  School  of  American  Archeology  and 
Ethnology,"  and  in  connection  with  this  School,  in  1916,  Professor  Boas 
was  called  to  give  a  course  of  instruction  in  Anthropometry;  but  this, 
due  largely  to  a  lack  of  properly  prepared  students,  was  not  successful. 
During  the  years  of  the  revolution,  according  to  latest  information,  the 
skeletal  collections  of  the  Museo  Nacional  were  fortunately  spared  and 
they  have  been  recently  rearranged  by  Doctor  Leon.  In  June  of  1917., 
there  was  formed  a  ''Section  of  Physical  Anthropology"  in  the^Direc- 
•cion  de  Estudios  Arqueologicos  y  Etnograficos,"  under  the  Secretaria 
de  Fomento,  in  city  of  Mexico,  and  the  "Direccion"  (Bureau)  to- 
gether with  the  Section  were  placed  in  charge  of  Sr.  Manuel  Gamio. 
A  course  of  instruction  in  Physical  Anthropology  was  organized  under 
Dr.  M.  L.  de  la  Vega  and  has  made  modest  beginnings.  The  develop- 
ment of  the  Section,  however,  has  been  greatly  hindered  by  a  lack 
of  instruments  and  collections,  as  well  as  in  other  directions.  Recently 
(1919)  its  name  has  been  changed  to  that  of  "Direccion  de  Antropo- 
logia." 

Considerable  somatological  work  has  been  done  in  Mexico  within  the 
last  few  decades  by  investigators  from  other  countries.  These  in- 
cluded the  French  Scientific  Mission  to  Mexico  and  Central  America, 
the  somatological  results  of  which  were  published  by  Professor  Hamy 
(4",  Paris,  1891);  Professor  Starr  {q.v.),vfh.o  has  measured  and  taken 
casts  of  a  series  of  Indian  tribes  in  Central  and  Southern  Mexico;  and 
the  writer,  who  examined  the  tribes  from  Sonora  and  Chihuahua  to 
the  State  of  Morelos. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  a  strong  center  in  Physical  Anthropology  will 
soon  develop  in  Mexico,  which  possesses  such  anthropological  riches, 
and  is  confronted  in  its  Hving  population  by  so  many  anthropological 
problems  which  must  have  a  direct  bearing  on  the  existence  and  prog- 
ress of  the  Republic. 


physical  anthropology  158 

Summary 

Leaving  details  out  of  consideration,  it  is  readily  seen  that  the  recent 
history  and  present  status  of  Physical  Anthropology  in  the  United  States 
(and  Canada  as  well  as  Mexico)  are  the  history  and  status  of  an  impor- 
tant branch  of  science  in  its  formative  stages,  advanced  more  or  less  in 
different  localities  according  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  circum- 
stances favorable  to  development.  We  see  a  gradual  change  from 
individualistic  and  accidental  efforts  to  sustained,  well-planned,  organ- 
ized work,  and  from  speculative  procedure  to  one  severely  analytic 
and  critical,  strictly  scientific  in  the  best  modern  sense  of  the  word. 
In  addition,  in  the  course  of  this  change  the  branch  has  become  strongly 
buttressed  "by  great  reference  collections  which  constitute  a  firm  foun- 
dation for  future  development. 

The  initial,  narrower  problems  which  first  engrossed  the  branch  in 
this  country,  as  elsewhere,  are  passing,  and  the  way  opens  to  the 
greater,  national,  continental  and  world  fields  of  research,  with  their 
broad  horizons.  And  we  are  confronted  no  more  with  the  attraction 
merely  of  the  unknown,  but  also  with  a  strong  call  of  duty  for  the 
application  of  the  gained  knowledge.  The  volume  and  importance  of 
the  accumulating  knowledge  in  this  line  will  soon  be  such,  that  no 
high-class  center  of  learning  will  be  able  to  afford  not  to  profit  by  it, 
and  we  can  confidently  look  to  early  and  considerable  extension  of 
anthropological  instruction.  And  with  substantial  advance  in  knowl- 
edge and  instruction  in  this  branch,  will  come  also  the  needed  support 
for  publication,  for  wider  field  work,  for  extensions  in  study,  and  proper 
provision  for  the  workers. 

Here  is  a  branch  of  science  well  worth  the  best  efforts  of  those  who 
devote  themselves  to  it;  and  they  are  fortunate  in  that  they  can  still 
assist  so  much  in  its  perfection  and  application. 

Central  and  South  America 

In  the  latin  American  republics  south  of  Mexico,  Physical  Anthro- 
pology is  as  yet  largely  dormant,  mainly  through  the  lack  of  trained 
workers.  Some  exceptions  may  be  noted,  particularly  from  Argentina, 
but  it  is  a  fact  that  thus  far  anthropological  collections  and  research 
in  Central  and  South  America  have  been  carried  on  mainly  by  out- 
siders. One  of  the  most  promising  and  grateful  functions  of  north- 
American  anthropologists  will  be  to  assist  in  every  possible  way  in 
changing  these  conditions  for  the  better. 


INDEX 

Abbott  (W.  L.) 110 

Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Phila 32,  33,  62,  76,  109 

Africa,  ^Inthropological  research  in 23 

Allen  (Harrison) 60 

American  Antiquarian  Society 30 

American  Anthropological  Association 75,  79 

American  Anthropologist — 76,  79;  publications  in,  relating  to  Physical  An- 
thropology— 142 

American  Anthropology,  forerunners  of 29 

American  Ethnological  Society,  X.  Y 75 

American  Journal  of  Anatomy — HI;  publications  in,  relating  to  Physical 

Anthropology — 145 
American  Journal  of  Physical  Anthropology — 120;  establishment  of — 20 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  N.  Y. — 50.  58,  76;  Anthropology  in — 

79,  97;  Hyde  Expedition  of— 79 
American  Naturalist — 76;  services  to  Anthropology — 49 

Anatomical  Museum  of  Harvard  University 31 

Anatomical    Record — HI;    publications    in,    relating    to    Physical   Anthro- 
pology— 143 

Anatomists,  in  Anthropology 29 

Anthropological  Institute,  England 11 

Anthropological  Society  of  Washington 69,  75,  79,  130 

Anthropologische  Gesellschaft,  Germany 11 

Anthropologisches  Institut,  Zurich 12 

Anthropology,  American,  beginnings  of 32 

Anthropology,  Physical,  contributions  to  by  Canadians 56,  57 

Anthropometric  data,  conservation  of 21 

Anthropometric    surveys,    periodic — 26;    attempts    at    in    European    coun- 
tries— 26 
Anthropometry,  in  U.  S.  Civil  war — 16;  methods — 19 
Antiquity  of  man — 26;  research  in — 22,  23 

Arabian  Peninsula,  Anthropological  research  in 23 

Archeology,  help  of,  to  Physical  Anthropology 23 

Archiv  fiir  Anthropologie 12 

Archivio  per  I'Antropologia  e  la  Etnologia 12 

Army  Medical  Museum 66,  79,  116 

Asia,  Anthropological  research  in 23 

Baker  (Frank) 141 

Baltimore,  Anthropology  in 112 

Bandelier  (A.  F.) '. 76,  98  ' 

Bardeen  (C.  R.) 115,  141 

155 


156  INDEX 

Baxter  (J.  H.) g7 

Bean  (Robert  Bennett) 113 

Bell  (Alexander  Graham) 140 

Benedict  (A.  L.) .        .         93 

Benlyshe  (T.) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..' 9,  ftn. 

Bessels  (Emil) 7g 

Billings  (J.  S.) !!'!''!!''!'  ^  '*!''"!!! !     67 

Bingham  (Hiram) 92 

Blue  (Rupert) 127 

Blumenbach  (Fr.  J.) 30,  31   32 

Boas  (Franz)  9  ftn.,  .50;  at  American  Museum— 98,  99,  100,  102;  at  Clark 
University— 87 ;  in  work  on  Northwestern  Tribes— 86;  at  World's  Co- 
lumbian Exposition — 87 

Boston,  An^hropologj'  in 45 

Boston  Phrenological  Society 31 

Boston  Society  of  Natural  History 31,  75 

Bowditch  (Henry  P.)— 49,  51,  52,  79,  87;  bibliography— 51 

Boyle  (David) 51   55 

Brinton  (Daniel  G.)— 58,  62,  78;  bibliography— 63 

Broca  (Paul) ..'. 10,  11 

Browne  (Peter) 10,  11 

Brown-Sequard  (C.  E.) ..'.." 70 

Buffalo  Academy  of  Sciences,  Anthropological  collections  of 140 

Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences ; 282 

Buff  on  (L.  D.) 9,  30 

Bulletin  de  la  Societc  d'Anthropologie,  Paris 12 

Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  establishment  of — 41,  71,  79;  relations  to 
Physical  Anthropology— 53,  72,  126 

Camper  (Peter) .    .       9 

Canada,  Anthropology  in— 54,  149;  Committee  on  Northwestern  Tribes- 
57,  58 

Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Anthropological  collections  of 140 

Carr  (Lucien) 49,  52 

Cattell  (James  McKeen) 101,  105 

Census  Bureau 116,  127 

Central  America,  Physical  Anthropology  in . .' 153  - 

Chaldea,  importance  of  Anthropological  collections  from 23  ■ 

Chamberlain  (A.  F.) 76,  87,  88 

Chicago,  Physical  Anthropology  in 58 

Child  Study 24,  25 

Children's  Bureau,  U.  S.  Department  olf  Labor .100 

Clark  University,  Worcester,  Mass.,  Anthropology  in. 79,  86 

Cold  Spring  Harbor,  L.I .  ; 107  ' 

Cole  (F    C.) lU 

Collections,  Anthropological,  American 20,  21 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  N.  Y 95,  102 

Columbia  University,  Anthropology  in 79 


INDEX  157 

Columbian  World's  Exposition,  Chicago 79,  80,  87,  132 

Committee  for  study  of  the  Northwestern  tribes  of  Canada 149 

Conklin  (E.G.) 140 

Corbusier  (Dr.) 77 

Crania  Americana 33,  34 

Cranial  capacity,  Morton's  method 35 

Crania,  Indian,  earliest  descriptions  of 31,  34 

Crania,  of  Florida — 60,  of  Hawaii — 60 

Cuvier  (Geo.) 9,  30 

Danforth  (Charles) 136 

Daubenton  (L.  J.  M.) 9 

Davenport  (Charles  B.)— 107;  bibliography— 108 

Davenport  Academy  of  Sciences,  Anthropological  Collections 140 

Davis  (Barnard) 76 

Dawson  (J.  W.) — 54;  bibliography— 55 

Division  of  Physical  Anthropology,  U.  S.  National  Museum— 119;  see  also 
under  U.  S.  N.  M. 

Donaldson  (Henry  H.) HI 

Dorsey  (Geo.  A.)— 28,  80;  bibliography— 133,  135 

Dublin  (L.  I.) 141 

Duckworth  (W.  L.  H.) 12,  ftn. 

Dwight  (Thos.)— S3;  bibliography— .83 

Early  man,  study  of— 22,  23;  in  America,  views  of  F.  W.  Putnam— 50 
Eaton  (Geo.  F.)— 92 

Ecole  d'Anthropologie,  Paris H,  12,  21 

Edwards  (William) 10 

Egyptians,  Anthropology  of,  by  Morton 37 

Egypt,  importance  of  Anthropological  collections  from 23 

Emory  (W.  H.) 41 

Environmental  variation 25 

Esquimaux 26 

Ethnological  Society,  N.  Y 58 

Ethnological  Society,  London 10 

Eugenics  Record  Office,  Sag  Harbor,  L.  I. — 108;  publications  of— 109 

Eugenics,  vs.  Anthropology 25,  26 

Evolution,  human,  importance  of  research  on 22,  23 

Evolution  of  man,  f utuit 25 

Farabee  (Wm.  C.) 81,  112 

Farrand  (Livingston) 101 ,  105 

Ferris  (H.  B.) 91,  92 

Field  Columbian  Museum,  Anthropology  in 79,  87 

Field  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Chicago 50,  132 

Fishberg  (Maurice) 140 

Fletcher  (Robert) 69 

Flower  (Wm.  H.) 76 


158  INDEX 

Folkmar  (Dauiel) 127 

Foster  (J.  W.) 58 

Frankfurt  Agreement 11 

Fremont  (J.  C.) 41 

Gall  (A.  F.) 10 

Gallatin  (A.  H.) 39 

Gamio  (Manuel) 152 

Geneva,  International  Agreement  on  Anthropometry 12,  18,  34 

Genness  (D.) 151 

Geoft'roy  St.  Hilaire  (I.  and  E.) 9 

Geological  Survey,  Ottawa,  Canada,  Anthropology  at 151 

German  schism  in  Anthropometry 11 

Gillman  (H.) 76 

Giornale  per  la  Morphologia  dell'IJomo  e  dei  Primati 12 

Gliddon  (George  R.) 37,  44 

Gordon  (Geo.  B.) Ill 

Gould  (B.  A.) 67 

Greece,  importance  of  Anthropological  collections  from 23 

Gregory  (W.  K.) 100 

Guthe  (Carl  E.) 89 

Hale  (Horatio) 39 

Hall  (G.  Stanley) 86,  89 

Hall  (John  Charles) 40 

Hamy  (E.  T.) 76,  152 

Harvard  University,  Anthropology  at 80 

Haven  (Samuel  F.) 28 

Hawkes  (Earnest  W.) 110 

Hemenway  Expedition 67 

Hewett  (Edgar  L.) 140 

Hill-Tout  (C.) 151 

Hinds  (Clara  Bliss) 130 

Hoffman  (F.  L.) 141 

Hoffman  (W.  J.) 72 

Holm  (J.  D.) 31 

Holmes  (William  H.)— 70,  119;  bibliography— 126 
Hooton  (E.  A.)— 81;  bibliography— 82 

Hrdlicka  (Ale§) — Associate  of  State  Pathological  Institute,  N.  Y.— 94; 
author  of  anthropological  exhibits  San  Diego  Museum — 139;  bibliog- 
raphy— 120;  called  to  organize  Division  of  Physical  Anthropology, 
U.  S.  National  Museum — 119;  foundation  of  American  Journal  of  Physi- 
cal Anthropology — 120;  in  charge  of  Physical  Anthropology,  Hyde 
Expedition— 98;  work  in  Mexico — 152 

Hunter  (A.  F.) 150 

Huntington  (Geo.  S.) 95 

Hyde  Expedition,  American  Museum  of  Natural  History 50,  79,  98 


INDEX  159 

Ihering  (H  ,  von) 11 

Immigrants,  importance  of  Anthropological  research  among 24 

Immigration  Commission 127 

Indians,  research  on — 26;  collection  of  skeletal  remains  of — 31 

"Indigenous  Races  of  the  Earth"  (by  Nott  and  Gliddon),  scope  of 44 

Institutes,  Anthropological 21 

Instruments,  Anthropometric,  standardization  and  perfection  of 18 

International  Agreements,  on  Anthropometry 13,  18 

International  Anthropometric  Board 18 

International  Committee  on  Anthropology 18 

International  Organization 18 

Jefferson  Medical  College,  Phila Ill 

Jefferson,  President  Thomas 30 

Jenks  (Albert  E  ) 137 

Jesup  North  Pacific  Expedition .,.  50,  98,  150 

Jones  (William) 134 

Journal  of  Heredity,  publications  in,  relating  to  Physical  Anthropology...  147 

Journal  of  Race  Development 89 

Journal  R.  Anthropological  Institute 12 

ten  Kate  (Herman) 118 

Kidder  (Alfred  V.) 89 

Kneeland  (S.) 40 

Knight  (Miss  Marian  Vera) 90 

Knowles  (Sir  Francis  H.  S.) 151 

Kober  (Geo.  M.) 141 

Kollmann  (J.  J.  K.) 76 

Kroeber  (A.  L.) 138,  139 

Lacepede  (B.  G.  E.) 9 

Laidlow  (Geo.  E.) 151 

Lamarck  (J.  D.  P.) 9 

Lamb  (D.  C.)— 116,  130;  bibliography— 117 

L' Anthropologic 12 

La  Peyrere 9 

Laufer  (Berthold) 134 

Lawrence  (W.) 9,  30 

Leidy  (Joseph) — 41,  43;  bibliography — 43, 

Leon  (Nicholas) 152 

Lewis  and  Clark's  Expedition 30 

Linnaeus  (C.) 9,  30 

Linnean  Society,  Boston 31 

Lumholtz  (Carl) 98 

V.  Luschan,  (F.) 12,  ftn. 

MacCurdy   (George  Grant)— 28,  78,  90,   130,   132,   150;  bibliography— 103; 

in  Mexico — 152 
MacDonald  (Arthur) 129 


160  INDEX 

Mall  (Franklin  P.) ' ....  112 

"Man" 12 

Marett  (R  R) 18  ftn. 

Martin  (Rudolf) 9  ftn.,  20 

Mason  (Otis  T.) 69,  70,  78 

Mathematics,  in  Anthropometry 19 

Matthews  (Washington) — 67;  bibliography — 68 

McGee  (W  J) 72,  78 

McGregor  (J.  H.) 100 

Meigs  (J.  Aitken)— 32,  41,  42;  bibliography— 42 
Merriam  (J.  C.)— 138 

Methods,  in  Anthropometry,  standardization  and  perfection  of IS 

Mexico,  Anthropology  in 152 

Miller  (Gerrit  S.) 141 

Mills  (W.  C.) 131 

Mixture  of  Indian  with  Negro 26 

Monaco,  International  Agreement  on  Anthropometry 12,  18,  34 

Moore  (Clarence  B.) 60,  152 

Montgomery  (H.) 150 

Morton  (Samuel  G.)— 9,  10,  14,  32,  40,  59;  effects  of  Anthropological  work 

of — 38;  brief  biographic  data — 32;  successors  of — 41 

Mound  Builders,,  crania,  not  separable  from  Indian 36 

Munn-Recht  (Aristine  P.) 106 

Museum  d'lfistoire  Naturelle,  Paris 10,  30 

Museum    (Peabody)    of   American    Archaeology    and   Ethnology,    Harvard 

University-— 45,  76,  79,  80 

Museum  of  the  American  Indian 107 

Museum  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 79 

Myer  (A.  W  ) 141 

Natchez,  fossil  pelvic  bone 43 

National  Institute 65 

National  Research  Council — 128;  Committee  on  Anthropology  of — ^20,  128, 
129 

National  Zoological  Park 127 

Negro,  American 26 

Nelson  (N.  C.) 139 

New  York  University 105 

Nichols  (J.  D.) 141 

Niederle  (Lubor) 9  ftn. 

Northwestern  tribes,  of  Canada 149 

Nott  (J.  C.) 44 

Oetteking  (Bruno) 100,  107 

Ohio  State  Archaeological  Society 131 

Osborn  (Henry  Fairfield) 99 

Otis  (George  A.) 66 

Owen  (Richard) 10' 


INDEX  161 

Pacifin  Railroad  surveys 41 

Parke  (J.  G.) 41 

Pathology,  importance  of  studies  of,  to  Anthropology 25 

Peabody  (George) 45 

Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge 45,  76,  79,  80 

Peabody  Museum,  Yale  University 91 

Peckham  (Geo.  W.) 76,  135 

Phillips  Academy 89 

Phillips  (J.  S.) 33,  40 

Pickering  (Charles) 40 

Pilling  (J.  C.) 72 

Phrenology — 30;  Societies  of,  in  Boston  and  Washington — 31 

Physical  Anthropology — aims 13,  16,  22 

at  American  Museum  of  Natural  History — 79,  97;  at  Academy  of  Nat- 
ural Sciences,  Phila.— 79;  at  Clark  University— 79,  86,  88;  at  College 
of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  N.  Y.— 102;  at  Columbia  University — 79, 
101;  at  Field  Museum— 79,  80;  at  Harvard— 80;  at  New  York  Univer- 
sity— ^105;  at  Phillips  Academy — 89;  at  Smith  College — 14;  at  State 
Pathological  Institute,  N.  Y. — 92;  at  University  of  California^79,  138; 
at  University  of  Minnesota — 79,  137;  at  U.  S.  National  Museum — 66, 
69,  71,  79;  at  Western  Reserve  University^ — 131;  at  Wistar  Institute — 
79,  110;  at  Yale— 79. 
bibliography — 20;  collections  of — 20,  21;  definition — 8;  duties  of,  in  U.  S. 
A. — 25;  first  publication  of  in  America — 31;  history  of — 9;  in  western 
hemisphere — 28;  in  Baltimore — 112;  in  Canada — 151;  in  Central  and 
South  America— 153;  in  Mexico — 102,  152;  in  Milwaukee,  Wis. — 135; 
international  cooperation — 18;  Institutes  of — ^21;  in  St  Louis — 135; 
instruction  in — 10,  17,  21;  material,  difficulties  in  gathering — 15;  ob- 
stacles— ^13,  14;  present  state,  in  U.  S.  and  Canada — ^78;  periodicals — 20; 
recent  history  of,  in  America — 78;  summary — 153;  relation  to  Anatomy, 
Physiology  and  Biology — ^8;  scholarships — 17;  students,  lack  of — 14; 
tasks,  nature  of — 19;  textbooks^ — 19;  work  accomplished — 13,  15,  16; 
workers  in  training — 17 

Pope  (J.) 41 

Popenoe  (Paul) 141 

Porter  (W.  Townsend) 136 

Primates,  Importance  of  investigations  on 22 

Pritchard  (J.  C.) 9,  10,  40 

Putnam  (F.  W.) — 49,  51;  at  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History — 97; 
at  the  University  of  California— 99,  132,  138 

Quatrefages  (A.  de) 76 

Quetelet  (A.) 52 

Races,  colored,  deficiency  of   our  knowledge  of — 23,  24;   primitive,  impor- 
tance of  advanced  study  on — 23 

Racial  mixtures 24 

Radosavljevich  (Paul  R.) 106 


1G2  INDEX 

Reicher  (Michael) 113 

Reisner  (Geo.  A.) 138 

Reports  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs 76 

Retzius  (Anders) 9 

Ripley  (Wm.  Z.) 85,  101 

Russell  (Frank) 49,  53,  80 

San  Diego  ^Museum.  Anthropology  in 139 

Sargent  (Dudley  Allen) 85 

Schmidt  (E.) 76 

Schoolcraft  (H.  R.) 31.  39,  40 

Schultz  (Adolf  H.) 115 

Schumacher  (Paul) 77 

Science 76 

Seaver  (Jay  W.) 92 

Section  H,  American  Association  for  Advancement  of  Science 75.  79 

Serres  (A.) 10 

Severance  (H.  C. ) 76 

Shetrone  (H.  C.) - 132 

■Smith  (Charles  Hamilton) 40 

Smith  College,  Northampton,  Mass 89 

Smith  (Harlan  I.) 150 

Smithsonian  Institution,  aid  of  in  the  establishment  of  the  American  .Jour- 
nal of  Physical  Anthropology — 21;  in  Anthropology — 59,  65  et  -sea.;  trans- 
fer of  skeletal  collections  from  Army  Medical  Museum  to  Smithsonian 
Institution^ — 71;  contributions  of,  to  Physical  Anthropology — 72  (see 
also  U.  S.  National  Musevun.  and  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology) 

Socictc  d' Anthropologic,  Paris 10,  13 

Socir'te  d'Ethnologie,  Paris 10 

Societe  des  Observateurs  de  IHomme,  Paris 10,  30 

Soemmering  (S.  F.) 9 

South  America,  Physical  Anthropology  in 153 

Spitzka  (Edward  Anthony) 98,  111 

Spitzka  (Edward  C.) 93 

Spurtzheim  (J.  G.) 31 

Squier  and  Davis,  on  ]\Iound  Builders 3S 

Squier  (E.  George) 69 

Standards.  Anthropological 22 

Stansbury  (H.) 41 

Starr  (Frederick) 135,  152 

State  Pathological  Institute,  X.  Y 93 

Studley  (Miss  C.  A.) 49,  52,  80 

Sullivan  (Louis  R.) 9:) 

Sumner  (William  G.) 9f) 

Tardieu  (Ambrose) 11 

Teit  (J.  A.) 151 

Tello  (Julio  C.) 83 


INDEX  1G3 

Terry  (R.  J.) 136 

Thomas  (Cyrus) 72 

Thorndike  (E.  L.) 140 

Todd  (T.  Wingate) 131 

Toner  (J.  M.) 59,  70 

Topinard  (Paul) 9  ftn  ,  11,  19 

Toronto,  in  Physical  Anthropology 56 

Torrey  (Samuel) 40 

Transactions  of  the  American  Ethnological  Society 39 

"Types  of  Mankind"  (by  Xott  and  Gliddon),  scope  of 44 

University  of  California,  Museum  of  Anthropology — 50,  79;  Anthropologj' 
in— 79,  138 

University  of  Chicago 133 

University  of  Minnesota,  Anthropologj-  at 137 

University  Museum,  Phila Ill 

U.  S.  Army  Medical  Museum 66,  79,  116 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Immigration 116,  127 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Indian  Affairs 39 

U.  S.  Exploring  Expedition 65 

U.  S.  National  Museum — 14,  119;  completion  of — 79;  Department  of  Anthro- 
pology— 69;  Division  of  Physical  Anthropology — 69,  71,  79;  establish- 
ment of — 69;  transfer  of  human  skeletal  collections  from  Army  ^Medical 
Museum — 71.  116 
U.  S.  Public  Health  Service 127 

Valentine  Museum,  Richmond,  Va.,  Anthropological  Collections 140 

Van  Amringe  (Wm.  N.  F.) 40 

de  la  Vega  (M.  L.) 152 

Virchow  (Rudolph) 76 

Walker  Museum,  University  of  Chicago : 135 

Wallis  (W.  D.) ' • 139 

Warren  Anatomical  ]\Iuseimi,  Boston 82 

Warren  (John  C.) * 31 

Washington,  D.  C,  Physical  Anthropology  in 65  et  seq. 

West  (G.  M.) 87 

Western  Reserve  Universitj',  Cleveland,  0 131 

•Whipple  (Miss  Inez) 41,  90 

White  Race,  Importance  of  studies  of — 22;  choice  of,  for  standards — 22 

Whitney  (Wm.  F.) S3 

Wilder  (Burt  G.) 140 

Wilder  ^H.  H.) 89,  90 

Wilke's  Expedition 41 

Williams  (Tom) 141 

Williamson  (R.  S.) 41 

Wilson  (.Sir  DanieO — 53;  bibliography — 54 

Wilson  (Thos. ) 175 


164  INDEX 

Wissler  (Clark)— 99,  105,  130;  bibliography— 100 

Wistar  and  Horner  Museum,  Phila 58 

Wistar  Institute  of  Anatomy  and  Biology,  Phila 79,  110 

Woodward  (R.  S.) ■ 140 

Worcester,  Mass.,  Anthropology  at 30,  49 

World's  Columbian  Exposition,  Chicago,  Anthropology  at 50 

Wortman  (J.  L.) 67,  117 

Wyman  (Jeffreys) — 45,  46,  47,  49;  bibliography — 47 

Yarrow  (H.  C.) 77  ftn.,  129 

Zeitschrift  fiir  Morphologie  und  Anthropologic : 12 


COLON  1 AU 

"Out-of-Print" 

BOOK  SERVICE,  INC. 

23  EAST  4th  STREET 

